{"1": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3412", "width": "2260", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "Oass TCismJ\\nCopyright N\u00c2\u00b0\\nCOPYRIGHT DEPOStT.", "height": "3380", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3388", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3400", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s fll o\u00c3\u00af ern Xan\u00c3\u00b4uage S\u00c3\u00a9ries\\nEXERCISES\\nIN\\nFRENCH SYNTAX AND\\nCOMPOSITION\\nWITH NOTES AND VOCABULARY\\nBY\\nJEANNE M. BOUVET\\nTEACHER OF FRENCH IN THE SOUTH DIVISION HlGH ScHOOL. CHICAGO\\nD. C. HEATH CO., PUBLISHERS\\n1901", "height": "3412", "width": "2236", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "UBRARY\\nCON6RESS,\\n|Two Coptes Received\\nAPR. 13 1901\\nCopyright entrv\\n\u00c3\u008fUtesO/XXc. N\u00c2\u00bb.l\\n7 T A\\nCOPY 8.\\nft\\nn*\\n9\\nn\\nCopyright, 1901,\\nBy D. C, Heath Co.\\n\u00c3\u00aeJ\u00c3\u00aeltmptcm ^Press\\nH. M. PLIMPTON CO., PRINTERS EINDERS,\\nNORWOOD, MASS., U.S.A.", "height": "3436", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "PREFACE.\\nThe chief obstacle to obtaining the best results from a course\\nin French composition, is usually the student s lack of practice\\nin applying the elementary rules and principles of grammar;\\nyet, th\u00c3\u00a8se must be mastered if he desires to speak or write the\\nlanguag\u00c3\u00a9 correctly, or even to read it intelligently. The con-\\nviction that this mastery can be obtained only by thorough and\\nsystematic work from the foundations, has led to the pr\u00c3\u00a9para-\\ntion of a text-book, which I should not venture to submit to\\nthe attention of teachers of French, if its practicability had not\\nbeen thoroughly tested in the class-room.\\nIt is hoped that the novel plan of combining, in the same\\nvolume, exercises in grammar and syntax with s\u00c3\u00a9lections for\\nprose composition, will recommend itself to teachers for reasons\\nof economy and of convenience for r\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rence, but especially\\nbecause such an arrangement insures progressive work in gram-\\nmatical construction, side by side with practice in composition,\\nto the end of the course. In schools and coll\u00c3\u00a8ges where a\\nshort elementary grammar only is used, this book should be\\nfound especially valuable as supplementing or completing the\\nstudy thus begun, and affording an opportunity to utilize the\\nrules and new facts necessarily acquired in too rapid succession\\nfrom such works. On the other hand, where more time is\\ndevoted to grammar and larger text-books are used, it seems\\nequally necessary to review and emphasize the great universals\\nof the languag\u00c3\u00a9.\\nThis has been my sole aim in the s\u00c3\u00a9lection of topics treated\\nin Part L, which lays no claim to grammatical completeness,", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "IV PREFACE.\\nbut includes a number of subjects oftering sp\u00c3\u00a9cial difficulties to\\nAmerican students, and on which they need more practice than\\ngrammars usually give. The material in th\u00c3\u00a8se exercises has\\nbeen graded with the utmost care, so that, with copious foot-\\nnotes and a compl\u00c3\u00a8te vocabulary, students might be able to\\ntranslate the f\u00c3\u00aerst of them early in their course. My endeavor\\nhas been to make the majority of the sentences mean some-\\nthing, to make them express a thought or an idea in a language\\nthat should be simple, natural, and sufficiently idiomatic. Rules\\nand inflections to which pupils can be easily referred in any\\ngrammar previously studied, h\u00c3\u00a2ve been omitted, while certain\\nsubjects are supplied with extra exercises.\\nPart II. consists of interesting s\u00c3\u00a9lections for connected trans-\\nlation, taken from French sources and relating to French\\ntopics, chiefly historical, biographical, and literary. The style\\nof th\u00c3\u00a8se s\u00c3\u00a9lections, however, is neither stiff nor formai, as is\\ntoo apt to be the case with composition work on th\u00c3\u00a8se subjects.\\nMy aim has not been to impose upon the pupil a polish and\\nan \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gance of expression which would be unnatural to him if\\nhe were using his own tongue, but to furnish him with ordinary,\\nthough correct and idiomatic, English, so constructed that,\\nwith the aids given, it might readily be turned into good\\nFrench. The size and character of the vocabulary will show\\nthat quite a variety of styles has been exemplified.\\nThe book is planned in such a way that continuous work in\\nsyntax can be made to alternate with the translation of the\\nconnected prose, after the f\u00c3\u00aerst lessons in grammar h\u00c3\u00a2ve been\\nreviewed. In a coll\u00c3\u00a8ge course of three years, the grammatical\\nreview of the f\u00c3\u00aerst year might extend through the study of the\\npronouns that of the second, through the conditional con-\\nstructions that of the third, devoted to the study of the sub-\\njunctive and past participle. This work is so graded in difficulty\\nthat each division may be supplemented by one of the sections\\nof Part IL, marked respectively Easy Prose Composition, More", "height": "3432", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "PREFACE. V\\nAdvanced Prose Composition, and Idiomatic Prose Composition,\\nthus varying the lessons, but effecting a closer connection\\nbetween practice in composition and the higher study of gram-\\nmar, subjects too often separated. Of course, other schemes\\nof arrangement may be devised according to the \u00c3\u00a2ge of pupils\\nand the length of the course in diff\u00c3\u00a9rent schools.\\nI would strongly recommend that instructors require fr\u00c3\u00a9quent\\noral and written reviews of both exercises and s\u00c3\u00a9lections after\\ncorrection. I need not say that the systematic study of regular\\nand irregular verbs is an indispensable part of the plan of work\\nh\u00c3\u00a8re suggested.\\nGreat pains h\u00c3\u00a2ve been taken to make the notes easily com-\\npr\u00c3\u00a9hensible to the student and adapted to his needs in the\\namount of help given, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve considered the necessities of\\neach exercise rather than its position in the book. The\\nvocabulary also was made slowly and with much care, so as to\\nsecure completeness and accuracy in that part of the book\\nwhere th\u00c3\u00a8se are most d\u00c3\u00a9sirable. As, however, errors and\\nomissions are only too possible, any corrections or suggestions\\nwill be gratefully received.\\nJEANNE M. BOUVET.\\nChicago, January, 1901.", "height": "3412", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3436", "width": "2332", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS.\\nPART I.\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nPAGE\\n1. The Partitive Article (Some or Any) 3\\n2. Syntax of the Definite Article 5\\n3. Omission of the Article 6\\n4. Plural of Nouns 7\\n5. F\u00c3\u00a9minine and Plural of Adjectives 9\\n6. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns 10\\na. Two Pronoun Objects before the Verb in D\u00c3\u00a9clarative,\\nInterrogative, and N\u00c3\u00a9gative Sentences .11\\nb. Personal Pronoun Objects of Verbs in the Imperative Mood 12\\nc. Personal Pronoun Objects of Reflexive Verbs in the Impera-\\ntive Mood 13\\nd. En, Y, Le 14\\ne. Direct and Indirect Objects combined vvith En and Y after\\nVerbs in the Imperative Mood 17\\n7. Disjunctive Personal Pronouns 18\\n8. Possessive Pronouns 20\\n9. D\u00c3\u00a9monstrative Pronouns 21\\n10. When to use ce, when il with Etre 25\\nil. Interrogative Pronouns 28\\n12. Relative Pronouns .31\\n13. Indefinite Adjectives and Pronouns 34\\n14. Tout, M\u00c3\u00aame, Quelque, Quel qtie 38\\n15. Verbs conjugated with Etre 40\\n16. Reflexive Verbs 41\\n17. Active Voice with On for Subject 43\\nvii", "height": "3424", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "Vlll TABLE OF CONTENTS.\\nPAGE\\n18. Four Important Modal Verbs .44\\na. Devoir 44\\nb. Falloir 48\\nc. Pouvoir 52\\nd. Vouloir 55\\n19. Uses of the {a) Past Indefinite, (o) Past Definite, and (c) Im-\\nperfect 59\\n20. Conditional Constructions 62\\n21. The Subjunctive. Principal Cases of its Use 65\\nCase I. The Subjunctive depending upon Verbs and Con-\\njunctions 66\\nCase II. The Subjunctive depending upon Impersonal Con-\\nstructions 70\\nCase III. The Subjunctive in Relative Clauses 72\\nCase IV. The Subjunctive in N\u00c3\u00a9gative or Interrogative Sen-\\ntences 75\\n22. Minor Cases of the Subjunctive 77\\n23. S\u00c3\u00a9quence of the Tenses of the Subjunctive with those of the\\nIndicative 78\\n24. Principal Cases of the Agreement of the Past Participle 79\\nCase I. The Past Participle used without the Auxiliary 79\\nCase II. The Past Participle used with Etre 79\\nCase III. The Past Participle used with Avoir 80\\nCase IV. The Past Participle of Refiexive Verbs 80\\nPART IL\\nEASY PROSE COMPOSITION.\\n1. The Childhood of Duguesclin 87\\n2. Duguesclin and the Free Companies 88\\n3. Duguesclin a Prisoner in Spain 89\\n4. Duguesclin a Constable of France 90\\n5. Exploits of Chevalier Bayard 91\\n6. Anecdotes about Louis XI. 93\\n7. Henry IV., King of Navarre 94\\n8. The Youth of Sully 96\\n9. The Youth of Richelieu 98", "height": "3432", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS. IX\\nPAGE\\n10. Colbert, Minister of Louis XIV. 99\\n11. Death of Louis XVI 100\\n12. Napol\u00c3\u00a9on Bonaparte loi\\n13. Marriage of Napol\u00c3\u00a9on with Marie -Louise 102\\nMORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION.\\n1. Les Pr\u00c3\u00a9cieuses Ridicules, by Moli\u00c3\u00a8re 104\\n2. An Adventure of Rabelais -105\\n3. The Story of Jacques Amyot 107\\n4. Jean-Baptiste Lulli .112\\n5. La Mare-au-Diable, by George Sand 115\\n6. The Silent Academy 120\\n7. Chateaubriand 121\\nIDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION.\\n1. Literary Notes on Some Authors of the Seventeenth Century:\\na. Corneille .124\\nb. Moli\u00c3\u00a8re 128\\nc. Boileau 131\\nd. La Fontaine 133\\ne. Racine 137\\nf. Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 139\\n2. Genius of Balzac compared with that of George Sand 143\\nVOCABULARY I49", "height": "3392", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3436", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "Part I.\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.", "height": "3396", "width": "2180", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3348", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n1. THE PARTITIVE ARTICLE (S021/E OR AN Y).\\nSome or any may often be omitted in English. Their French\\n\u00c3\u00a9quivalents du, de la, de 1 des, are nearly always expressed.\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se articles are sometimes changed to de or d without\\nregard to the gender or number of the noun limited. This\\nchange is to be noted especially in the follovving cases\\na. When an adjective pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des the noun.* If it follows the\\nnoun, du, de la, de 1 or des is used.\\nb. After adverbs of quantity, such as beaucoup imtch or\\nmany peu Utile oxfew plus more moins les s or fewer\\nassez e no ugh trop too much, too many; tant so much,\\nso many autant as much, as many, etc.\\nc. After verbs in the n\u00c3\u00a9gative. Affirmative English verbs.\\nfollowed by the indefinite adjective no and a noun, are trans-\\nlated into French by the n\u00c3\u00a9gative form of the verb followed\\nby de or d Ex. we h\u00c3\u00a2ve no friends h\u00c3\u00a8re nous n avons pas\\nd amis ici.\\nd. When a noun is limited by an adjective phrase composed\\nof de and another noun un morceau de pain a pi\u00c3\u00a8ce of bread\\nun bracelet d or= a gold bracelet; un lit de fer an iron bed.\\nObserve that, -in many cases, the descriptive phrase may be\\nIn a decree, dated July 31, 1900, the Minister of Public Instruction\\nin France authorizes the use of du, de la, de l\\\\ des, instead of de or a\\nbefore nouns preceded by adjectives.\\n3", "height": "3436", "width": "2240", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "4 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nconverted into a single English noun, which then performs the\\noffice of an adjective.\\nNote. In the following exercise, as indeed in every case, the student\\nshould bear in mind that some or any must not only be supplied but\\nrepeated in the French translation, wherever th\u00c3\u00a8se words would not be out\\nof place in English.\\nExercise 1.\\ni. Racine had 1 genius. 2. Numerous 2 armies invaded 3\\nGreece. 4 3. Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 wrote 5 charming 6 letters.\\n4. Why do you live alone h\u00c3\u00a8re? H\u00c3\u00a2ve you no relatives? no 7\\nfriends no children 5. Many people 8 sacrifice 9 the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nto the future. 6. Racine and Corneille wrote 10 admirable 6\\ntrag\u00c3\u00a9dies. 7. So much goodness reveals 11 a noble 12 so\u00c3\u00bbl.\\n8. I prefer 13 your cloth dress to 14 your silk one. 15 9. I will\\nnot make you 16 any apologies. 10. Alexander conquered 3\\nimmense 2 countries. n. Racine has less su blimity Corneille\\npossesses more depth. 12. I know 17 few people 18 capable of\\nsacrificing 19 their interests. 13. Enough wretchedness tor-\\nments the people. 20 14. The queen wore 1 a magnificent\\nnecklace of diamonds. 15. JBossuet s 21 \u00c3\u00a9loquence has much\\nloftiness that 22 of F\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9lon has much gr\u00c3\u00a2ce, 23 but it has not as\\nmuch force. 24 16. Venice has incomparable 2 marvels; her 25\\nancient splendor has left ineffaceable 2 memories. 17. Too\\nmuch rest lessens the vigor of the body. 18. We ate 5 a\\npi\u00c3\u00a8ce of cake and 26 drank 5 a glass of wine. 19. There is 27\\nnever any oil in your lamp. 20. Little 2 causes h\u00c3\u00a2ve often 28\\nproduced great 2 effects.\\n1 use imperfect. 2 ail adjectives in this exercise should pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de the\\nnoun unless otherwise indicated; turn some numerous armies. 3 past\\ndefinite. 4 requires defmite article. 5 past indefmite. 6 place after\\nthe noun. 7 do not repeat pas. 8 monde, m. 9 singular. 10 past\\nindefmite of composer. u annoncer. 12 belle. V\u00c3\u00a0 aimer mieux.\\n14 que. lb repeat the noun. 16 place before the verb. 17 conna\u00c3\u00aetre.\\n18 gens, m. pi. 19 infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 20 peuple, m. 21 the \u00c3\u00a9loquence", "height": "3436", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 5\\nof. 22 celle. 23 douceur, f. 24 \u00c3\u00a9nergie, f. 25 son. 26 repeat the\\nsubject. 2T put before the verb and replace pas by jamais. 28 place\\nafter participle.\\n2. SYNTAX OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.\\nThe defmite article is used in French\\ni Before abstract nouns*.\\n2. Before common nouns used in a g\u00c3\u00aanerai sens\u00c3\u00a9.\\n3. Before nouns expressing measure, weight, number, where the\\nindefinite article is used in English.\\n4. Before geographical names, except towns, and before titles.\\n5. Before naines of sciences and metals.\\n6. Before parts of the body, instead of the possessive adjective,\\nwhere the meaning is not equivocal.\\nExercise 2.\\n1. Opinion is queen of the world. 2. Happiness is less d\u00c3\u00a9-\\npendent upon 1 circumstances than upon character. 3. Death,\\nlike birth, is a mystery of nature. 4. Riches rarely 2 profit\\nthose who acquire them. 5. To encourage virtue is to pun-\\nish vice. 6. The world was 3 made for man, and raan for\\nheaven. 4 7. Work is the inexhaustible 2 source of pure 2 and\\nreal 2 pleasures. 8. Noble 5 deeds excite admiration. 9. Vices\\nform a chain of which 6 selfishness is the first link. 10. There\\nare four maladies difficult to cure love of self, avarice, vain-\\nglory, and ambition. 11. Man is ever the same at ten, 7 he\\nis enticed by sweets at thirty, by pleasures at forty, by am-\\nbition at fifty, by avarice. 12. This beautiful lace costs 8 fifty\\nfrancs a m\u00c3\u00a8tre. 13. Astronomy is the science of the heavenly 2\\nbodies. 14. The Romans conquered 9 Asia as well as Africa.\\n15. Happiness d\u00c3\u00a9pends more upon 10 the affections than upon 11\\nevents. 16. Great thoughts corne from the heart. 17. The\\nhighest mountains of the globe are in Thibet. 18. Fontenelle\\nlooked 12 upon life as a dream whose 13 awakening is death.", "height": "3432", "width": "2220", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "O EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n19. None of the productions of man is 14 eternal. 20. As soon\\nas I am awake, 15 I wash 16 my hands, face, and neck with 17 soap\\nand water.\\n1 de. 2 place after the word modifi\u00c3\u00a9e!. 3 est. 4 use plural. 6 belles.\\n6 of which the first link is selfishness. 7 add ans after this num\u00c3\u00a9ral, but\\nafter no other in the sentence. 8 se vend. 9 past indefinite. 10 tient\\nplus aux. n qu aux. 12 imperfect. 13 insert le. 14 n est. 15 reduce\\nthis clause to aussit\u00c3\u00b4t \u00c3\u00a9veill\u00c3\u00a9. 16 reflexive. 17 insert some before both\\nnouns.\\nOMISSION OF THE ARTICLE.\\nThe article is omitted\\n1. When a noun is taken in apposition with another.\\n2. In proverbial expressions.\\n3. In enumerations, for the sake of conciseness.\\n4. Before words used in apostrophe.\\n5. Before nouns indicating a title, profession, nationality, religious\\nd\u00c3\u00a9nomination, when th\u00c3\u00a8se are used adjectively.\\n6. Before the title of a book or chapter.\\n7. After the indefinite adjective quel what, in exclamations.\\n8. After names of kings, followed by numerals indicating order in a\\ndynasty.\\n9. After such pr\u00c3\u00a9positions as en, avec, sans, par, sur, etc., when\\nthey combine with the following noun to form an adverbial or\\nadjective phrase.\\n10. After certain verbs, followed directly by nouns with which they\\nfrequently form idioms, as\\nAvoir coutume de, to be used to. Faire attention to mind.\\nAvoir envie de, to h\u00c3\u00a2ve a mind to. Faire cas de, to value, to think well\\nAvoir piti\u00c3\u00a9 de, to pity. of.\\nAvoir raison de, to be right. Faire plaisir to please, to give\\nAjouter foi to believe in. pleasure.\\nCourif risque de, to run the risk of. Faire mine de, to pr\u00c3\u00a9tend.\\nFaire bonne ch\u00c3\u00a8re, to live well. Faire fond sur, to count \u00c3\u00aeipon.\\nFaire peur to frighten.", "height": "3424", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. J\\nExercise 3.\\ni N Monsieur Thiers was 1 born at 2 Marseilles, a very ancient 3\\ncity in the south 4 of France. 2. Women, children, old men\\nail 5 were massacred. 3. What a noise you are making, chil-\\ndren 4. My father is alawyer. 5. Victor Hugo was buried\\nin the 6 Panth\u00c3\u00a9on, an honor which he well 3 deserved. 7 6. O\\npassions you who h\u00c3\u00a2ve caused so many 8 evils, I dread you\\nmore than death. 7. A gentle 9 rain quiets a great wind (Prov-\\nerb). 8. A rolling 10 stone gathers no 8 moss (Proverb).\\n9. Prayers, tears nothing has any effect 11 on a hard 3 heart.\\n10. His father is an Englishman, and his mother is an Italian.\\n1 1 The church of 12 Saint Mark, in 2 Venice, surpasses in splen-\\ndor, in color, in richness of mosaic, anything that one 13 can\\nimagine. 12. He has always received me 14 with kindness.\\n13. You run the risk 15 of being 16 ill treated. 14. Your friend\\nalways 3 has a 12 good appetite. 15. Why are you thus without\\nmoney, without friends? 16. Your conduct has given 15 me\\npleasure. 17. I d\u00c3\u00a9pend 15 upon your friendship.\\n1 est. 2 at, to, or in must be translat\u00c3\u00a9e! by before names of cities.\\n3 place after the word modified. 4 du Midi. 5 tout; predicate must\\nagr\u00c3\u00a9e in the singular. 6 a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 inhum\u00c3\u00a9 au. 7 imperfect. 8 de or the\\ncontracted article? petite. 10 change participial adjective to relative\\nclause, and place after the noun. n n a d empire. 12 omit this word.\\n13 tout ce que F on. 14 before or after the verb 15 see list of idiomatic verbs\\nunder rules. 16 the infinitive is used atter ail pr\u00c3\u00a9positions except en, which\\nrequires the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent participiez\\n4. PLURAL OF NOUNS.\\nReview rules and exceptions for the formation of Plural of Nouns.\\nExercise 4.\\n1. God has given 1 wool to the lambs, fur 9 to the wild 2\\nbeasts, and feathers to birds. 2. Owls are night 3 birds that\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve round eyes. 4 3. Two pupils may be 5 rivais in their 6", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "8 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nstudies, and friends during 7 their r\u00c3\u00a9cr\u00c3\u00a9ations. 4. The mus\u00c3\u00a9ums\\nof the Louvre contain beautiful enamels. 5. The balls of the\\nop\u00c3\u00a9ra in Paris h\u00c3\u00a2ve a great r\u00c3\u00a9putation. 6. Bplts can not bar out 8\\nthought. 7. There are 1 blues of diff\u00c3\u00a9rent shades. 8. Men fear\\ndeath which ends ail their evils. 9. The hair 9 is 9 the ornament\\nof the head. 10. The French are the rivais rather than the\\nenemies of the English. 11. The knees are flexible like 1\\nsprings. 12. Iron is the most useful of 10 minerais; wheat, the\\nmost useful of vegetables and the horse, the most useful of\\nanimais. 13. Nature purifies water 9 by the fire 9 of volcanoes.\\n1 4 There are plants which grow u between 12 pebbles. 1 5 The\\nroots of trees resemble 13 little tubes. 16. The rich 9 drive 14 in\\n\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gant landaus. 17. My house is surround ed with 15 cabbages\\nand lettuce. 9 18. The most beautiful jewels of a mother are her\\nchildren. 19. Of ail the ancient carnivals, that 16 of Venice\\nwas 17 the most brilliant. 20. One sees few 18 well formed noses\\nand necks. 19\\n1 insert some. 2 place after noun, and translate by fauves. 3 some\\nbirds of night. 4 the eyes round. 5 peuvent \u00c3\u00aatre. 6 les. 7 dans.\\n8 bar out arr\u00c3\u00aater. 9 put in the plural. 10 of the. u naissent.\\n12 insert les. 13 ressemblent de. 14 se prom\u00c3\u00a8nent en. 15 translate\\nwith by de before both nouns. 16 use the d\u00c3\u00a9monstrative pronoun celui.\\n17 imperfect. 18 use de before both nouns. 19 noses and necks well\\nmade.\\nExercise 5.\\nTranslate the following phrases and sentences, first in the singular and\\nthen in the plural\\n1. My sister is my friend and my companion. 2. The\\nhorse is the friend of the Arab. 3. This g\u00c3\u00aanerai is a hero.\\n4, The wall of my garden. 5. The inhabitant of this coun-\\ntry. 6. The arm raised toward the sky. 7. The price of this\\ncoral. 8. The pupil of the eye. 9. The boat on the canal.\\n10. The discourse of this orator. 11. The child in his\\ncradle. 12. The plaything of the child. 13. The blade of\\nthis knife. 14. The hole of the mouse.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 9\\n5. FEMININE AND PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES.\\nReview rules and exceptions for the formation of the f\u00c3\u00a9minine and\\nplural of adjectives. The pupil will understand that most of the nouns\\nmodified are of the f\u00c3\u00a9minine gender the position of the adjectives is the\\nsame in French as in English, unless otherwise indicated in the notes.\\nExercise 6.\\ni. The forests of 1 America are as old as the world. 2. A\\nbad action renders the conscience uneasy. 3. Joy is deeper\\nwhen it is shared 2 vvith 3 friends. 4. The language of the\\nheart is the universal 4 language. 5. A secret 4 joy is rarely 5 a\\nperfect 6 joy. 6. My dear mother, I shall be docile, attentive,\\nstudious, loving, and obedient, in order that 7 you may always 4\\nbe 8 satisfied with 9 your little girl. 7. The forget-me-not is a\\nsweet 10 flower. 8. The negroes h\u00c3\u00a2ve thick lips. 11 9. Com\\nmerce is a useful 4 and lucrative 4 profession. 10. His answer\\nis brief, but it is expressive. n. This law is very ancient.\\n12. A sweet 4 face is a good recommendation. 13. The bear-\\ning of the Arabs is grave and proud. 14. A dissipated 4 life\\nleads to 12 total 6 ruin. 15. The life of the mariner is a dan-\\ngerous 4 life. 16. The tongue is the best and the worst of 13\\nthings. 17. Pure 14 religion is gentle, tol\u00c3\u00a9rant, and concilia-\\ntory. 18. The Greek 4 language is beautiful, rich, and harmoni-\\nous. 19. The old Gothic 4 churches are admirable. 20. High\\nmountains are covered 2 with 9 eternal 4 snows.\\n1 no article before America. 2 participles conjugated with \u00c3\u00aatre must\\nagr\u00c3\u00a9e with the subject. 3 insert some. 4 place after word modified.\\n5 n est presque jamais. 6 coniplet see note 4. 7 afin que. 8 subjunc-\\ntive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 9 de. 10 gentil, irr. n h\u00c3\u00a2ve the lips thick. 12 insert\\nune. 13 insert definite article. u vrai.\\nExercise 7 (Same Subject).\\n1. Raw 1 silk is white or ye.llow. 2. Red 1 partridges are\\nlarger and better than gray 1 partridges. 3. Public 1 \u00c3\u00a9ducation", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "10 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nis superior to private 1 \u00c3\u00a9ducation. 4. Fortune is fickle its\\nfavors are fugitive and deceitful. 5. I often 1 meet 2 new 1\\nwords, but 3 rarely a new 1 idea. 6. Women are coquettish\\nwhen they are beautiful, and scolds 4 when they are good. 5\\n7. The vowels are long or short. 8. His thought is always\\nambiguous. 9. Beautiful 6 blue 1 eyes seem to reflect the color\\nof the sky. 10. Often an old error has been proclaimed as a\\nnew 1 truth. 11. I do not like sulky 1 little girls. 12. This\\nis 7 a foolish adventure. 13. The most odious 8 ingratitude is\\nthat of a 9 child toward his parents. 14. This writing is neat\\nand regular. 15. Man is endowed with 10 a progressive 1 na-\\nture. 16. Everybody likes polite 11 manners, gentle looks,\\nand affectionate words. 17. This young girl has 11 rosy cheeks\\nand a pretty 12 mouth. 18. Good deeds make 13 life happy.\\n19. Personal 1 liberty is the first condition of human 1 exist-\\nence. 20. Switzerland is mountainous and picturesque.\\n1 place after word modified. 2 insert some. 3 omit this word.\\n4 grondeuses. 5 sages. 6 must be preceded by de. 7 voil\u00c3\u00a0. 8 the\\ningratitude the most odious. 9 use defmite article. 10 de. 11 in this\\nsentence, put les before ail nouns and ail the adjectives after the nouns\\n6. CONJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nReview the forms of personal pronouns as subject, direct, indirect, or\\nreflexive object, and their position before the verb.\\nRemark. When the verb is in a compound tense, remember to place\\nthe object pronoun before the auxiliary, not behveen the auxiliary and past\\nparticiple.\\nExercise 8.\\n1. The laws protect him. 2. Fortune 1 has betrayed you.\\n3. Victory will not 2 abandon us. 4. I should not h\u00c3\u00a2ve recom-\\nmended 3 her. 5. The beauty of the sky has always 4 enchanted\\nme. 6. Riches dazzle us. 7.- The truth ought 5 not to of\u00c3\u00afend\\nthem. 8. Every one 6 looks for happiness, and no one 7 finds", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. I I\\nit. 9. My counsels will guide you. 10. Time and reflection\\nwill enlighten you. 11. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve brought her 8 a bouquet.\\n12. He bores me very 9 much. 13. I shall speak to him in\\nprivate. 14. This idea torments him. 15. Some one is lis-\\ntening to us. 16. How do you like 10 this book? I think it\\ncharming. 17. Do you speak to him? to her? to them?\\n18. Treacherous 11 friends h\u00c3\u00a2ve betrayed him. 19. Thy pas-\\nsions blind thee. 20. His ]2 ambition will ruin him. 21. The\\nhope of succeeding 13 gives them confidence. 22. I will go to\\nsee her to-morrow morning.\\n1 remember that abstract nouns require definite article. 2 place 71e\\nimmediately after the subject, so as to allow the object pronoun to pr\u00c3\u00a9-\\nc\u00c3\u00a8de the verb. 3 use past conditional. 4 when adverbs of time modify\\nverbs used in compound tenses, they are placed, as in English, between\\nthe auxiliary and past participles. devrait this verb is always followed\\ndirectly by the infinitive. 6 chacun. v nul ne both pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de the verb,\\nand pas is omitted. 8 the sens\u00c3\u00a9 is not her, but to her hence, use the\\nindirect form of the pronoun. 9 never translate very before much.\\n10 such verbs as like, think, used in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of to h\u00c3\u00a2ve an opinion\\nof, are translated by trouver. n adjective follows noun. 12 son, because\\nambition begins with a vowel. 13 infinitive.\\na. Two Personal Pronoun Objects before the Verb in D\u00c3\u00a9clara-\\ntive, Interrogative, and N\u00c3\u00a9gative Sentences.\\nReview rules for their position, relatively to the verb and to each other.\\nRemark. Great attention must be given in this exercise to word order\\nremember that the n\u00c3\u00a9gative or interrogative forms of sentences do not\\naffect the position of object pronouns before the verb; see also the remark\\nfor Exercise 8.\\nExercise 9.\\n1. H\u00c3\u00a2ve you bought mybooks? Can you send them to me?\\n2. My brother has lent me this beautiful book he x has not\\ngiven it to me he has only lent it to me. 3. H\u00c3\u00a2ve you told\\nhim 2 that I ara h\u00c3\u00a8re Yes, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve. 3 4. H\u00c3\u00a2ve you told 4 your\\nsister that I found 5 her. book? No, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not. 3 5. Why", "height": "3436", "width": "2260", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "12 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nhave you not told her? 6 6. Because I h\u00c3\u00a2ve entirely forgotten\\nit. I will tell 7 her directly. 7. Where are my gloves? H\u00c3\u00a8re\\nthey are 8 on the table. 8. Why did you not bring 9 them to\\nme? 9. I have asked you to lend me a book. 10. You have\\nnot yet sent it to me. When are you going to send it to me\\n11. I should like very much to 10 send it to you but I have\\nalready lent it. 12. I should like very much to 10 read it when\\nyou can 11 lend it to me. 13. H\u00c3\u00a8re is a book for your sister.\\nWill 12 you give it to her? 14. Why do you not give it to her\\nyourself? 13 15. She has brought him a pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. Has she\\nnot given it to him? 16. I shall show it to you. 17. You\\nhave promised it to them. 18. She will send it to us. 19. We\\nshall tell it to him. 20. You have borrowed my dictionary\\ncan you return it to me 2 1 I shall send it to you right away,\\nif you wish.\\n1 translate the whole sentence in following order he (11e) to me it\\nhas not given; he to me it has only lent. 2 see note 8 under Exercise 8.\\n3 this unfinished sentence must be translated thus yes, I it to him have\\ntold. 4 insert 5 use past indefinite. 6 construe why (ne) it to\\nher have you not told? 7 insert it. 8 les voici. 9 for tense, see\\nnote 5; for word order, see note 6. 10 je voudrais bien no pr\u00c3\u00a9position\\npr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des following infinitive. n future of pouvoir. 12 will, in the\\nsens\u00c3\u00a9 of wishing, wanting, is translated by vouloir. 13 construe why\\n(ne) it to her give you not yourself?\\nb. Personal Pronoun Objects of Verbs in the Imperative Mood.\\nReview rule for the position and forms of personal pronouns used as objects\\nof verbs in the n\u00c3\u00a9gative and affirmative forms of the imperative mood.\\nRemark. Observe that when the imperative is in the affirmative, the\\nword order is exactly the same in both French and English; when it is\\nn\u00c3\u00a9gative, the French order is observed.\\nExercise 10.\\n1. Let me hear 1 from you soon. 2. Who wants this pretty\\nflower? Give it to me don t give it to him. 2 3. Give it to", "height": "3432", "width": "2324", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 13\\nus don t give it to them. 3 4. If you still 4 h\u00c3\u00a2ve your brother s\\nbook, lend it to me, and I shall return it to you to-morro\\\\v.\\n5. I shall send it to you, but do not tell it to him. 3 6. H\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nyou forgotten to send those letters to the Post Office 7. Don t\\nforget to send them 5 to-morrow morning. 8. Bring him 6 a\\nglass, or rather bring it to me. 9. Don t bring me any coffee.\\n10. Give her 6 the book, but don t show her 6 the letter.\\n11. Wait 7 for me at the foot 8 of the stairs. 12. Don t make\\nme wait 9 very long. 13. Don t look 7 at me while I do this.\\n14. This horse is wild; don t ride him. 15. This lady has\\ndone 10 you a service; thank her politely. 16. Do not inter-\\nrupt me; answer me or not 11 as you like. 12 17. Do not\\nleave me thus look at me squarely w and finish what 14 you\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve to 15 say. 18. Choose your friends well; 4 render them 6\\nevery 16 possible service. 19. Let us return to them good 17\\nfor evil let us not return 18 evil for evil. 20. My son, listen 7\\nto me well do not force me to 15 be too severe toward you. 19\\n1 give me soon of your news. 2 construe (ne) it to him give not\\n(pas). 3 same word order as in note 2. 4 place after the verb. 5 in-\\nsert y, standing for the adverbial phrase, to the Post Office. 6 use\\nindirect form of pronoun. corresponding French verb is transitive and\\ntakes no pr\u00c3\u00a9position after it. 8 au bas. 9 construe (ne) me make not\\nwait, etc. 10 rendre, followed immediately by service. n repeat verb\\nand object pronoun. 12 le jugerez bon. 13 bien en face. 14 that which.\\n15 16 tous les; rendre h\u00c3\u00a8re requires the article because service is\\nfollowed by an adjective. 17 h\u00c3\u00a8re a noun, and, like evil, requires the\\ndefinite article. 18 add to them. 19 votre \u00c3\u00a9gard.\\nc. Personal Pronoun Objects of Reflexive Verbs in the Impera-\\ntive Mood.\\nRemark. It should be remembered that one of the two pronouns\\nused in reflexive verbs is retained in the imperative; this pronoun is the\\nobject, not the subject of the verb; in the affirmative, it follows the verb;\\nin the n\u00c3\u00a9gative, it pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des. The pupil would do well to recite, in the\\nn\u00c3\u00a9gative and interrogative, the imperative of following reflexive verbs\\nbefore writing the exercise.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "14 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nExercise 11.\\ni. Let 1 us not tire ourselves too much. Let us rest a\\nmoment. 2 2. Let us not hurry uselessly. 3. Let us not\\nrejoice in 3 advance over 3 a success which is not yet assured.\\n4. Let us not boast of a thing which is not yet done. 4\\n5. Let us excuse ourselves politely when we disturb some\\none. 6. Let us not make fun of the unhappy. 5 7. You\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve had 6 a very hard 7 journey in 8 the rain and wind.\\n8. Change your clothes 9 first and dry yourself well. 9. Then,\\nafter a good supper, go to bed and rest well. 10. Dress your-\\nself 10 quickly; wash your 11 hands, face, and neck. 11. Get\\nup early. Apply yourself 12 to study. 12. Don t stop on the\\nway, when you are going to school.\\n1 let, found in the first person plural of the imperative mood, is not\\ntranslated into French. 2 instant, m. 3 de. 4 must agr\u00c3\u00a9e with subject\\nof the verb. 5 put in the plural. 6 use faire. 7 bien p\u00c3\u00a9nible place\\nafter the noun. 8 par. 9 make verb reflexive, and omit your clothes.\\n10 put in the second person singular. n make verb reflexive and put\\ndefinite article before nouns. 12 insert bien.\\nd. En, Y, Le.\\nReview rules for the use and position of th\u00c3\u00a8se pronouns.\\nThe following remarks should be noted by the student\\n1. En is a compound of de and a noun or pronoun. It may\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve a genitive sens\u00c3\u00a9, meaning of him, of her, of it, of them,\\nand sometimes, from Mm, front her, front it, etc.; or, a parti-\\ntive sens\u00c3\u00a9, standing for some or any. Compare this double\\nmeaning of en with the possessive and partitive meanings of\\nthe contracted articles du, de la, des. Both h\u00c3\u00a2ve the same\\nfunctions, the articles corresponding to the possessive forms\\nof the, and s, or to the indefinite adjective some or any while\\nen corresponds to the possessive or genitive case of him, of her,\\netc., or to the indefinite pronoun some or any.", "height": "3428", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 15\\nIt should be observed that many French verbs require the\\npr\u00c3\u00a9position de where the English \u00c3\u00a9quivalent governs with, about,\\netc., or no pr\u00c3\u00a9position at ail. In ail such cases, the pronoun\\nobject of the verb is alvvays en in French. In speaking of\\npersons, en is less frequently met than de lui, d elle, d eux, etc.\\nwhereas en is the only proper word to use in speaking of\\nthings. En, as an adverb, stands for front that place, from\\nthere, away. En is also a pr\u00c3\u00a9position meaning in.\\n2. Y is a compound of and a noun or pronoun. As a Per-\\nsonal pronoun, it is a dative meaning to him, to her, to it, to\\nthem. Compare this meaning of y with that of the contracted\\narticles au, la, aux, etc. The resemblance between their\\nnature and uses is the counterpart of that between du, de la,\\ndes, and en. Also notice that y, like en, is less used for per-\\nsons than things. Many French verbs require where the\\ncorresponding English verb governs in, of, etc., or no pr\u00c3\u00a9po-\\nsition at ail. In ail such cases, the indirect object pronoun\\ny must be used with the French verb.\\nWhen y stands for to that place, thither, there, it is treated as\\nan adverb.\\n3. The invariable pronoun le should not be confused with\\nle, la, les. The former does not represent a person or thing,\\nbut either an idea expressed in some preceding sentence, or a\\nstate, condition, or quality, previously expressed by some adj \u00c3\u00a9c-\\nrive or participle this accounts for its invariable form.\\nExercise 12.\\n1. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve a few French books I h\u00c3\u00a2ve six or seven. H\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nyou more? 2. Our French professor 1 has a large number of\\nthem in his library. 3. Few boys play 2 the piano. Most\\nyoung girls play it. 4. People 3 often 4 give us good advice, 5\\nbut we do not profit by it. 5. This young man is wise he\\nearns much money and he 7 spends only a part of it. 6. I do\\nnot stay in 8 the city in 9 the hot 4 season I live there only in 10", "height": "3436", "width": "2260", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "l6 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nwinter. 7. Ail boys play 2 bail. Henry plays almost ail the\\ntime. 8. In a grate, we 3 usually 4 burn coal; we burn wood\\nin 11 it, too. 9. H\u00c3\u00a8re is a good omelet you h\u00c3\u00a2ve tasted of 8\\nit, but you h\u00c3\u00a2ve not eaten it. 12 Aren t you hungry? 10. Your\\nproposition is reasonable I give my consent to it. 11. You\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve a stick; use 13 it. 12. She has written that, and I think\\nthat she will repent 6 it. 13. What do you say 6 about it?\\n14. I will not tell 6 you anything about it. 15. This chicken\\nis very tender; will you h\u00c3\u00a2ve some of it? 16. Hovv do you\\nlike th\u00c3\u00a8se gloves? I bought 14 a dozen pairs in Paris. 17. Are\\nyou the person who came 14 the other day? Yes, I am. 15\\n18. Gentlemen, are you the 16 heirs of the deceased? We are. 15\\n19. If I h\u00c3\u00a2ve succeeded, it 17 is to your protection that I owe it.\\n1 professor of French. 2 when this verb refers to a musical instru-\\nment, it governs de when it refers to a game, it takes 3 on. 4 place\\nafter word modifi\u00c3\u00a9e!. 5 put in the plural. 6 this verb governs de. 7 con-\\nstrue he (ne) of it spend only (=\u00c3\u00a7zte) a part. 8 9 pendant. 10 omit\\nthis word and replace it by the definite article. n one in a) it burns\\nalso some wood. 12 of it place before verb. 13 serve yourself of it.\\n14 past indefinite. 15 this and ail similar sentences must be completed\\nby the insertion of le, la, les, or le according to what they represent;\\nsee remark (3) under En, Y, Le. 16 omit this word; heirs is h\u00c3\u00a8re\\nused adjectively. 17 ce.\\nExercise 13 (Same Subject).\\n1. Madam, are you the mother of that charming child?\\nYes, sir, I am. 1 2. Are you a 2 mother? No, I am not. 1\\n3. Are you the bride and groom? 3 We are. 1 4. Are you 4\\nmarried? We are 1 not. 5. This great crime was 5 useless, as\\ncrimes always 6 are. 1 6. Men love riches and honors they\\naspire to them ail their lives. 7 7. The man gifted 8 with great\\ntalents almost always abuses 9 them. 8. You h\u00c3\u00a2ve rendered\\nme a 10 service, and I u am grateful 8 for it. 9. Force is brutal\\nman must 12 not abuse it. 10. My exercise is done I h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\ndevoted a great deal of time to it. 11. I am pleased 8 with it", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. \\\\J\\nI do not find any more mistakes in 13 it. 12. The 14 more I\\nstudy sciences, the more difficulties I find in them. 13. Elo-\\nquence is a gift of nature, but art adds perfection to it. 14. Wit\\nis the flower of imagination judgment is its 15 fruit.\\n1 see note 15 under preceding exercise. 2 see note 16 under preceding\\nexercise. 3 les mari\u00c3\u00a9s. 4 you stands h\u00c3\u00a8re for more than one, hence\\nagreement in the plural of past participle. 5 past definite. 6 place after\\nword modified. 7 singular. 8 this adjective governs de. 9 this verb\\ngoverns de. 10 omit this word. n insert to you. 12 use devoir.\\n13 u construe thus more I study the sciences, more I in them\\ny) discover some de) difficulties. 15 of it is the fruit.\\ne. Direct and Indirect Object Pronouns combined with En\\nand Y after Verbs in the Imperative Mood.\\nRemark. In the following exercise, only affirmative forms of the im-\\nperative verbs are given; the pupil will remember that in such sentences\\nthe direct object in French, as in English, pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des the indirect. When,\\nhowever, the indirect object is nous or vous, the best grammatical usage\\nrequires that th\u00c3\u00a8se pronouns shall immediately follow the verb, thus Si\\nle d\u00c3\u00aener est pr\u00c3\u00aat, servez-nous-le. It would not be positively wrong,\\nhowever, to say, servez-le-nous.\\nExercise 14.\\n1. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not yet seen the Jardin des Plantes take 1 me 2\\nthere when you go 3 there for a walk. 4 2. What do you feel?\\nTell 5 me; speak without disguise. 6 3. Go get the books that\\nwere given 7 to you and show them to us. 4. Since you know\\nthe lesson that your teacher has toid you to learn, recite it to\\nus. 5. You go very often to the th\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tre take l us there next 8\\nSaturday. 6. When you h\u00c3\u00a2ve 3 news of your brother, let us\\nknow. 9 7. Take some cotton and put 10 some in your 11 ear.\\n8. Take some cold 8 ashes and put 12 some on the eut. 9. If\\nany one renders you a service, pay it back 13 to him in 14 grati-\\ntude. 10. If you still h\u00c3\u00a2ve 15 any pens of this make, sell me a\\nbox of them. 16 n. When you go 3 out, tell me so. 17 12. This", "height": "3436", "width": "2228", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "\u00c3\u00af8 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nfable is very pretty recite it for 18 us. 13. Work is the source\\nof happiness d\u00c3\u00a9vote yourself to it with zeal. 14. You cannot\\ngo to London yourself; send me 19 in your place. 15. You\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve my hat; give it back to me. 16. This ink is too thick;\\nput 20 some water in it.\\n1 take, in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of conducting a person or animal, is translat\u00c3\u00a9e! by\\nconduire or mener in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of carrying something, it is translat\u00c3\u00a9e!\\nby porter. 2 when, in the imperative affirmative, moi and toi pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de en\\nor y, they change, for the sake of euphony, to ni 1 and/ 3 a pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\ntense in English, implying future action, must be translated by a future in\\nFrench. 4 for a walk vous y promener. 5 insert te. 6 use infinitive\\nof verb. 7 use active voice, thus that one to you has given. 8 place\\nafter noun. 9 construe make us them to know. 10 make this verb\\nreflexive; place some after it as in English. n change to the definite\\narticle. ^s appliquer. 13 omit this word. u par la. 15 s il vous\\nreste encore. 16 say, of them a box. 17 replace this word by le. 18\\n19 insert there and change the pr\u00c3\u00a9position in to 20 put in it\\nsome water.\\n7. D\u00c3\u008fSJUNCTIVE PERSONAL PRONOUNS.\\nThe disjunctive forms of personal pronouns are used\\n1. When the verb is absent or understood. Ex.: Qui frappe?\\nMoi who knocks? I. Il est plus grand que moi he is\\ntaller than I.\\n2. After the verb \u00c3\u00aatre c est toi, c est lui, etc. it is thon, it is he.\\n3. In compound subjects or objects composed of two pronouns, or\\nnouns and pronouns Marie et moi, nous irons vous voir\\nMary and I will go to see y oit.\\n4. When the subject pronoun is separated from the verb eux qui\\nsont mes amis, me conseilleront they who are my friends\\nwill advise me.\\n5 For emphasis, with another pronoun of the same person toi, tu\\nn aimes pas le caf\u00c3\u00a9 moi, je l aime you dorCt like coffee; I do.\\n6. The disjunctives are especially used as objects of pr\u00c3\u00a9positions\\nvenez avec moi corne with me.\\nFor moi, toi, etc., used in the imperative mood, see exercise on Pro-\\nnouns as Objects of Verbs in the Imperative, page 12.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 19\\nThe disjunctive forms of personal pronouns combine with the word\\nm\u00c3\u00aame, m\u00c3\u00aames to form the compound personal pronouns myself, thyself,\\netc. They are used chiefly for emphasis.\\nExercise 15.\\n1. You ask who did 1 that? It 2 was 3 I. 2. My brother is\\nhandsomer than I, but I am taller than he. 3. I, who h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nwritten it, 4 ought 5 to know what it is. 6 4. Ail the family had\\npromised 7 to corne, but he alone was 8 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 5. He deceives\\nme 9 who am his friend. 6. I will reward them 9 and their\\nfamilies. 10 7. She says that she has lost her book you and\\nI will look for it. 8. I assure you that it 2 is not he who has\\nrevealed this secret. 9. You read very well, and yet you will 11\\nnot read before me. 10. If you are going to 12 Europe, why\\ndo you not start with me n. Every one has his pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rence\\nyou love music, he 13 loves painting. 12. If your sisters can\\nnot accompany you, corne without them. 13. I am a 14 slave,\\nI who was 3 born to 15 command. 14. He h\u00c3\u00a2tes us, 9 who\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve given him so many proofs of friendship. 15. I will speak\\nto him myself. 16. Your father and I 16 h\u00c3\u00a2ve only one 17 d\u00c3\u00a9sire,\\nnamely, 18 your happiness. 17. I 13 will teach you to respect\\nyour parents 18. Who accuses this man, he or you? 19. I\\nwill tell him myself the cause of his misfortunes. 20. Your\\nfather and he h\u00c3\u00a2ve long 19 been enemies. 20\\n1 past indefinite. 2 ce. 3 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent tense. 4 repeat I before ought.\\n5 conditional pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of devoir. 6 ce que c est. pluperfect. 8 imperfect.\\n9 because this pronoun is emphatic, it must be expressed twice in French,\\nonce as a conjunctive before the verb, and again as a disjunctive after the\\nverb. 10 les leurs. n use vouloir, because will h\u00c3\u00a8re stands for to be\\nwilling. 12 before names of countries or continents, to is translated by\\nen, and the definite article is omitted. 13 see rule 5. 14 omit this word.\\n15 before infinitives, to used in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of in order to, for the purpose\\nof, must alvvays be translated by pour. 16 insert nous, because the sub-\\njects are of diff\u00c3\u00a9rent persons. 17 ne qu un seul. 1S c est. 19 long\\nis h\u00c3\u00a8re an adverb; use longtemps, and place after participle. 20 add F un\\nde Vautre.", "height": "3436", "width": "2232", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "Masc.\\nFem.\\nmine\\nle mien\\nla mienne\\nthine\\nle tien\\nla tienne\\nhis, hers, its\\nle sien\\nla sienne\\nours:\\nle n\u00c3\u00b4tre\\nla n\u00c3\u00b4tre\\nyours\\nle v\u00c3\u00b4tre\\nla v\u00c3\u00b4tre\\ntheirs\\nle leur\\nla leur\\n20 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n8. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.\\nPLURAL.\\nMasc. Fem.\\nmine les miens les miennes\\nthine les tiens les tiennes\\nhis, hers, its les siens les siennes\\nours les n\u00c3\u00b4tres les n\u00c3\u00b4tres\\nyours: les v\u00c3\u00b4tres les v\u00c3\u00b4tres\\ntheirs les leurs les leurs\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se pronouns agr\u00c3\u00a9e in gender and number with the nouns\\nfor which they stand their use should not be confused with\\nthat of the adjectives mon, ton, son, etc., which always accom-\\npany the noun. When of and to pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de the English\\npronouns mine, his, i yours, etc., the French pr\u00c3\u00a9positions\\nde and contract with the articles standing before the pro-\\nnouns, but only in the masculine singular and plural forms\\nthus, du mien, au mien, des miennes, aux v\u00c3\u00b4tres, etc.\\nLe mien, le tien, etc., are used for mine, thine, etc. But\\nin such expressions as is mine, meaning belongs to me,\\nmoi, toi,- are just as commonly used. Ex. qui sont\\nces gants? Ils sont moi whose gloves are th\u00c3\u00a8se? They\\nare mine.\\nThe English phrases a friend of mine, a cousin of yours,\\ncannot be rendered literally in French translate thus un de\\nmes amis, une de vos cousines.\\nLes miens, les tiens, les v\u00c3\u00b4tres, etc., are sometimes used in\\nFrench to designate one s imm\u00c3\u00a9diate family or nearest rela-\\ntives. Ex. je suis tout d\u00c3\u00a9vou\u00c3\u00a9 aux miens am entirely\\ndevoted to my family.\\nExercise 16.\\ni. We love our children as you love yours. 2. The pro-\\nductions of nature are varied every country has its own. 1\\n3. Your confidence deserves mine. 4. Great men are rare\\nyet, ail civilized 2 nations h\u00c3\u00a2ve theirs. 5. The ancients h\u00c3\u00a2ve", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 21\\ntheir masterpieces 3 we h\u00c3\u00a2ve ours. 6. Your pupils h\u00c3\u00a2ve been\\nsurpassed 4 by several of ours. 7. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve alvvays sacrificed my\\ninterests to hers. 5 8. It was 6 a friend of yours who announced 7\\nthe good news 8 to me. 9. Your garden touches 9 mine. 10. The\\ntroubles of our friends are our own. 10 n. He has accepted my\\nservices, and now 11 he refuses me his. 12. Every one has his\\nlot work is hers. 5 13. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve received your letter, dated 12 the\\nfifth 13 of February h\u00c3\u00a2ve you received mine 14. The ancient 14\\norators excelled 15 ours. 15. Your friends are esteemed 4 by 16\\nmine. 16. You h\u00c3\u00a2ve your peculiarities who has not his?\\n17. The hypocrite flatters our vices in order that we may\\napprove 17 of his. 18. The English navy is superior to ours.\\n1 its own must be translat\u00c3\u00a9e! by third person f\u00c3\u00a9minine plural form\\nof possessive pronoun. 2 participial adjectives agr\u00c3\u00a9e with their nouns,\\nand usually follow. 3 in compound nouns, made up of two nouns con-\\nnected by a pr\u00c3\u00a9position, the first noun only, as a rule, takes the mark\\nof the plural.* 4 must agr\u00c3\u00a9e with subject of the verb. 5 agr\u00c3\u00a9es with\\ninterests, not with the gender of person spoken of. 6 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent tense.\\n7 m a fait part de. 8 singular. 9 insert 10 ours. n voici au\\n12 en date du. 13 use cardinal num\u00c3\u00a9ral, omit pr\u00c3\u00a9position and write\\nFebruary with small letter. 14 after the noun. 15 P emportent sur.\\n10 by, after verbs of feeling, is usually translated by de. 17 applaudir\\n9. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nCelui (masc. sing.), celle (fem. sing. that, that of, the one.\\nCelui qui, celle qui he who, she who, the one who or which.\\nCeux (masc. pi.) celles (fem. pi.) those, those of, the ones.\\nCeux qui, celles qui they who, those who, the ones who or which.\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se forms of the d\u00c3\u00a9monstrative pronoun stand for some\\ndefinite person or object. They frequently express the posses-\\nsive case of the nouns for which they stand, and thus correspond\\nThe r\u00c3\u00a9cent ministerial decree states that such compound nouns may\\nbe written without the hyphen, and that their component parts, as regards\\nthe formation of their plural, may be governed by the ordinary laws of\\nsyntax. Ex.: un chef P \u00c5\u0093uvre, des chefs d \u00c5\u0093uvre.", "height": "3436", "width": "2228", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "22 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nto the s in English. Ex. j ai entendu votre voix et celle de\\nvotre s\u00c5\u0093ur heard your voice and your sister s.\\nThey also frequently add a limiting or descriptive sens\u00c3\u00a9 to\\nthe noun for which they stand. In such cases, the pronouns\\nare followed by some adjective phrase or relative clause. Ex.\\nvous admirez la robe de soie, et moi, celle de velours je crains\\nceux qui ne craignent pas Dieu cette rose est celle que je\\npr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a8re. When the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of celui, celle, ceux, celles, is thus\\nalready limited by the addition of a possessive or descriptive\\nphrase or clause, they cannot be followed by -ci or -l\u00c3\u00a0.\\nExercise 17.\\ni. Your brother s library is large, 1 but my father s 2 is better 3\\nselected. 2. That man has spent his fortune and that of his\\nwife. 3. My cows give more milk than those of my neighbor.\\n4. This dress is better 3 made 4 than your sister s. 2 5. The\\nfaults of Peter the Great were 5 those of a soldier, and his\\nvirtues those of a great man. 6. The books that you sent 6\\nme are not those that I bought. 6 7. The one who is mis-\\ntaken does not like to admit 7 his 8 error. 8. The climate\\nof Europe is temperate that of 9 Africa is torrid. 9. The\\ncom\u00c3\u00a9dies of Moli\u00c3\u00a8re are superior to those of Terence.\\n10. The \u00c3\u00a9loquence of Cicero is not comparable to that of\\nDemosthenes. 11. Those who love danger will perish in 10\\nit. 12. This man is the one who struck u me. 13. Cotton 12\\nsheets are less expensive than linen ones. 13 14. I admire the\\nexploits of Bayard, but I admire 14 still more those of Turenne.\\n1 nombreuse. 2 that of my father. 3 better is h\u00c3\u00a8re an adverb;\\nmust it be rendered by mieux or meilleur? 4 apply rule for agreement\\nof participles conjugated with \u00c3\u00aatre. 5 imperfect. 6 put verb in past\\nindefmite; apply rule for agreement of participles conjugated with avoir.\\n7 reconna\u00c3\u00aetre. _ 8 son or sa? 9 insert defmite article. 10 n past\\nindefmite. 12 the sheets of cotton. 13 those of. u admire still\\nmore j estime davantage.", "height": "3424", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 23\\nCelui-ci (masc. sing.) this one celui-l\u00c3\u00a0 (masc. sing.) that one.\\nCelle-ci (fem. sing.) this one celle-l\u00c3\u00a0 (fem. sing.) that one.\\nCeux-ci (masc.pl.) th\u00c3\u00a8se ceux-l\u00c3\u00a0 (masc.pl.) those.\\nCelles-ci (fem. pi.) th\u00c3\u00a8se celles-l\u00c3\u00a0 (fem. pi.) those.\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se pronouns, like the first forms given, are used to repre-\\nsent persons or things previously mentioned in the sentence\\nthey stand for something known and h\u00c3\u00a2ve a defmite ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dent.\\nTheir inflections for gender and number prove this fact. Celui-\\nci, celle-ci, celui-l\u00c3\u00a0, celle-l\u00c3\u00a0, etc., are used only to bring out the\\ncontrast between things compared, replacing the emphasis given\\nin English by the two distinct forms this and that, lacking in\\nFrench. Ex. this one is white, that one is black celui-ci est\\nblanc, celui-l\u00c3\u00a0 est noir.\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se emphatic forms of the pronoun also translate the\\nwords former and latter celui-l\u00c3\u00a0, celle-l\u00c3\u00a0, ceux-l\u00c3\u00a0, celles-l\u00c3\u00a0\\nstanding for the fon?ier celui-ci, celle-ci, ceux-ci, celles-ci, for\\nthe latter.\\nExercise 18.\\n1. Look at 1 th\u00c3\u00a8se beautiful roses! This one is budding,\\nthat one is in full bloom. 2 2. You h\u00c3\u00a2ve given me my 3 choice\\nof th\u00c3\u00a8se books I will take th\u00c3\u00a8se for my brother and those for\\nmyself. 4 3. This diamond 5 \u00c3\u00afs more brilliant 6 than that one.\\n4. What a diff\u00c3\u00a9rence between th\u00c3\u00a8se two brothers The 7 one\\nis ignorant, the other 8 is well educated. 5. Bossuet and\\nF\u00c3\u00a9nelon are \u00c3\u00a9loquent the latter is fascinating the former is\\npersuasive. 6. I know 9 th\u00c3\u00a8se two men I despise the one, 7\\nand fear the other. 8 7. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve brought two cushions which\\none will you h\u00c3\u00a2ve, 10 this one or that one 8. This one is too\\nlarge and that one is too hard. 9. H\u00c3\u00a8re are several hats try\\non this one. 10. This one is not becoming to me 11 I will\\ntake that one. ri. The rose and the tulip are two lovely 12\\nflowers, but the latter is without fragrance, while 13 the former\\nexhales a delicious fragrance.", "height": "3436", "width": "2220", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "24 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n1 voyez. 2 tout \u00c3\u00a9panouie. 3 le. 4 moi. 5 add -ci. 6 a plus de feu.\\n7 this one. 8 that one. 9 savoir or conna\u00c3\u00aetre 10 voulez-vous\\n11 ne me sied pas. 12 charmantes place after the noun. 13\\nCeci this. Cela that.\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se pronouns h\u00c3\u00a2ve no inflections for gender and number\\nbecause, unlike celui, celle, etc., they never stand for any person\\nor thing previously mentioned in the sentence. They either\\nrefer to something pointed to by the speaker, literally or figura-\\ntively, as avez-vous lu cela or, they represent a clause, phrase,\\nor idea just expressed or about to be, as vous le demandez et\\ncela est impossible y ou ask it and it is impossible.\\nExercise 19.\\ni. H\u00c3\u00a2ve you learned this? Yes, but I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not learned that.\\n2. That is a very great misfortune. 3. H\u00c3\u00a2ve you copied ail\\nthis and ail that? 4. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve finished this, but I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not\\nquite 1 finished that. 5. Did you see 2 that? Where did you\\nfind 2 this? 6. That is not easy to explain. 7. This is a family\\nrelie. 3 8. This will cost you much more than that. 9. You\\nassure me that 4 he is my friend that is quite 5 possible.\\n10. That is an invention of his.enemies. 11. That is a very\\npretty compliment. 12. You d\u00c3\u00a9sire that I should be 6 his\\nfriend, but that is impossible. 13. Don t forget to send me\\nthis. 14. Read this and tell me what 7 you think 8 of it.\\n15. Pride is a great fault, remember 9 that. 16. My dear chil-\\ndren, understand 10 this: work is a treasure. 17. If you are\\nselfish, you will never n h\u00c3\u00a2ve any 12 friends, remember that.\\n1 tout-\u00c3\u00a0-fait place as in English between auxiliary and participle.\\n2 past indefinite. 3 relie of family. 4 h\u00c3\u00a8re a conjunction; translate by\\nque. 5 fort. 6 this verb d\u00c3\u00a9pends on d\u00c3\u00a9sirer, a verb of sentiment; trans-\\nlate by subjunctive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of \u00c3\u00aatre. 7 ce que. 8 penser h\u00c3\u00a8re takes de,\\nnot because the verb means to h\u00c3\u00a2ve an opinion of. 9 retenez bien.\\n10 \u00c3\u00a9coutez bien. n place after verb. 12 de.", "height": "3416", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 2$\\n10. WHEN TO USE CE, WHEN IL, WITH \u00c3\u008aTRE.\\nCe, before \u00c3\u00aatre, translates he, s/te, it, they, and the indefinite this and\\nthat. The English pronoun it is either personal or inderlnite.\\nAs an indefinite, it is merely an expletive, introducing the real,\\nlogical subject of the verb. Ex. it is my brother c est mon\\nfr\u00c3\u00a8re. Since it, as an inderlnite, has no sp\u00c3\u00a9cial form for plural,\\nthe personal pronoun they is used though still with the exple-\\ntive sens\u00c3\u00a9 when the verb is followed by a plural noun they\\nare my brothers ce sont mes fr\u00c3\u00a8res. Observe that the French\\nkeeps the singular form of the expletive ce.\\nBut we can say both in French and English he is my\\nfriend y she is my friend, they are my friends il est mon\\nami, elle est mon amie, ils sont mes amis, etc. The diff\u00c3\u00a9r-\\nence between th\u00c3\u00a8se forms and c est mon ami, ce sont mes\\namis, is purely one of emphasis in the thought, the use of\\nil, elle, etc., before the verb adding a shade of sentiment or\\nfeeling to the expression.\\nRule. Translate he, she, it, they, this, that before \u00c3\u00aatre, by ce\\nwhen the verb is followed by a noun, pronoun, infinitive verb,\\nor noun clause. Since th\u00c3\u00a8se are the logical subjects of the verb,\\nhe, she, it, they (in French, ce) must be understood as expletives\\nstanding for no ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dent expressed.\\nFor ce combined with qui or que forming the pronoun what, see chapter\\non Relative Pronouns, page 31.\\nIl translates he, it, before \u00c3\u00aatre, when th\u00c3\u00a8se words are personal pro-\\nnouns, standing for derlnite and expressed ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dents. In\\nthis case, the verb is followed by an adjective, or attribut e, an\\nadjective phrase or clause.\\nException. Ce is found before \u00c3\u00aatre, followed by an adjective, in\\nonly one case, namely when ce means cela, and can be changed\\nto cela without altering the sens\u00c3\u00a9. In this case, ce, like cela, refers\\nto somethiug pointed to, or to an ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dent understood but not\\nexpressed. Ex. Comment trouvez-vous cela c est magnifique, or", "height": "3436", "width": "2220", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "20 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\ncela est magnifique. When used parenthetically, both il and ce are\\nused with the clause it is true il est vrai.\\nIl translates it and also there in ail impersonal constructions it is\\ntime to start il est temps de partir there came a inan to our\\nvillage-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 il vint un homme, etc.\\nIl is also used as subject of ail real impersonal verbs it seems, il\\nrains, it matters il semble, il pleut, il importe, etc. When\\nthe verb is not- a true impersonal, cela is used it kurts me to\\nsee y ou this way cela me fait de la peine de vous voir ainsi\\nExercise 20.\\ni. It is hope that sustains man in adversity. 1 2. It is your\\nfriendship that I prize. 3. H\u00c3\u00a8re is the book that I found; 2\\nit is your sister s. 4. No, it is not hers, it is raine. 5. The\\ncounsel is good, but it is not new. 6. It is a misfortune 3 not to\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve 4 any friends. 7. It is your sister who deserves 5 praise.\\n8. It is in adversity that one recognizes the true 6 friend. 9. It\\nwas 7 your aunt whom I met 8 in Europe. 10. It is ambition\\nwhich causes the ruin of so many men. 11. It is to God that\\nwe owe ail the blessings 9 which 10 we enjoy. 12. It was 11 the\\nEgyptians who invented 2 arithmetic. 13. The principal qual-\\nity which distinguishes the French 12 language 13 is clearness.\\n14. It is you whom I d\u00c3\u00a9sire 14 to see. 15. It is the one or the\\nother of th\u00c3\u00a8se two men who betrayed 2 the secret. 16. It often\\nhappens 15 that vice spoils the happiest disposition. 16 1 7. It\\ntakes 17 great courage to 18 stand injustice. 18. It is virtue that\\nmakes heroes. 19. It is beautiful to die for one s 19 country.\\n20. We must 20 work when we 21 are young. 21. It is we 11 who\\nmake 22 ourselves unhappy. 22. It is friendship that makes ail\\nthe charms 23 of life.\\n1 ati milieu des revers. 2 past indefinite. 3 place de after this word.\\n4 place both n\u00c3\u00a9gatives {ne point) before infinitive. 5 insert some and\\nput noun in the plural. 6 v\u00c3\u00a9ritable place after noun. 7 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent.\\n8 past indefinite of conna\u00c3\u00aetre. 9 avantage, m. pi. 10 of which {dont)\\nbecause jouir takes de. u put this verb in the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent; when \u00c3\u00aatre is", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 2/\\npreceded by ce and followed by a plural noun or a pronoun of the third\\nperson, the verb becomes plural,* but it remains singular if the pronoun\\nis of the first or second person plural. 12 adjectives of nationality follow\\nnouns. 13 insert c\\\\ which is used h\u00c3\u00a8re to give emphasis to the expres-\\nsion. 14 this verb requires no pr\u00c3\u00a9position before infmitives. 1S arriver\\n(impersonal) place adverb after it. 16 naturels, m. pi. 17 falloir\\nplace un after verb. n pour. 19 sa. ^falloir, followed by infinitive.\\n21 on. 22 se rendre. 23 singular.\\nExercise 21 (Same Subject).\\ni. It is hard l to be good to 2 the wicked. 3 2. It is impru-\\ndent l to speak of the faults of others. 3. It is possible that\\nours are 4 greater. 4. It takes 5 strength of so\u00c3\u00bbl to endure good 6\\nand evil fortune. 5. It is sweet 1 to love those whom one\\nmust 7 respect. 4 6. It is we who shape our destinies. 8 7. I\\nbelieve that it will rain to-morrow. 8. It is we whom you\\naccuse unjustly of this crime. 9. It is late we must 9 go\\nhome. 10. It is already half past four. 10 n. It is better to\\nbe ignorant than to u know evil. 12. It is useless 1 to speak\\nto her she will not listen to you. 13. It is glorious x to con-\\nquer 12 one s passions. 14. It is true that I ought to h\u00c3\u00a2ve 13\\nconfessed my fault. 15. It is too damp in this house. 16. It\\nis proper that you 14 should return 4 their visit. 17. I did not\\nread your book because it is not interesting. 18. It is certain\\nthat he has lost his fortune. 19. It may be 15 that we shall\\nfind 4 her at her mother s. 16\\n1 this adjective governs de before infinitives. 2 avec. 3 plural. 4 sub-\\njunctive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 5 falloir insert some before strength. 6 use\\ndefinite article before both adjectives. 7 qu il faut qu on. 8 singular.\\n^falloir. 10 quatre heures et demie before nouns, demi is invariable; f\\nEven the best writers do not always observe this rule, and hereafter\\nc est, instead of ce sont, will be allowable in this case.\\nt The Minister s decree authorizes the agreement of this adjective with\\nits noun, whether it pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des or follows the noun. When it pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des, the\\nusual hyphen may be omitted.", "height": "3436", "width": "2228", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "28 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nafter a f\u00c3\u00a9minine noun, it becomes f\u00c3\u00a9minine, but never plural. n que de.\\n12 surmonter ses. 13 use past conditional of devoir. u insert to them.\\n15 se peut. 16 chez.\\n11. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.\\nQui or qui est-ce qui (emphatic) who, nominative case for persons.\\nNote. Quel, quelle, quels, quelles are sometimes used before the\\nverb to be for the nominative who. Ex. who is this lady qui est cette\\ndame or quelle est cette dame In the latter case, quelle agr\u00c3\u00a9es with\\nthe noun dame understood.\\nQui or qui est-ce que (emphatic) whom, direct object for persons.\\nQue or qu est-ce que (emphatic) what, used as direct object only\\nfor things.\\nQu est-ce qui what, nominative case for things.\\nA qui or de qui or qui est-ce que or de qui est-ce que (emphatic)\\nto whom, ofwhom, indirect object for persons.\\nA quoi or de quoi or quoi est-ce que (emphatic) to what, of what,\\nindirect object for things.\\nNotice that que changes to qu before vowels, but that qui and quoi\\nare never elided.\\nThe above pronoun forms h\u00c3\u00a2ve no sp\u00c3\u00a9cial infiections for masculine or\\nf\u00c3\u00a9minine; this would seem to indicate that their function is not to repre-\\nsent a noun previously mentioned. Compare them with lequel which\\none (masc. sing.), laquelle (fem. sing.), lesquels zvhich ones (masc. pi.),\\nlesquelles (fem. pi.), which stand for a noun already mentioned, or about\\nto be, and must agr\u00c3\u00a9e with it in gender and number.\\nStudy the following list of idiomatic sentences\\ni A qui est ce livre whose book is this\\n2. Que de bont\u00c3\u00a9s que de bienfaits what kindnessl what good-\\nness\\n3. Quoi de plus heureux what coidd be 7nore forttmate\\n4. Que vous \u00c3\u00aates bonne how kind you are!\\n5 Quoi vous \u00c3\u00aates encore ici what you are still h\u00c3\u00a8re\\n6. Que parlez-vous si haut why do you speak so loudf\\n7. Que vous en semble-t-il what do you think ofit?\\n8. De quoi s agit-il what is it whafs the maiter?", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 2\u00c3\u0087\\n9. De quoi vous m\u00c3\u00aalez-vous ivhat are y on meddling with?\\n10. quoi bon tant de myst\u00c3\u00a8re ivhat is the zise of so much mys-\\ntery\\n1 1 Qu est-ce que c est que la vie what (emphatic) is life f\\n12. Qui vous dit que je veuille aller la voir how do you know or\\nwhat makes you suppose that I want to go and see her f\\nLearn the following Gallicisms\\nWhat is it qu est-ce or qu est-ce que c est\\nWhat is that qu est-ce que cela or qu est-ce que c est que cela\\nExercise 22.\\nIn the following exercise, when the pronouns can be rendered by tvvo\\nforms, one emphatic and one unemphatic, give both forms for the sake of\\ndrill in their use.\\n1. Whom do 1 you love? Who loves you? 2. Whom does\\nhe admire? What do you want? 3. Of whom do you speak?\\nTo whom h\u00c3\u00a2ve you spoken 4. Who is speaking Whom do\\nyou see? 5. What do you see? Of what do you speak?\\n6. What do you hear? What are you reading? 7. What\\npage? what line? 8. Of which house are you speaking?\\n9. What is disturbing you? 10. Wlio is disturbing you?\\n1 1 Which letter do you read Which one 2 are you answer-\\ning? 12. Who wants to play with us? What 3 do you want\\nto play? 13. With what shall we write? Whose exercise is\\nthis? 4 14. What exercise h\u00c3\u00a2ve you written Which one shall\\nwe write to-morrow? 15. Of which one are you speaking?\\n16. Who is the lady who was speaking? 17. Who is singing?\\nWhat is he singing? 18. What makes your brother laugh? 5\\n19. What can 6 I do for you? 20. At whom are you smiling?\\nOf 7 what are you thinking? 21. What h\u00c3\u00a2ve I done to you?\\n22. Who told 8 you that I was 9 h\u00c3\u00a8re? 23. Who is knocking?\\n24. With 10 whom are you living?\\n1 remember that emphatic and progressive forms like do love, is\\nspeaking are translated into French by the simple pr\u00c3\u00a9sent tense of corre-", "height": "3436", "width": "2224", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "30 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nsponding verb. 2 to which one. 3 to what. 4 to whom is this\\nexercise 5 compare this English construction with the \u00c3\u00a9quivalent\\nFrench fait rire votre fr\u00c3\u00a8re 6 use puis not peux, in the interrogative,\\nwhen subject follows. 7 8 past indefinite. 9 imperfect. 10 chez.\\nExercise 23 (Same Subject).\\ni. Which one of th\u00c3\u00a8se houses did 1 your father 2 buy?\\n2. What prevented 3 you from coming 4 last night? 3. What is\\nthat 5 4. For whom are you looking What are you looking\\nat? 5. Which ones are you looking at? 6. What troubles\\nyou? What do you mean? 7. Why 6 don t 7 you listen to me?\\n8. How 8 beautiful your sister is 9. Whom are you expect-\\ning? 10. What 9 is more terrible than such 10 passions!\\n11. To which one of th\u00c3\u00a8se men did 1 you apply? 12. What\\nhas happened to your brother? 13. To which one of your\\nfriends h\u00c3\u00a2ve you written? 14. Whose 11 beautiful rings are\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se? 15. Of what h\u00c3\u00a2ve you to 12 complain Of whom h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nyou to complain? 16. With 12 what are you amusing yourself?\\n17. In 13 what is she guilty? 18. Of ail th\u00c3\u00a8se \u00c3\u00a9ditions, which\\none do you advise me to buy? 19. Of what are you accused? 14\\n20. Who told 3 you that What has happened 15 21. Which\\none of th\u00c3\u00a8se young ladies is he going to marry? 22. What is\\nthe use of 16 weeping? 4 23. How 17 shall we amuse ourselves?\\n24. To whom must 18 I return this book? 25. What is the use\\nof 16 so much ceremony? 26. Who has sent me th\u00c3\u00a8se beauti-\\nful flowers Whose n gloves are th\u00c3\u00a8se\\n1 did buy this emphatic form, especially in the interrogative, is\\nusually translated by the past indefinite; in this case, the participle should\\nagr\u00c3\u00a9e with object of verb. 2 construe your father has he bought.\\n3 past indefinite. 4 infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 5 see examples of Gallicisms.\\n6 see No. 6 in list of idiomatic sentences. 7 render this word by putting\\nne before the verb and omitting pas. 8 construe that {que) your sister\\nis beautiful 9 see No. 3 in list of idiomatic sentences. 10 que de telles.\\n11 see No. 1 in list of idiomatic sentences. 12 13 en. 14 put in the\\nactive voice with on. 15 past indefinite of se passer. 1G see No. 10 in\\nlist of idiomatic sentences. 17 to what. 18 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent indicative of devoir.", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n12. RELATIVE OR CONJUNCTIVE PRONOUNS.\\nQui who, which, what, nominative case for persons or things.\\nLequel, laquelle, etc., are sometimes used for qui,when the rela-\\ntive pronoun has two ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dent nouns to either of which it\\nmight refer.\\nQui whom, direct object for persons, when there is no ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dent\\nexpressed. Ex. devinez qui j ai rencontr\u00c3\u00a9 aujourd hui gness\\nwhom I met to-day.\\nqui, pour qui, auquel, or pour lequel, etc. object of pr\u00c3\u00a9positions\\nfor persons. Ex. l ami qui or auquel j \u00c3\u00a9cris the friend to\\nwhom I am writing.\\nAuquel, pour lequel, etc. only forms as objects of pr\u00c3\u00a9positions for\\nthings. Ex. la plume avec laquelle j \u00c3\u00a9cris the pen with\\nwhich I write.\\nQue whom, which, that, objective case for persons or things. This\\npronoun can never be omitted in French.\\nDont or duquel whose, of whom, of which, possessive case for\\npersons or things; de qui is also used for persons. Wh\u00c3\u00a8n\\nwhose is preceded by a pr\u00c3\u00a9position, de qui or duquel must\\nbe used, never dont. Ex. the pupil in whose exercise I\\nfound a mistake l \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8ve dans le devoir duquel j ai trouv\u00c3\u00a9\\nune faute. Whose in English is never separated from its\\ngoverning noun dont is frequently so, and always heads the\\nrelative clause. Ex a?n going to see the frie7id whose\\naddress you h\u00c3\u00a2ve given ?ne je vais voir l ami dont vous\\nm avez donn\u00c3\u00a9 l adresse.\\nDe qui, duquel, not dont, are used to express from whom. Ex. the\\nfriend from whom I h\u00c3\u00a2ve received this gift l ami de qui j ai\\nre\u00c3\u00a7u ce cadeau.\\nDont is used to express the idea of issuing, of being born, of descend-\\ning, with such verbs as sortir, descendre, or their \u00c3\u00a9quivalents.\\nD o\u00c3\u00b9 from which, whence, is used to express the physical action\\nof coming ont. Ex. la chambre d o\u00c3\u00b9 je sors the room from\\nwhich I corne.\\nQuoi is an indefinite relative, referring to some such ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dent as\\nce, rien, chose, voici, voil\u00c3\u00a0, and is only used after pr\u00c3\u00a9positions.\\nEx. voici de quoi il s agit this is the question je voudrais", "height": "3436", "width": "2240", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "32 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nsavoir quoi vous pensez I should like to know of what you\\nare thinking.\\nO\u00c3\u00b9 is generally used for or dans and a relative pronoun with r\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9r-\\nence to place or time. Ex. la maison o\u00c3\u00b9 je vous ai connu\\nthe house where I met y ou.\\nCe qui what (that which), nominative case.\\nCe que what {that whzch), objective case.\\nCe dont what of. Ex. what I cotnplain of {that of which\\nI complairi) ce dont je me plains.\\nCe quoi what to or with. Ex. what y ou are amusing\\ny our self with ce quoi vous vous amusez.\\nExercise 24.\\ni. The thing of which I am thinking is very interesting.\\n2. The merchant for whom I keep 1 books is very rich. 3. I\\nwant to know of what you are thinking. 4. Young men talk 2\\nof 3 what they are doing old men, of 3 what they h\u00c3\u00a2ve done,\\nand fools, of 3 what they intend 4 to do. 5. I know whom you\\nmean. 6. Ail that 5 glitters is not gold. 6 7. You ought 7 to\\nconfess frankly what 5 you h\u00c3\u00a2ve done. 8. I want to know of\\nwhom you are thinking. 9. It is not the dress, 8 it is not the\\noccupation 9 of a man 10 that d\u00c3\u00a9grades him it is n the shame-\\nful 12 vices to which he is addicted 13 and of which he does not\\nwant to correct himself. 10. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve read the works which\\nF\u00c3\u00a9nelon has written. 14 ri. I know what 5 you are going to say\\nto me. 12. What 15 God does is well done. 13. He 16 is\\nhappy whose 17 heart is pure. 14. He 16 is happy who has a\\npure 12 heart. 15. We do not admire the things which we are\\naccustomed 14 to see. 16. We do not admire the things to\\nwhich we are accustomed. 14 17. Vanity is an idol to which we\\nsacrifice every thing. 18. It was 18 Racine who introduced 19\\ninto the poetic 12 language of the French 20 that richness and 21\\n\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gance of style to which it owes ail its glory. 22 19. You will\\nnever 12 know whom I love. 20. The society which you fr\u00c3\u00a9-\\nquent is not good. 21. The site on which I wish to build is", "height": "3424", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 33\\nvery large. 22. There is the book about m which I h\u00c3\u00a2ve 24\\nspoken to you so 3 often. 3\\n1 tiens les. 2 disent. 3 omit this word. 4 se proposent de. 5 stands\\nfor that which. 6 in this proverb, does the noun gold require the\\ndefinite article? conditional pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of devoir no pr\u00c3\u00a9position.\\n8 habit, m. 9 m\u00c3\u00a9tier, m. 10 which d\u00c3\u00a9grades a man. n ce sont.\\n12 after the word modified. 13 il se livre. 14 composer should this\\nparticiple agr\u00c3\u00a9e? if so, with what? 15 God does well what He does.\\n16 celui-l\u00c3\u00a0. 17 of whom. 18 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 19 past indefinite. 20 plural.\\n21 repeat that. 22 lustre, m. 23 de. 24 insert tant.\\nExercise 25 (Same Subject).\\n1. I do not know on what his pretensions may be founded. 1\\n2. I contemplate the marvels which God has created. 1 3. The\\nmeans 2 which he has used 3 are 2 not honest. 4. He is a man\\nin whose 4 prudence you can trust. 5. That is what 5 I am\\nsure of. 6 6. What I admire most 7 is courage in adversity.\\n7. It is a disease the cause of which 8 is not known. 8. The\\nfriends from whom 9 you expect so many services will do nothing\\nfor you. 9. The family from which 10 he descends is honor-\\nable. 10. The spring from which 10 the greatest rivers flow 11\\nis scarcely noticed. 1 11. There is nothing of which God is 12\\nnot the author, nothing that has 12 not 13 corne out 14 of His 15\\nhands we owe Him 15 the light that we enjoy 16 and the air\\nthat we breathe. 12. We do not always love the persons\\nwhose 8 talents we admire. 13. What is there 17 more fragile\\nthan riches, which, 18 nevertheless, we pursue ail our lives? 2\\n14. The laws according to which God has made ail things are\\nalso those according to which he governs them. 15. The\\ndivine promises in which I h\u00c3\u00a2ve always had faith, h\u00c3\u00a2ve comforted\\nme for many griefs. 19 16. What pleases 20 me does not please\\neverybody. 17. Intoxication is the most shamefui 21 state into\\nwhich 22 a man can 12 fall. 18. The body of man retums to the\\nearth whence it came. 23 19. Health is a blessing without which\\nail 24 others are nothing. 20. The wicked man 25 rejoices over lti", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "34\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nwhat causes 26 the ruin of others. 27 21. The violet, hiding 28\\nunder the bush, perfumes everything that cornes near it it is\\nthe symbol of the modest 21 savant.\\n1 see note 14 of Exercise 24. 2 singular. 3 past indefinite. 4 con-\\nstrue to the prudence of whom for the translation of of whom see\\ngrammatical notes under dont. 5 that is what voil\u00c3\u00a0. 6 that of\\nwhich, etc. 7 insert c\\\\ 8 construe of which one knows {conna\u00c3\u00aetre)\\nnot {point) the cause. 9 dont or de qui 10 dont or d^o\u00c3\u00b9 ll s \u00c3\u00a9chap-\\nper put verb after subject. 12 subjunctive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 13 retain ne before\\nverb, but omit pas because nothing takes its place. H conjugated with\\n\u00c3\u00aatre. 15 no capital. 16 French verb takes de. 17 qu y a-t-il de.\\n18 after which, nevertheless, we run, etc. 19 de bien des mis\u00c3\u00a8res.\\n2) French verb takes 21 after the noun. 22 o\u00c3\u00b9. 23 past indefinite\\nof sortir. 24 insert the. 25 omit this word. 26 faire. 27 d autrui.\\n28 use past participle. 29 approcher no pr\u00c3\u00a9position.\\n13. INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES AND PRONOUNS.\\nReview their forms and uses.\\nAdjectives.\\n(Construed with nouns.)\\nMASCULINE AND FEMININE.\\nSing. chaque each, every.\\nSing. quelque some, a little.\\nPI. quelques some, a few.\\nSing. quelconque\\n(after its noun)\\nPI. quelconques.\\nwhatever\\nany what-\\nsoever\\nsome sort of\\nany kind of.\\nPronouns.\\n(Construed as nouns.)\\nMasc. Sing. chacun, f. chacune\\neach one, every one.\\nMasc. Sing. quelqu un somebody,\\nanybody.\\nquelques-uns, f.\\nquelques-unes\\nsome, a few, several.\\nMasc. Sing. quelque chose some-\\nthing, anything (in\\nthe positive sens\u00c3\u00a9).\\nMasc. Sing. qui, quiconque who-\\never (used chiefly for\\npersons in the singu-\\nlar).\\nMasc. Sing. on, l on one, people,\\nthey.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n35\\nMasc. Sing. autrui others, one s\\nneighbor or fellow-\\nman (only for per-\\nsons and usually after\\npr\u00c3\u00a9positions). If oth-\\ners refers to a distinct\\nnoun, and therefore\\nhas not a vague or\\ng\u00c3\u00aanerai sens\u00c3\u00a9, trans-\\nlate by autres.\\nMasc. Sing. personne anybody,\\nany one (indef.) no-\\nbody, no one (usually\\nwith ne).\\nMasc. Sing. rien anything noth-\\ning (usually with ne).\\nMasc. Sing. l un l autre each\\nother.\\nFem. Sing. l une l autre each\\nother.\\nMasc. PL les uns les autres\\none another.\\nFem. PI. les unes les autres\\none another.\\nMasc. Sing.\\nMasc. Sing.\\nMasc. Sing.\\nMasc. PI.\\nMasc. Sing.\\nMasc. PI.\\nMasc. Sing.\\nFem. Sing.\\nMasc. PI.\\nFem. PI.\\nAdjectives or Pronouns.\\nnul, f. nulle no, no one, none (usually with ne).\\naucun, f. aucune any one (with r\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rence to a distinct\\nnoun); no, no one, nobody, none (usually with ne),\\ntout, f. toute every, ail, any, whole, everything.\\ntous, f. toutes ail.\\ntel, f. telle\\ntels, f. telles\\nl un et l autre 1\\nl une et l autre J\\nles uns et les autres\\nsuch un tel such a (one).\\nboth.\\nles unes et les autres\\nboth kinds.\\nRemarks. i. On is the most important indemnit\u00c3\u00a9 pronoun. It trans-\\nlates one, people, they, and we when th\u00c3\u00a8se words h\u00c3\u00a2ve in English a vague,", "height": "3436", "width": "2228", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "36 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\ng\u00c3\u00aanerai, indefinite or impersonal sens\u00c3\u00a9. It is frequently found as subject\\nof a verb in the active voice when, in English, the passive voice would be\\nused. Remember that it is used only of persons, always nominatively, and\\nalways requires a singular verb.\\n2. The relatives qui, quel, quoi, O\u00c3\u0099 form with a following que indefi-\\nnite pronominal phrases qui que whoever quel que whatever and\\nquoi que whatever o\u00c3\u00b9 que wherever. Ex. qui que vous soyez,\\nquelle que soit votre fortune, quoi que vous disiez whoever y ou may be,\\nwhatever may be your fortune, whatever y ou may say.\\nExercise 26.\\n1. No one 1 is 2 perfect h\u00c3\u00a8re below. 2. When one seeks\\ntruth, one finds it. 3. Both of 3 them 3 came 4 to see my\\nfather. 4. Put th\u00c3\u00a8se books back each one in its 5 place.\\n5. No man 6 is 2 a 3 prophet in his own 3 country. 6. I do not\\nknow any one who is 7 exempt from faults. 7. They h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nloved 8 each other since their childhood. 8. Did any one 9\\ncorne 10 to see me? Nobody came 2 to see you. 9. We must\\nhelp 11 one another. 10. Every man has some 12 qualities of\\nwhich he is proud. 1 1 I hear a 13 noise in that room I am\\nsure that there is some one there. 3 1 2, Whoever is envious\\nand mean is naturally sad. 13. No man is 2 perfectly happy.\\n14. Men pass one 14 half of their life in 15 regretting the other.\\n15. We ail 16 h\u00c3\u00a2ve strength enough to 17 bear the ills of others.\\n16. No one has 2 ever seriously doubted 18 the existence of\\nGod. 17. The jealous man 3 loves no one. 18. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve never\\nseen such 19 audacity. 19. No path of flowers leads 2 to glory.\\n20. Speak and we 20 shall listen to you. 21. I want to read\\nsomething give me any 21 book.\\n1 nul or personne. 2 put ne before the verb and omit pas because the\\nsubject is a n\u00c3\u00a9gative word. 3 omit this word. 4 past indefinite; make\\nparticiple agr\u00c3\u00a9e with subject. 5 sa. 6 nul. 7 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive.\\n8 s aiment. 9 unlike any one in sentence 6, any one has h\u00c3\u00a8re a posi-\\ntive sens\u00c3\u00a9, and is \u00c3\u00a9quivalent to some one use quelqu un. 10 past\\nindefinite. n a verb followed by each other, one another, must be\\nput in the reflexive form in French. 12 some has h\u00c3\u00a8re a more emphatic", "height": "3436", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 2 7\\nor restrictive sens\u00c3\u00a9 than would be implied by des use indemnit\u00c3\u00a9 adjective.\\n13 du. u la. 15 must be followed by infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 16 we h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nail enough of. 17 pour. 18 insert de. 19 a such. 20 Von verb in\\nthe singular. 21 any is h\u00c3\u00a8re emphatic, standing for any kind of.\\nExercise 27 (Same Subject).\\ni. No one is 1 foolish enough 2 to 3 believe him. 2. Every\\none believes himself better than his neighbor. 3. Did you\\nmeet any one? 4 4. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not read anything 5 interesting.\\n5. One recognizes great writers by 6 the simplicity of their style.\\n6. Each one of us hopes. None of you will succeed. 1 7. Give\\nme 7 other reasons. 8. Each passion speaks a diff\u00c3\u00a9rent lan-\\nguage. 8 9. Men sacrifice everything to their passions. 10. No\\none is 1 wise at ail times. 9 11. This pupil is not making any\\nprogress. 10 12. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not received any 11 of the letters that\\nyou h\u00c3\u00a2ve written 12 to me. 13. Birds seem to talk 13 to one\\nanother. 14 14. There is never 15 anybody at your house.\\n15. Men judge 13 one another ill. 16 16. The two adversaries\\nseized 13 each other. 17. No troops 10 were 17 better dis-\\nciplined 12 than those of Napol\u00c3\u00a9on. 18. Every one is always\\nindulgent to 3 himself. 18 19. We must bear patiently with the\\nfaults of others. 20. I saw 19 something 5 pretty to-day.\\n1 see note 2 under Exercise 26. 2 h\u00c3\u00a8re an adverb of degree; place\\nbefore the adjective and omit de. 3 pour. i see note 9 under Exercise\\n26. 5 nothing, not anything, something require de before adjec-\\ntives; in compound tenses, the n\u00c3\u00a9gative forms are placed between auxiliary\\nand participle. G 7 insert d\\\\ 8 langue (f.) is the language or\\nidiom of a particular nation langage (m.) is the g\u00c3\u00aanerai term, signifying\\nthe manner in which one expresses his thought. 9 toute heure. 10 this\\nword is commonly used in the plural; adjective must agr\u00c3\u00a9e. u f\u00c3\u00a9minine\\nsingular. 12 is there agreement or not? 13 see note 11 of Exercise 26.\\n14 construe the ones to the others, and note the position of to in the\\ntwo languages. 15 what are the three n\u00c3\u00a9gatives required in this sentence?\\n18 adverb follows verb. 17 past definite. 18 the reflexive pronoun is\\nsoi-m\u00c3\u00aame, not lui-m\u00c3\u00aame, when the subject of the verb is an indefinite\\npronoun. 19 past indefinite.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "38 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n14. TOUT, MEME, QUELQUE/ QUEL QUE.\\nTout may be an adjective, a pronoun, an adverb, or a noun. It is\\nan adjective, and consequently variable, when it directly pr\u00c3\u00a9-\\nc\u00c3\u00a8des the noun. In this case, it lias the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of every or any\\nwhen th\u00c3\u00a8se words might be replaced by ail, followed by a plural.\\nWhen accompanied by an article or pronoun, it means ail, ail\\nthe, the whole, a whole. The plural tous translates ail, every.\\nTout is a pronoun and variable when it translates everything or ail,\\nnot followed by a noun. As a noun, it means the whole, the\\nwhole thing. Ex. Je prendrai le tout 1 will take the whole.\\nTout is an adverb, and consequently invariable, when it modifies an\\nadjective or other adverb. It is then translated by quite, very,\\nwholly, entirely, rather. To pr\u00c3\u00a9serve the sound of t, tout,\\nalthough an adverb, takes the f\u00c3\u00a9minine and plural inflections\\nbefore adjectives beginning with a consonant or aspirated h.\\nM\u00c3\u00aame may be an adjective or an adverb. It is an adjective, and\\nconsequently variable, when it limits a noun. Placed before\\nthe noun, it means sa?ne placed after the noun, it means very.\\nEx. la m\u00c3\u00aame le\u00c3\u00a7on the saine tesson ce jour m\u00c3\u00aame that\\nvery day. It is also joined to the disjunctive personal pro-\\nnouns moi, toi,f etc., and translates self, selves.\\nM\u00c3\u00aame is an adverb and invariable when it modifies a verb, an adjec-\\ntive, or participle. It then translates even, even thongh. When\\nmodifying a verb, it usually follows it.\\nQuelque may be an adjective or an adverb. It is an adjective and\\nvariable when it limits a noun. It then translates some, a Utile\\n(in the plural a few), and is more restrictive in sens\u00c3\u00a9 than the\\npartitive articles du, de la, des.\\nQuelque que is an adverb and invariable when it modifies an\\nadjective or an adverb. As an adverb, it means however.\\nEx. quelque habile que vous soyez however clever y on may\\nThe Minister s decree authorizing the agreement of tout before f\u00c3\u00a9mi-\\nnine adjectives beginning with a vowel or silent h, has since been nulli-\\nned by the d\u00c3\u00a9cision of the French Academy.\\nf The usual hyphen which serves to connect th\u00c3\u00a8se pronouns with the\\nword m\u00c3\u00aame, m\u00c3\u00aames may hereafter be omitted.", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 39\\nbe. Tout que is also used with this meaning. With a\\nnum\u00c3\u00a9ral, it means some. Ex. il y a quelque cinquante ans\\nsome J\u00c3\u00aefty years ago.\\nQuel que, quelle que, quels que, quelles que, written in two words\\nand found before verbs, means whatever and agr\u00c3\u00a9es in gender\\nand number with the subject of the verb. Ex. quels que\\nsoient vos talents quels (talents) que soient vos talents\\nwhatever your talents may be.\\nExercise 28.\\n1. Any woman will understand that. 2. Everything has\\nits place. 3. Every child loves playing. 1 4. Everything d\u00c3\u00a9pends\\nupon 2 \u00c3\u00a9ducation. 5 We can start the boats are ail 3 ready.\\n6. Th\u00c3\u00a8se ladies are quite 3 happy. 7. This young lady is quite 4\\nconfused, quite 4 ashamed. 8. She was 5 quite 4 surprised to see\\nme. 9. The whole 6 house bumed/ and they h\u00c3\u00a2ve lost every-\\nthing. 8 10. Ail 6 serpents are not venomous. n. We ail 9\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve the sarae origin. 12. The same causes produce the same\\neffects. 13. Even 10 the wicked 11 respect virtue. 14. Some\\ncrimes always 9 pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de great crimes. 15. The gods themselves\\nbecame 5 jealous of the shepherds. 16. Gentleness captiv\u00c3\u00a2tes\\nail 6 hearts. 17. We 12 must obey the laws, though 3 unjust.\\n18. I received 7 your telegram the very day of my arrivai.\\n19. Mothers love even 3 the faults of their children. 20. He\\nhas some talents he will make his way. 21. However 3 good\\nyour reasons 9 may be, they will not be heard. 13 22. Whatever 14\\nhuman beings may be, we must 15 live with them. 23. We lost 7\\nsome five hundred men in that engagement. 24. It is easy to\\ndeceive even 3 the most clever. 11 25. Rome adopted 5 ail the\\ngods and ail the superstitions of the peoples whom she had\\nvanquished. 16 26. Whatever 14 your illusions may be, time will\\ndestroy them. 27. From one end of the earth to the other,\\nmen h\u00c3\u00a2ve the same virtues and the same vices.\\n1 le jeu. 2 de V 3 is the French \u00c3\u00a9quivalent for this word, as h\u00c3\u00a8re\\nused, an adverb or an adjective? 4 why does tout agr\u00c3\u00a9e h\u00c3\u00a8re, though an", "height": "3436", "width": "2228", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "40 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nadverb? 5 past definite. 6 all the. 7 past indefinite. 8 pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des\\nlost. 9 place after the verb. 10 place after the noun, and see note 3.\\n11 plural. 12 on. 13 one will not listen to them. 14 see examples in\\nthe rules under quel que. 15 il faut. 16 pluperfect; with what does\\nthe participle agr\u00c3\u00a9e?\\n15. VERBS CONJUGATED WITH \u00c3\u008aTRE.\\nThe following verbs are always conjugated with \u00c3\u00aatre. This\\nauxiliary should not convey to the American pupil the meaning\\nof to be, but of to h\u00c3\u00a2ve thus, il est tomb\u00c3\u00a9 does not mean he\\nis fallen, but he has fa\u00c3\u00af\u00c3\u00afen. Most of the following are verbs of\\nmotion, and they usually indicate not only the action, but a\\nchange of position or condition of the subject as the resuit of\\nthe action.\\naller to go. parvenir to attain, reach,succeed\\npartir to go away, to leave, to in.\\nstart. provenir to corne from, to issue,\\nsortir to go out, to corne out. rester to remain, stay.\\narriver to arrive. tomber to fall.\\nentrer to enter, corne in. na\u00c3\u00aetre (active in French) to be\\nrentrer get in, corne home, get born.\\nhome. \u00c3\u00a9clore to hatch, to open, to dawn.\\nvenir to corne. mourir to die.\\nrevenir to return, to corne back. d\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9der to die, to decease, to ex-\\ndevenir to become. pire.\\nentrevenir to intervene. advenir to occur, happen.\\nNote. The exercise given below offers numerous examples of the use\\nin French of the past indefinite where the simple past tense is required in\\nEnglish. This diff\u00c3\u00a9rence between the two languages should be carefully\\nnoted by the learner. He should also apply the rule for the agreement of\\nthe participle with the subject of the verb when the auxiliary is \u00c3\u00aatre.\\nSee page 79.\\nExercise 29.\\n1. We went 1 to see your sister yesterday. 2. We found 1\\nno one at home everybody had gone 2 to 3 the country.\\n3. My master went out 1 early this morning, and he has not", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 41\\nyet returned. 4 4. Did you go ouf 1 yesterday morning? No,\\nI stayed 1 at home ail the morning, on account of the bad\\nweather. 5. I arrived 1 too late to 3 catch the ten o clock train. 5\\n6. I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve arrived in 6 time if I had started 2 two minutes\\nsooner. 7. The joke went 1 too far. 8. How long 7 did he\\nstay in 6 Paris? 9. Did you return for your sister s wedding? 8\\n10. This insect was 9 born and died 2 the same day. n. My\\nsister fell 1 in 6 the middle of the street. 12. The Jews had\\nleft 10 Egypt under the guidance of Moses. 13. Reading has\\nbecome a cheap 11 pleasure. 14. Your brother went out 1 to 3\\nbuy a newspaper. 15. He got into 12 the carriage with his\\nfather, and I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not seen 13 him since. 16. The works of\\nthis author perished 14 with 15 him. 17. I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve died\\nrather than 16 consent to that proposition. 18. People 17 h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nsucceeded in 6 taming th\u00c3\u00a8se wild u beasts. 19. About twelve\\no clock, 18 I came down 1 to the dining-room to eat 19 my lunch.\\n20. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not seen your friend lately. What has become of\\nhim? 20 21. We entered 1 the boat and 21 started. 1 22. A\\nnew project has dawned 22 in his imagination. 23. We came\\nhome l very late. 24. Ail sciences, ail arts were 9 born 23 among\\nfree n nations.\\n1 past indefinite. 2 pluperfect of partir. 3 pour. rentr\u00c3\u00a9. 5i train\\nof ten hours. 6 7 combien de temps. 8 les noces de. 9 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent.\\n10 pluperfect of sortir de. n place after the noun. 12 monter en omit\\nthe. 13 revoir. 14 mourir. 15 comme. 16 phit\u00c3\u00b4t que de. 1T on.\\n18 vers midi. 19 prendre. 20 what has he become 21 repeat subject.\\n22 \u00c3\u00a9clos. 23 masculine plural.\\n16. REFLEXIVE VERBS.\\nSimple and Compound Tenses.\\nThe following are among the most frequently found of re-\\nflexive verbs the meanings of some differ when the verb is\\nnot reflexive as, douter to doubt; se douter to suspect.", "height": "3436", "width": "2232", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "42\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nThe compound tenses of reflexive verbs always take \u00c3\u00aatre,\\nand the past participle agr\u00c3\u00a9es with the pronoun objects me, te,\\nse, nous, vous, se.\\ntromper to deceive.\\nse tromper to be mistaken.\\nappeler to call.\\ns appeler to be named.\\nservir to serve.\\nse servir de to use.\\nlever to raise.\\nse lever to rise.\\nplaire to please.\\nse plaire to delight in, to like.\\ns amuser to enjoy one s self.\\ns arr\u00c3\u00aater to stop.\\nse fier to trust.\\nse coucher to go to bed.\\ns habiller to dress.\\ns endormir to go to sleep.\\nse taire to be silent, to keep si-\\nlence.\\ns efforcer to endeavor.\\ns ennuyer to be bored, lonesome\\nto find time tedious.\\ntrouver to find.\\nse trouver to be.\\napercevoir to see.\\ns apercevoir to notice, become\\naware of.\\npasser to pass.\\nse passer de to do without.\\naller to go.\\ns en aller to go away.\\nrire to laugh.\\nse rire de to make fun of.\\nse rappeler to recall.\\nse souvenir de to remember.\\ns emparer de to seize, to take\\npossession.\\ns empresser to be eager to.\\ns approcher de to corne up, go\\nup to.\\ns \u00c3\u00a9loigner de corne away from,\\ngo away from.\\nExercise 30.\\ni. We abstained 1 from any 2 remarks. 2. Were you lone-\\nsome 3 while I was 4 absent? 3. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve always rejoiced over\\nyour success. 4. Why did you not come? We should h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nbeen delighted 5 to see you. 5. If I had 6 youth and health, I\\nshould not mind 7 poverty. 6. One often 8 repents having 9\\nspoken. 7. Why did you go away 3 from the window? 8. Do\\nyou remember th\u00c3\u00a8se young ladies? g. You forgot to water\\nyour flowers, and they h\u00c3\u00a2ve faded. 1 10. The French took pos-\\nsession 1 of Holland in the dead of 10 winter. 11. The love of\\nthe native 8 soil never 8 dies 11 in the heart of raan. 12. Fish\\nare caught 12 with hooks, and men are caught with pr\u00c3\u00a9sents.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 43\\n13. If any one had entered the apartment, I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nwaked up. 14. The wicked fear, 13 h\u00c3\u00a2te, avoid one another.\\n15. My father will be angry if you stop to 14 talk with\\nme. 16. You are sleepy because you went to bed 1 late last\\nnight. 17. The things of which we complain 15 most bitterly\\nare sometimes very insignincant. 18. Use my dictionary.\\n19. He remembers that you made fun l of him. 20. Make\\nhaste to rise and 16 dress yourself. 21. My mother likes to cul-\\ntivate her flowers. 22. You behaved 1 very well 17 in that affair.\\n23. I noticed 18 that you had gone to sleep. 19 24. Don t worry\\ntoo much about the future.\\n1 past indefinite. 2 toutes. 3 in the interrogative of compound tenses\\nof reflexive verbs, the object pronoun pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des, and the subject pronoun\\nfollows the auxiliary. 4 imperfect. 5 past conditional of se bien r\u00c3\u00a9jouir\\nde. 6 change to avec. 7 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent conditional of se soucier peu de. s place\\nafter word modified. 9 infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 10 dans le fort de. u s* \u00c3\u00a9teindre.\\n12 se prendre. 13 place se before each of th\u00c3\u00a8se verbs and omit one\\nanother. 14 15 insert le. 16 repeat pr\u00c3\u00a9position. 17 place between\\nauxiliary and participle. 18 past definite. 19 pluperfect.\\n17. ACTIVE VOICE WITH ON FOR THE SUBJECT.\\nNote. In the following exercise, the subjects of ail the principal\\nverbs, such words as people, we, one, they, mortals, men, etc., must be\\nrendered into French by the indefinite pronoun on, and the verbs and ail\\nattributes of the subject must agr\u00c3\u00a9e with it in the singular.\\nExercise 31.\\n1. People envy the fate of a rich 1 and beautiful young girl.\\n2. We praise noble 2 deeds, but we do not imitate them. 3. One\\nis never ugly when one has a beautiful so\u00c3\u00bbl. 4. Mortals wear\\naway life in 3 pursuing 4 happiness, and 5 die without having 4\\nattained it. 5. People often 6 lose their r\u00c3\u00a9putation for having 4\\nill chosen their 8 friends. 6. We cease to be unhappy when we\\nbegin to hope. 7. Much rest is often lost 9 for a little gold.\\n8. People rarely 6 succeed when they 5 undertake a great many", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "44 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nthings at once. 9. Men are moulded 9 by \u00c3\u00a9ducation. 10. When\\nwe h\u00c3\u00a2ve not what we 10 like, we must u like what we 10 h\u00c3\u00a2ve.\\n11. The beloved 6 voice of a friend is easily 6 recognized. 9\\n12. When we are hungry, the coarsest 6 food seems deli-\\ncious. 13. Men run to 12 a venge a light offence and they 10\\noften 6 forgive a very serious 6 wrong. 14. We do not h\u00c3\u00a2te ail\\nthose whom we 10 despise. 15. Joseph s cup was found 13 in\\nBenjamin s bag. 16. When we oblige a 12 friend 12 promptly,\\nwe oblige him 12 twofold. 17. The canary is more easily 6\\nraised 9 than the nightingale. 18. The 12 more one talks, the 12\\nless one thinks. 19. It was formerly believed 9 that the appear-\\nance of a cornet foreboded 14 great events. 20. One succeeds\\nin many things with a little patience. 21. It was formerly\\nbelieved 9 that the earth was 14 flat.\\n1 place rich and beautiful after the noun. 2 les belles. 3\\n4 remember that, with the exception of en, ail pr\u00c3\u00a9positions govern the\\ninfinitive. 5 repeat on. 6 place after the word modified. 7 sa. 8 ses.\\n9 change to active form, thus: on perd souvent bien du, etc. 10 Pon.\\n11 il faut. 12 omit this word. 13 past definite; see note 9. 14 put\\nboth verbs in the imperfect.\\n18. FOUR IMPORTANT MODAL VERBS: DEVOIR, FALLOIR,\\n\u00c2\u00abPOUVOIR/ VOULOIR.\\na. Devoir to owe must, to h\u00c3\u00a2ve to to be to ought, etc.\\nNote. This verb, of constant use in French, offers much difficulty\\nto the learner. Not defective in a single part, its diff\u00c3\u00a9rent tenses\\ncorrespond to a number of defective English auxiliaries must {must\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve had to, s hall h\u00c3\u00a2ve to, shoidd h\u00c3\u00a2ve to), to be to (am to, was to),\\nought (ought to h\u00c3\u00a2ve), etc. Whenever th\u00c3\u00a8se English verbs refer to\\nsome past action, their forms remain unchanged, but the infinitive\\nfollowing them changes from a pr\u00c3\u00a9sent to a past this is because the\\nEnglish modal verbs h\u00c3\u00a2ve no form for the past participle. In French,\\nthe infinitive remains unchanged, while the auxiliary verb is put in a\\ncompound tense, exactly like any other verb. Ex. ought to say,", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n45\\nI onght to h\u00c3\u00a2ve said je devrais dire, j aurais d\u00c3\u00bb dire. This diff\u00c3\u00a9r-\\nence in the construction is also observable in pouvoir and falloir.\\nThe following conjugation of devoir, as well as that of falloir,\\npouvoir, vouloir, given further, is intended to assist the student in\\nunderstanding the literal and idiomatic meanings of the most impor-\\ntant tenses of th\u00c3\u00a8se verbs the less common tenses and more infre-\\nquent constructions h\u00c3\u00a2ve been purposely omitted, so as not to confuse\\nthe mind of the learner at this stage of his work. He should memo-\\nrize perfectly the meanings of the moods and tenses given, and\\nconstantly refer to them while translating the English forms into\\nFrench.\\nIndicative\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nIndicative\\nImperfect\\nPast\\nDefinite\\nFuture\\nConditional\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nSubjunctive\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nSubjunctive\\nImperfect\\nSimple Tenses.\\nJe dois I owe.\\nJe dois aller I am to go, I must go, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve to go, I\\nam obliged to go, it is necessary for me to go.\\nJe devais I owed, I was owing.\\nJe devais aller I was to go, I had to go, I was obliged\\nto go, it was necessary for me to go.\\nJe dus I owed.\\nJe dus aller I had to go, I was obliged to go, it was\\nnecessary for me to go.\\nJe devrai I s h ail owe.\\nJe devrai aller I shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve to go, I shall be obliged\\nto go, it will be necessary for me to go.\\nJe devrais I should owe.\\nJe devrais aller I ought to go, I should go, I should\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve to go, I should be obliged to go, it would be\\nnecessary for me to go.\\nQue je doive that I may or shall owe.\\nQue je doive aller that I may h\u00c3\u00a2ve to go, that I must\\ngo, that I may be obliged to go, that it may or shall\\nbe necessary for me to go.\\nQue je dusse that I might or should owe.\\nQue je dusse aller that I might h\u00c3\u00a2ve to go, that I\\nshould be obliged to go, that I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve to go,\\nthat it might or would be necessary for me to go.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "4 6\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nPast\\nIndefinite\\nIndicative\\nPluperfect\\nFuture\\nAnterior\\nConditional\\nPast:\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nJ ai d\u00c3\u00bb I h\u00c3\u00a2ve owed.\\nJ ai d\u00c3\u00bb aller I h\u00c3\u00a2ve had to go, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve been obliged\\nto go, it has been necessary for me to go, I must\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve go ne.\\nJ avais d\u00c3\u00bb I had owed.\\nJ avais d\u00c3\u00bb aller I had had to go, I had been obliged\\nto go, it had been necessary for me to go.\\nr J aurai d\u00c3\u00bb I shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve owed.\\nJ aurai d\u00c3\u00bb aller I shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve had to go, I shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nbeen obliged to go, it will h\u00c3\u00a2ve been necessary for\\nme to go, I must h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone. (The future ante-\\nrior of ordinary verbs sometknes has this idio-\\nmatic meaning. Ex. elle aura rencontr\u00c3\u00a9 sa m\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nshe must h\u00c3\u00a2ve met her mother.)\\nJ aurais d\u00c3\u00bb I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve owed.\\nJ aurais d\u00c3\u00bb aller I ought to h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone, I shculd h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\ngone, I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve had to go, I should bave been\\nobliged to go, it would h\u00c3\u00a2ve been necessary for me\\ntogo.\\nExercise 32.\\nNote. In the following exercise, where must or its \u00c3\u00a9quivalents occur,\\ndevoir and not falloir must be used. Remember that when devoir is\\nused as an auxiliary, it never takes any pr\u00c3\u00a9position before the following\\ninfinitive.\\ni. She is looking at you curiously she must be surprised to\\nsee you h\u00c3\u00a8re. 2. You must 1 h\u00c3\u00a2ve been 2 very glad to see your\\nfriend again after such a long 3 s\u00c3\u00a9paration. 3. Your mother is to\\nmeet you at our house at three o clock. 4. The poor little cr\u00c3\u00a9a-\\nture must be frozen. 5. I ought 4 not to speak of myself.\\n6. The best of 5 things must be taken 6 in 7 small quantities. 8\\n7. She ought 9 to h\u00c3\u00a2ve shown 2 more tenderness. 8. Every\\nmortal must act. 9. Th\u00c3\u00a8se were 10 reasons which I could 11\\nnot but 5 understand. 10. He must 1 h\u00c3\u00a2ve left 2 you a great", "height": "3424", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. tf\\ndeal of money. n. Tell him that he ought 4 to be ashamed\\nof 5 himself. 5 12. I related 12 to him how I had had to 13 part\\nfrom my only friend. 13. You must 1 h\u00c3\u00a2ve walked 2 a long\\ntime how hungry you must ail be 14 14. You must h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nbeen told 15 that I was 16 a 5 great friend of your father. 15. I\\nam going to see the judge who is to question you to-morrow.\\n16. Young men must ask counsel of 17 old men. 17. The feast\\nwas to u last ail night. 18. You must h\u00c3\u00a2ve received 1S a very bad\\nimpression of me. 19. My sister should 9 not h\u00c3\u00a2ve corne 2 she\\nought to h\u00c3\u00a2ve stayed quietly at home. 20. We must make\\nmoderate use 19 of the advantages that fortune procures us.\\n21. He who is loved by ail should 4 live fore ver. 22. I do not\\nknow if he is to marry her. 23. The countess was 16 the\\nwoman who ovved 16 her the most. 24. He must h\u00c3\u00a2ve had 20\\ntime to hide them. 25. He must h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone 20 to see them\\nyesterday. 26. He did not 21 h\u00c3\u00a2ve 16 his watch he must 13\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve sold it to buy diff\u00c3\u00a9rent objects for himself 22 and 23 me.\\n2 7. My son-in-law is a raan he ought 4 to protect me. 28. You,\\ntoo, 24 must be very much 5 changed. 29. It was there that we\\nwere to 16 spend the night. 30. You ought not to remain thus\\nsix weeks without writing to your mother. 31. He knew 16 that\\nthis 25 was to 16 cure him. 32. We must take some 26 pr\u00c3\u00a9cautions\\nagainst the cold. 33. He must h\u00c3\u00a2ve hidden 20 himself some-\\nwhere while we were 16 out of doors. 34. You should 4 not\\nallow that child to behave thus. 35. In a few days, you will\\nknow what you will h\u00c3\u00a2ve to 27 do.\\n1 past indefinite. 2 put in the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent infinitive. 3 une si longue.\\n4 observe that the sp\u00c3\u00a9cial function of the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent conditional of devoir is to\\ntranslate ought or should as used h\u00c3\u00a8re. 5 omit this word. 6 past\\nparticiple must agr\u00c3\u00a9e in the f\u00c3\u00a9minine plural. 7 en, not dans, is generally\\nused when the following noun is not preceded by an article or limiting\\nadjective. 8 singular. 9 past conditional. 10 c 1 \u00c3\u00a9taient-l\u00c3\u00a0 des. n trans-\\nlate by the imperfect of devoir in the affirmative. 12 past delinite. 13 plu-\\nperfect of devoir. u turn how (comme) you must h\u00c3\u00a2ve ail hunger!\\n15 change this passive to the active voice, and see notes 1 and 2. 1G imper-", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "4 8\\nfect.\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nemporte? 19 user avec mod\u00c3\u00a9ration. 20 replace devoir\\nby future anterior of this verb. 21 plus. 22 lui.\\n24 repeat the subject. 25 cela. 26 nos. 27 future.\\nrepeat pr\u00c3\u00a9position.\\nb. Falloir must, to h\u00c3\u00a2ve to, to be obliged to, to be necessary.\\nIndicative\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nFuture\\nIndicative\\nImperfect\\nPast\\nDefinite\\nConditional\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nSubjunctive\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nSubjunctive\\nImperfect\\nPast\\nIndefinite\\nPluperfect\\nConditional\\nPast:\\nIl faut que vous veniez you must corne, it is neces-\\nsary that you should corne.\\nIl faudra que vous veniez you must corne, you will\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve to come, you will be obliged to come, it will\\nbe necessary for you to come.\\nIl fallait que vous vinssiez you should h\u00c3\u00a2ve come,\\nyou had to come, you were obliged to come, it was\\nnecessary that you should come.\\nIl fallut que vous vinssiez same meanings as those\\nof the imperfect, but referring to some definite\\nmoment in the past).\\nIl faudrait que vous vinssiez you should h\u00c3\u00a2ve to\\ncome, you would be obliged to come, it would be\\nnecessary for you to come, you ought to come.\\nCroyez-vous qu il faille venir do you think that I\\nmust come that I should come that it is neces-\\nsary for me to come?\\nCroyiez-vous qu il fall\u00c3\u00bbt venir? did you think that I\\nshould come that I had to come that I was obliged\\nto come? that it was necessary for me to come?\\nIl a fallu que vous vinssiez you h\u00c3\u00a2ve had to come,\\nyou h\u00c3\u00a2ve been obliged to come, it has been neces-\\nsary for you to come.\\nIl avait fallu que vous vinssiez you had had to come,\\nyou had been obliged to come, it had been neces-\\nsary for you to come.\\nIl aurait fallu que vous vinssiez you would h\u00c3\u00a2ve had\\nto come, you would h\u00c3\u00a2ve been obliged to corne, it\\nwould h\u00c3\u00a2ve been necessary for you to come, you\\nought to h\u00c3\u00a2ve come.", "height": "3420", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 49\\nFalloir as the \u00c3\u00a9quivalent of the impersonal verb it takes\\nIl lui faut une heure pour venir ici it takes her an hour to corne\\nh\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nIl lui fallait, etc. it used to take her an hour, etc.\\nIl lui fallut, etc. it took her (on one particular occasion) an hour\\nto come h\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nIl lui faudra, etc. it will take her, etc.\\nIl lui faudrait, etc. it would take her, etc.\\nCroyez-vous qu\u00c3\u00afl lui faille, etc. do you think it will take, etc.\\nCroyiez-vous qu il lui fall\u00c3\u00bbt, etc. did you think it would take, etc.\\nIl lui a fallu, etc. it has taken her, etc.\\nIl lui avait fallu, etc. it had taken her, etc.\\nIl lui aura fallu, etc. it will h\u00c3\u00a2ve taken, etc.\\nIl lui aurait fallu, etc. it would h\u00c3\u00a2ve taken, etc.\\nOther meanings of falloir are to want, to need, to lack.\\nEx. avez-vous tout ce qu il vous faut? Il me faut une chan-\\ndelle et du savon h\u00c3\u00a2ve you ail that yoti need? I need a\\ncandie and some soap il lui faut encore dix francs he still\\nlacks ten francs.\\nNote. The following remarks are to be carefully studied by the pupil\\nthey are intended to emphasize some of the diff\u00c3\u00a9rences which exist\\nbetween the nature and uses of falloir and must.\\n1. Falloir is an impersonal verb; must is not.\\n2. Falloir is defective in the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent participle only; must is\\ndefective in ail parts but one and, as in the case of\\ndevoir, replaces the parts wanting by to h\u00c3\u00a2ve to, to be\\noblige d to, etc.\\n3. It is necessary naturally suggests itself to the mind of the\\nbeginner as the proper translation for il faut, because\\nboth forms are impersonal and therefore seem to corre-\\nspond, but they do not always in sens\u00c3\u00a9. On the contrary,\\nthe impersonal verb to be necessary would, in many\\ncases, mistranslate falloir, which has not only ail the im-\\nperative force of must, but ail the forms of mood and", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": ".SO EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\ntense which are lacking in must; thus, il ne faut pas que\\nvous trahissiez sa confiance does not mean it is not neces-\\nsary that you should betray his confidence, but you must\\nnot betray his confidence.\\n4. Falloir, as a verb of necessity, is followed either by an in-\\nfinitive past or pr\u00c3\u00a9sent, or by a subjunctive clause. The\\nlatter construction is considered to give more clearness,\\nmore definiteness, to the statement. The infmitive con-\\nveys the idea of necessity in a more g\u00c3\u00aanerai, more vague\\nand less personal sens\u00c3\u00a9. Ex. il faut payer ses dettes\\n011e must pay one s debts il faut pardonner ses amis\\nwe should forgive our friends il faut s accoutumer aux\\npetites mis\u00c3\u00a8res de la vie we must get used to the small\\nworries of life. However, the infmitive often follows\\nwhen the idea of personal necessity is implied by some\\nsentence preceding falloir. Ex. vous arrivez toujours\\nun peu en retard; il faut partir plus t\u00c3\u00b4t you always\\narrive a Utile late you must star t ear lier.\\nExercise 33.\\nNote. In the following exercise, where must or its \u00c3\u00a9quivalents occur,\\nfalloir and not devoir must be used. While in some cases synonyms,\\nfalloir corresponds more closely to the English verb in expressing impera-\\ntive necessity. It will also translate properly the passive voice. Ex. he\\nmust be spoken to il faut qu on lui parle. When falloir is in a past\\nor conditional tense, it is followed by the infmitive rather than the sub-\\njunctive.\\n1. The child must 1 obey. 2. You must go and 2 see your\\naunt to-morrow. 3. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve exactly what I need. 3 4. We 4\\nmust think deeply 5 before we act. 6 5. It was necessary 7 that\\nyou should keep me informed 8 of this affair. 6. You must\\nendure what you cannot prevent. 7. We shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve to get up 9\\nvery early to take that train. 8. We 4 must render to each\\none what is due to him. 9. We shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve to get under\\nshelter 10 in the first house we meet. 11 10. The law must 1 be", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 5 1\\nsevere and men indulgent, n. We 4 must not judge a man 12\\nby what he says, but by what he does. 12. He has to be\\namused 13 like a child. 13. My father must not suspect that\\nwe h\u00c3\u00a2ve talked together. 14. It did not take 14 me long to\\nunderstand the cause of ail th\u00c3\u00a8se cries. 15. You spoke 15 to\\nme, but I did not hear you you must speak louder. 16. You\\nmust accept my proposition now or never. 17. I should give\\nup my rights if I had to 7 claim them before the courts.\\n18. One 4 must not occupy houses that 2 are 2 badly built and\\nunhealthy. 19. He is in a perspiration 1G he must h\u00c3\u00a2ve run. 17\\n20. We must 13 keep some provisions for our dinner. 21. One\\nof us will h\u00c3\u00a2ve to sit up 18 to keep up the fire. 22. This affair\\nmust 1 be promptly concluded. 23. I did not believe 7 that it\\nwould be necessary 19 to take this journey. 24. It was neces-\\nsary 14 that Heaven should raise 20 Joan of Arc to deliver France\\nfrom the English. 25. H\u00c3\u00a8re is one card of invitation; you\\ndon t need two. 21 26. It must be confessed 13 that I, too, was\\nterribly hungry. 22 27. One 4 must know how 2 to be rich.\\n28. Will it take you very 2 long to run to my sister s? 29. Do\\nyou think it is necessary to pay that money now 30. If I\\nhad not had to 24 take care of 25 the house, I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone\\nto your house. 31. It is 26 ten o clock; I must 1 leave you.\\n32. Your master owes me too much money already;- you\\nmust go away from h\u00c3\u00a8re.\\n1 it is necessary that. 2 omit this word. 3 what to me is neces-\\nsary. i such subjects as we, one, etc., found before must in sentences\\nwhere the idea expressed is g\u00c3\u00aanerai or impersonal, must be rendered into\\nFrench by il. 5 r\u00c3\u00a9fl\u00c3\u00a9chir m\u00c3\u00bbrement. 6 intinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. v imperfect.\\n8 me tenir au courant. 9 in this construction, the verb may be translated\\neither by the subjunctive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of the corresponding French verb, or by\\nthe infinitive, as in English, preceded by a personal pronoun object of the\\nsame person as the subject of the (irst verb. 10 se mettre l abri see\\nnote 9. n future. 12 juger de quelqu un. 1:\u00c3\u00ae it is necessary to\\n14 use past definite of falloir, 15 past indelinite. 1C en nage. 17 trans-\\nlate h\u00c3\u00a2ve run by the third person singular of the past subjunctive of", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "52\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\ncourir. 18 turn it will be necessary that one of us sit up (pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nsubjunctive). 19 imperfect subjunctive. ^suscit\u00c3\u00a2t. 21 add of them\\nand place before the verb. 22 had a hunger terrible. 23 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent sub-\\njunctive of falloir. 24 pluperfect indicative of falloir, preceded by m 1\\nomit the second n\u00c3\u00a9gative. 25 garder. 26 voici. 27 place immediately\\nafter devoir.\\nc. Pouvoir can, could may, might to be able.\\nIndicative\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nIndicative\\nImperfect\\nPast\\nDefinite\\nJe peux or puis aller I can go, I may go.\\nJe pouvais aller I could go, I was able to go.\\nFuture\\nJe pus aller I could go, I was able to go (on some\\nparticular occasion)\\nJe pourrai aller I can go, I shall go, I shall be able\\ntogo.\\nConditional J je pourrais aller I could go, I might go, I should be\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent able to go.\\nSubjunctive f Que je puisse aller that I can or may go, that I shall\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent g that I may be able to go.\\nSubjunctive f Que je pusse aller that I could or might go, that I\\nImperfect 1 should be able to go.\\nPast J J ai pu aller I could go, I can h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve been\\nIndefinite able to go, I was able to go.\\nIndicative f Javais pu aller I could h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone, I had been able\\nPluperfect 1 to go.\\nFuture f J aurai pu aller I shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve been able to go, it will\\nAnterior j h\u00c3\u00a2ve been possible for me to go.\\nConditional f J aurais pu aller I could h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone, I might h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nPast gone, I should or might h\u00c3\u00a2ve been able to go.\\nf Que j aie pu aller that I may h\u00c3\u00a2ve or shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nSubjunctive J gQn that j can haye gon that j may have been\\nI able to go.\\nSubjunctive f Que j eusse pu aller that I might or should have\\nPluperfect 1 gone, that I might or should have b\u00c3\u00a8en able to go.", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 53\\nInfinitive Past Avoir pu aller to h\u00c3\u00a2ve been able to go.\\n_ i -s Ayant pu aller having been able to go.\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent Participle 6 6\\nNote the following remarks\\ni. The second n\u00c3\u00a9gative is frequently omitted after pouvoir,\\nand no pr\u00c3\u00a9position ever follows directly.\\n2. Notice that the compound tenses of pouvoir are followed\\nby an infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent in French, and translated by the\\npast of the infinitive verb in English. This is because\\nthe ordinary English \u00c3\u00a9quivalents of pouvoir can, could,\\nmay, might h\u00c3\u00a2ve no participle forms. Ex. j aurais\\npu aller chez lui could h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone to his house.\\n3. The use of pouvais and pourrais should not be confused.\\nPouvais is past, and translates could in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of was\\nable; pourrais is conditional or potential, and translates\\ncould in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of would be able, might, might be able.\\n4. The future, and not the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent, must be used to translate\\ncan, when the verb refers to a future and not a pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\naction. Ex. je ne sais pas si je pourrai venir demain\\nI do not know if I can corne to-morrow.\\n5. Pouvoir is also used in such reflexive and impersonal forms\\nas il se peut, irr the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of it may be, it is possible.\\nWhen so used, it is always followed by the subjunctive.\\n6. The subjunctive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of pouvoir used independently\\ntranslates may, to express desi?-e, wish, congratulations.\\nEx. puissiez-vous \u00c3\u00aatre heureux may you be happy\\n7. When I cannot, I could not, mean do not know how,\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se forms are sometimes translated by the conditional\\nof savoir instead of pouvoir. In this use of the verb,\\npas is omitted. Ex. je ne saurais vous dire o\u00c3\u00b9 elle\\ndemeure I could not tell you where she lives l homme\\nle plus heureux ne saurait se passer d un ami the hap-\\npiest of men cannot do without a friend.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "54 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nExercise 34.\\ni. Could x you tell me what plant is the most useful 2 to man?\\n2. When I can 3 follow you, I shah 1 4 3. I did not do the way 5\\nyou told 6 me to do, because I couldn t. 7 4. May I talk 8 with\\nyou for half an hour? 5. You might 9 h\u00c3\u00a2ve broken 10 your leg.\\n6. Not knowing Latin, you might 11 forget this word. 7. You\\ntold 7 my sister that you could 1 not corne to dine at our\\nhouse. 8. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve never been able to speak of it to any one.\\n9. I might 11 perhaps giv\u00c3\u00aa you a good counsel. 10. My\\nbrother could 1 not believe that he had spoken 12 so indiscreetly.\\n11. That is unfortunate, but we 13 can t help it. 14 12. Never\\ncan 3 I 15 leave the country where I was born. 13. You would\\nlike 16 to remain h\u00c3\u00a8re, but that cannot 17 be. 14. Agriculture is\\nthe noblest occupation 18 whictTa man can 19 follow. 20 15. I\\ncannot accept your conditions. 16. How can 7 you h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\npassed 21 ten long 22 days without seeing her? 17. She used to\\nscold 23 me gravely as a mother 24 might h\u00c3\u00a2ve 9 done. 25 18. One\\nmoment 26 may destroy a century of happiness. 19. You will\\ndo ail you can 3 to go to sleep? 20. The lover might 11 suspect\\nthat he has a rival. 21. He has done ail that he could 7 to\\nrender me that service. 22. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve spent many 27 hours in 28\\nasking myself how I could 6 h\u00c3\u00a2ve said such a thing. 29 23. You\\nare right; I could not 30 live without you. 24. You think you\\ncan 31 d\u00c3\u00a9pend on that young man? 25. Heaven grant 32 you\\nlong and happy days 26. I am afraid that you cannot 19 suc-\\nceed. 27. No one can read th\u00c3\u00a8se touching words without\\nweeping. 28. I do not know what 33 others might h\u00c3\u00a2ve 9 thought\\nof me but to be sinc\u00c3\u00a8re, I must d\u00c3\u00a9clare that I thought 23 myself\\nsuperb. 29. Although my friend was 34 guilty, I could 23 not\\nthink 35 of abandoning him. 30. Since I had left Paris, I had\\nnot been able to earn a cent. 31. A grand inquisitor might\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve 12 envied that smile. 32. I thought 36 that in the midst of\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se blocks of granit\u00c3\u00a9, we might u flnd a shelter against the\\ncoolness of the night. Where can 7 he h\u00c3\u00a2ve hidden them?", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 55\\n34. I do not know if I can 3 come to-morrow. Why could you\\nnot come to-morrow? Because I h\u00c3\u00a2ve a thousand things to 28\\ndo. 35. I could 9 not h\u00c3\u00a2ve finished this work, if you had not\\nhelped 6 me. 36. May I be useful to you in 37 anything?\\n37. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve only you to whom I can 19 complain. 38. Who\\ncould weary of admiring nature? 39. If I thought 23 that\\nyour project could 34 succeed, I would not refuse to take\\npart in it. 38\\n1 see remark (3). 2 turn: what is the plant the most useful. 3 see\\nremark (4). 4 repeat follow. 5 comme. 6 put the French verb in the\\npluperfect indicative. 7 past indefinite. 8 s entretenir avec. 9 past con-\\nditional of pouvoir. 10 put this verb in the refiexive form and translate the\\nfollowing possessive adjective by une. n pr\u00c3\u00a9sent conditional of pouvoir.\\n12 put the French verb in the pluperfect subjunctive. 13 insert y. 14 help\\nit must be rendered by rien. 15 must pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de can. 16 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent condi-\\ntional of vouloir. 17 use the refiexive form. 18 m\u00c3\u00a9tier, m. 19 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nsubjunctive. 20 exercer. 21 rester. 22 grands. 23 imperfect indicative.\\n24 place after the predicate. 25 put this verb in the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent infinitive.\\n26 instant, m. 27 bien des. 28 ^parole, f. 30 see remark (7). 31 ren-\\nder you can by infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 32 turn give you some, and see\\nremark (6). 33 insert d\\\\ 34 imperfect subjunctive. 35 h\u00c3\u00a2ve the idea to\\n{de). 36 past definite. 37 en. 38 de ni 1 y associer.\\nd. Vouloir to want, to wish, to will Vouloir bien, to be willing\\nto, to agr\u00c3\u00a9e to, to consent, to acquiesce.\\nIndicative f J e veux 1 wish l want l wilL\\np t J e veux bien I am willing, I consent, etc.\\nJe ne veux pas I will not, I don t want to, I won t.\\nIndicative J Je voulais I wished, I wanted, I would.\\nImperfect 1 Je ne voulais pas I did not want to, I wouldn t.\\nJe voulus I wished, I wanted, I would (on a par-\\nticular occasion)\\nJe ne voulus pas I did not wish or want to, I\\nwouldn t.\\nJe voudrai I shall wish, I shall want, I will, etc.\\nJe ne voudrai pas I shall not want to.\\nPast\\nDefinite\\nFuture", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "56\\nEXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nJe voudrais I should like, I should wish to or want\\nto, I would.\\nJe voudrais bien I should very much like to.\\nJe ne voudrais pas I shouldn t like to, I wouldn t.\\nSubjunctive J Que je veuille that I may or that I shall wish to or\\nPr\u00c3\u00a9sent j want to.\\nQue je voulusse that I might or that I should wish\\nto or want to.\\nJai voulu I wanted, I wished, I would, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nwished, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve wanted, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve been willing.\\nJ ai bien voulu I h\u00c3\u00a2ve agreed, consented, acqui-\\nesced.\\nJe n ai pas voulu I didn t wish to or want to, I\\nwouldn t.\\nConditional\\nSubjunctive\\nImperfect\\nPast\\nIndefinite\\nIndicative\\nPluperfect\\nJ avais voulu I had wished or wanted.\\nJe n avais pas voulu I hadn t wanted to or wished\\nto.\\nJ aurais voulu I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve liked, I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nConditional T aurais bien voulu I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve liked ever so\\nPast much to, etc.\\nJe n aurais pas voulu I shouldn t h\u00c3\u00a2ve wished to\\nor wanted to, I wouldn t h\u00c3\u00a2ve.\\nSubjunctive J Que j aie voulu that I may or shall h\u00c3\u00a2ve wished or\\nPast wanted.\\nSubjunctive f Que j eusse voulu that I might or should h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nPluperfect wished or wanted.\\nNote the following remarks\\nWill is used in English either to form a future tense she\\nwill return soon elle reviendra bient\u00c3\u00b4t or, to express\\nwish, d\u00c3\u00a9sire, willingness, consent, acquiescence will you\\ngo to the garden with me voulez-vous aller au jardin\\navec moi Notice that the verb vouloir translates only\\nthe latter of th\u00c3\u00a8se two meanings.", "height": "3432", "width": "2316", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 57\\n2. Je veux translates wish, I want, in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of it is my\\nwill. Ex. want y ou to go out every day je veux que\\nvous sortiez tous les jours. Je voudrais translates wish,\\nI want, in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of 1 1 should like, it is my d\u00c3\u00a9sire.\\nEx. Iwish, I want, I would like to speak to my mother\\nje voudrais parler ma m\u00c3\u00a8re.\\n3. When the d\u00c3\u00a9sire or wish expressed refers to one s self,\\nthe following verb is put in the infinitive as in English.\\nEx. want to start immediately je veux partir tout de\\nsuite. But when that d\u00c3\u00a9sire or will refers to some one\\nelse, the following verb cannot, as in English, be put in\\nthe infinitive, but must be put in a subjunctive tense.\\nEx. I want y ou to le ave immediately je veux que vous\\npartiez tout de suite.\\n4. Veuillez an imperative and subjunctive forai of vouloir\\nis frequently used for please, be kind enough to, etc.\\nEx. please w ait for me h\u00c3\u00a8re veuillez m attendre ici.\\n5. After devoir, falloir, pouvoir, vouloir, the infinitive which\\ncompl\u00c3\u00a8tes the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of th\u00c3\u00a8se verbs is often omitted in\\nFrench as in English. Ex. You h\u00c3\u00a2ve not given this\\nmatter ail the attention that you should vous n avez pas\\ndonn\u00c3\u00a9 cette affaire toute l attention que vous auriez d\u00c3\u00bb\\nhe was trying to talk, but he couldrft il s effor\u00c3\u00a7ait de\\nparler, mais il ne le pouvait you don t want to obey, but\\nyou must vous ne voulez pas ob\u00c3\u00a9ir, mais il le faut\\nbegged him to stay, but he wouldrft je l ai pri\u00c3\u00a9 de rester,\\nmais il n a pas voulu.\\nExercise 35.\\n1. Will you stay with me while your mother is 1 in 2 the\\ncountry? 2. I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve liked to wait for you; but I was 3\\nafraid of missing my train. 3. She hesitated; 3 she did not\\nwant 3 to let him go. 4 4. He could 5 h\u00c3\u00a2ve written, if he had\\nwished 6 to. 7 5. Please tell my cousin that I ara waiting for", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "58 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nher. 6. Would you like to speak to my father? 7. You could\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve gone 4 with them. Yes, but I did not want 8 to. 7 8. He\\ncould 9 serve me in this matter, if he wished. 3 9. I regret that\\nyou do not wish 10 to follow my advice. 11 10. If you wish to\\nsucceed, you must work. 1 1 I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve written to you, if\\nyou had wished it. 12. Will you accept my father s proposi-\\ntion? 13. I should like 9 to be able to relieve ail the suffer-\\ning 12 that I see. 14. I will do everything that you want 1 us to\\ndo. 13 15. If you like, 14 I will go and 7 get him. 16. We should\\nlike to speak to your daughter in private. 15 17. Does she want\\nto go with us or stay with them? 18. It is not possible that\\nyour mother wishes 10 to leave us so soon. 19. What do you\\nwant me to do 13 with 16 such a sum? 20. Be good enough to\\ncarry 17 this letter to its address. 21. I wanted 3 to take 18 you\\nto the park. 22. You do not know whether 19 she will want to\\nstay h\u00c3\u00a8re after your departure. 23. The lazy boy 7 would like\\nto eat the nut, but he does not want to break the shell. 24. I\\nwished 20 to explain my reasons to him, but he would 20 not lis-\\nten to me. 25. I should like 5 to h\u00c3\u00a2ve slept, but I was too\\nthoroughly excited 21 to 22 find calm and sleep. 26. The master\\nwants me to know 13 my lessons well. 15 27. I am willing to for-\\ngive him. 28. We should like to accept your kind 23 invitation.\\n29. May God help you 24 30. I would like 5 to h\u00c3\u00a2ve said\\ngood-by to my father.\\n1 future. 2 3 imperfect. 4 partir. 5 past conditional. 6 plu-\\nperfect. 7 omit this word. 8 past indefinite. 9 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent conditional.\\n10 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive. n plural. 12 tous les malheureux. 13 for the\\nconstruction, see remark (3). 14 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent indicative of vouloir. 15 put\\nadverbs or adverbial phrases directly after the verb. 16 de. 17 remettre.\\n18 enwiener retain the infinitive form of the verb and place the pronoun\\nobject before it. 19 si the future of the verb is never used after si,\\nexcept when it stands for whether, as in this case. 20 past defmite of\\nvouloir. 21 profond\u00c3\u00a9ment \u00c3\u00a9mu. 22 pour. 23 aimable. 24 construe\\nmay (\u00c3\u00a7ue) God wish (subjunctive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent*) to assist you", "height": "3428", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 59\\n19. USES OF THE PAST INDEFINITE, PAST DEFINITE,\\nAND IMPERFECT.\\na. Past Indefinite (Pr\u00c3\u00a9sent Perfect).\\nDid you see my father? Yes, I saw him but I did not speak\\nto him avez-vous vu mon p\u00c3\u00a8re Oui, je l ai vu, mais je ne\\nlui ai pas parl\u00c3\u00a9. Observe that in English the interrogative\\nand n\u00c3\u00a9gative sentences are formed by the use of the auxiliary\\nverb did and the infinitive see, while in the affirmative sentence,\\nthe verb is put in the simple past tense saw. Then, note that\\nail three of th\u00c3\u00a8se verbs are rendered into French by the past\\nindefinite of voir. In translating such sentences, the student\\nshould be on his guard against falling into the natural error of\\nusing the imperfect to which he at first inclines, partly because\\nit is a simple tense, and also because it is the first past tense\\nusually given in the conjugation of French verbs. On the\\ncontrary, he should make it a g\u00c3\u00aanerai rule to use the past\\nindefinite, which may be called the great narrative tense of\\ncolloquial or conversational French, though it is also found in\\nliterary style. The time of the action it describes may be\\ndefinitely specified or not it may h\u00c3\u00a2ve entirely elapsed or\\nnot; but th\u00c3\u00a8se actions are usually of r\u00c3\u00a9cent occurrence and\\nmay be defined as the separate and detached individual acts\\nand doings of everyday life. This accounts for the constant\\nuse made of this tense, which the student must learn to look\\nupon as the proper one to render ideas or describe actions\\nwhich, in English, would often h\u00c3\u00a2ve to be expressed by the\\nsimple past.\\nIt should be added that the past indefinite corresponds\\nexactly to the English pr\u00c3\u00a9sent perfect when the latter is used\\nto express the state of vacuity that follows the finishing of an\\naction. Ex.: h\u00c3\u00a2ve s tu die d French j ai \u00c3\u00a9tudi\u00c3\u00a9 le fran\u00c3\u00a7ais\\nam no longer studying it) she has been h\u00c3\u00a8re elle a \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9\\nici {she is no longer h\u00c3\u00a8re)", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "60 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nHowever, the past indefinite is not the \u00c3\u00a9quivalent of the\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent perfect when the latter refers to a state or action\\nwhich had its beginning in the past, but still continues in the\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent. In this case, the French requires the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent tense.\\nEx. my sister has been h\u00c3\u00a8re three years ma s\u00c5\u0093ur est ici\\ndepuis trois ans.\\nb. Past Definite.\\nThe past definite, sometimes called pr\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9rit and also the\\nnarrative tense, is used to speak of actions which were both\\nbegun and completed at a definite moment of the past. It\\ndiffers from the past indefinite in that the time of the action,\\nas well as the action itself, must make no part of the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent,\\nmust not be conceived of as merging into it, but the action\\nmust h\u00c3\u00a2ve reached completion at a definite moment of a past\\nthat has entirely elapsed. That is why the past definite is\\nproperly used to speak of historical events or facts, while it\\nshould not ordinarily be used in conversation and familiar\\ncorrespondence, which ordinarily deal with facts or events\\neither pr\u00c3\u00a9sent or only recently past. As has been said, the\\npast indefinite is the proper one to use in such cases, this latter\\nbeing primarily a conversational tense, while the past definite\\nis really a literary tense. Both are frequently accompanied by\\nadverbial expressions of time but, in the case of the past\\ndefinite, they refer rather to a distant than to a r\u00c3\u00a9cent past.\\nc. Imperfect or Descriptive Tense.\\nThe underlying idea of the imperfect is the exact opposite\\nof that of the past definite. It describes not only actions, but\\nscenery, backgrounds, conditions, situations, mental and physi-\\ncal habits, traits of character, \u00c3\u00a9motions, feelings, etc. Th\u00c3\u00a8se\\nmay h\u00c3\u00a2ve been begun in a historical as well as a r\u00c3\u00a9cent past, but\\nthey must not be conceived of as having reached completion\\nin the past. On the contrary, the chief idea of the imperfect", "height": "3436", "width": "2316", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 6l\\nis one of either progression, development, or permanence, con-\\ntinuity for the time being in the past. The reason of the great\\ndifficulty in understanding the distinction between the use of\\nthe past definite and imperfect is the fact that, in English, no\\npast tense exactly corresponds to either of them. The learner\\nis confronted with new shades of expression of the past, and\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se shades are too varied and too d\u00c3\u00a9licate to be compressed\\nwithin the limits of a g\u00c3\u00aanerai rule. It takes close observation\\nin reading and constant application of a few principal rules\\nto assimilate the foreign idea. This is possible, as there are\\n\u00c3\u00a9quivalents in English for sorae of the uses of the imperfect.\\nThe English progressive form renders perfectly the idea of pro-\\ngressive action, condition, or even of certain mental processes,\\nexpressed by the French imperfect. Ex. we were walking\\nnous marchions she was reclining elle \u00c3\u00a9tait couch\u00c3\u00a9e\\nI was fkznh ng ]e pensais; they were fancying=ih s imagi-\\nnaient, etc. For the expression of feelings, \u00c3\u00a9motions, for the\\ndescription of mental traits, permanent conditions in the past,\\netc., the progressive form is no longer ad\u00c3\u00a9quate, and we go\\nback in English to the use of the simple past tense. For the\\nexpression of habits, customs, the forms used to, would,\\nrender the idea of the imperfect. Ex. elle se levait de tr\u00c3\u00a8s\\nbonne heure she used to rise very early; elle venait s asseoir\\naupr\u00c3\u00a8s de moi she would corne and sit down beside me. But\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se \u00c3\u00a9quivalents can but faintly represent the characteristics\\nof this tense which, with the past definite, contributes in a\\ngreat measure to give the French language its clearness and\\npr\u00c3\u00a9cision.\\nNote. As rules on the use of th\u00c3\u00a8se very important tenses are of g\u00c3\u00aan-\\nerai application, it has not been consid\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9e! necessary to supply sp\u00c3\u00a9cial\\nexercises on th\u00c3\u00a8se subjects, the student having ample opportunity to put\\nthem to practical test in ail exercises, and especially in the translation of\\nconnected English prose.", "height": "3436", "width": "2252", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "02 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n20. CONDITION AL CONSTRUCTIONS.\\nA condition may be expressed\\ni. by the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent and future tenses. Ex.: si vous \u00c3\u00aates attentif,\\nvous comprendrez if you are attentive, you will under-\\nstand. The action is still to take place, therefore entirely\\nproblematical.\\n2. by the imperfect and conditional pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. Ex. si vous\\n\u00c3\u00a9tiez attentif, vous comprendriez if you were attentive,\\nyou would understand. The conditional h\u00c3\u00a8re refers to a\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent action and represents it negatively it is probable\\nthat you are not attentive.\\n3. by the pluperfect indicative and conditional past. Ex. si\\nvous aviez \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 attentif, vous auriez compris if you had\\nbeen attentive, you ivould h\u00c3\u00a2ve understood. The action\\nh\u00c3\u00a8re referred to is past and therefore no longer proble-\\nmatical it is certain that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve not been attentive.\\nThe following re marks should be carefully noted\\n1. Generally speaking, the French conditional corresponds to\\nthe English. But it must be observed that the French\\nmood is always one of real condition. Therefore, it can-\\nnot be made to translate ail the meanings of such con-\\nditional and potential forms as should, could, might.\\n(See chapter on Modal Verbs.) In such sentences as,\\nyou should tell Mm what you said, the verb should tell\\nis not properly translated by the conditional of dire, but\\nmust be rendered by the conditional of devoir which\\nmeans ought.\\n2. In conditional sentences, si, meaning if, must ne ver be\\nfollowed by a conditional, but always by the indicative\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent or imperfect, or their compounds. Ex. si nous\\nvenions de plus bonne heure, seriez-vous pr\u00c3\u00aat? if we\\nshould co\u00c3\u00aene earlier, would you be ready", "height": "3432", "width": "2332", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 63\\n3. Si, expressing doubt rather than condition, and meaning\\nwhether, is followed by a future or conditional. Ex. je\\nne sais si je le verrai I do not know whether I s hall see\\nhim je ne savais pas si ces livres vous conviendraient\\nI did not know whether th\u00c3\u00a8se books would suit y on.\\n4. An emphatic conditional may be expressed by the condi-\\ntional in both clauses. In such cases, the d\u00c3\u00a9pendent\\nclause is introduced by quand, quand m\u00c3\u00aame, even if,\\neven though, never by si. Ex. quand m\u00c3\u00aame vous me\\nha\u00c3\u00afriez, je ne cesserais de vous aimer even if y oit should\\nh\u00c3\u00a2te me, I should not cease to love you. Sometimes, the\\nindependent clause is preceded by que. Ex.: il me\\nha\u00c3\u00afrait que je ne cesserais de l aimer even though he\\nhated me, I should not cease to love him.\\n5. To give force or vivacity to expression, the imperfect indic-\\native is sometimes used instead of the past conditional.\\nEx. si j avais dit un mot, il se donnait (se serait donne)\\nla mort if I had said one word, he would h\u00c3\u00a2ve killed\\nhimself il tombait (serait tomb\u00c3\u00a9), si je ne l eusse retenu\\nhe would h\u00c3\u00a2ve fallen if I had not caught him.\\n6. In formai or \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gant language, the pluperfect subjunctive is\\nfrequently found in one or even both verbs of the con-\\nditional sentence. Ex. si j eusse (avais) \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 m\u00c3\u00a9chant\\ncomme tant d autres, je serais heureux comme eux if\\nI had been wicked like so many others, I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve been\\nfortunate like them il est vrai, s il m e\u00c3\u00bbt (avait) cru,\\nqu il n e\u00c3\u00bbt (aurait) point fait de vers it is true that,\\nif he had taken my advice, he would not h\u00c3\u00a2ve written\\nverses.\\n7. The conditional mood is frequently found in certain sen-\\ntences where the condition is understood as, for instance,\\nin expressing a d\u00c3\u00a9sire je voudrais apprendre l italien\\nI should like to study Italian sometimes also in exclama-\\ntions, to express surprise comment, vous feriez une", "height": "3436", "width": "2260", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "04 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nchose pareille is it possible that you would do such a\\nthing! or, to replace the somewhat harsh imperative by\\na more polite form of expression auriez-vous l obligeance\\nde remettre cette lettre monsieur votre p\u00c3\u00a8re? would\\nyou h\u00c3\u00a2ve the kindness to hand this letter to your father\\nExercise 36.\\ni. If we lived 1 on 2 hope, we should run the 3 risk of dying\\nof hunger. 2. If the occasion pr\u00c3\u00a9sents itself, you will not\\nneglect 4 it. 3. If you 5 sow the wind, you will reap the whirl-\\nwind. 4. If Rome had not been 6 corrupted, the Barbarians\\nwould not h\u00c3\u00a2ve conquered her. 5. If any one 7 accused your\\nabsent 8 friend, you would d\u00c3\u00a9fend him. 6. I should be very\\nungrateful if I ever 8 forgot your kindness. 9 7. If you employ\\nmy cousin, you may 10 repent it. 8. I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve gone to\\nRome with you, if you had been willing 11 to take me. 9. If\\nwe were more temperate, we should live longer. 10. If the\\nlamb should stray 1 from the shepherd, he would become the\\nprey of the famished 8 wolf. n. If you do not start now, you\\nwill miss the train. 12. If no one had the superfluous, 12 every\\none would h\u00c3\u00a2ve the necessities of life. 13 13. Flatterers would\\ncorrupt the best disposition. 14 14. If we always 8 listened to\\nthe voice of our conscience, we should never 8 know 15 remorse.\\n15. If the heat 16 continues, the harvest will not be good. 17\\n16. If the earth were 1 harder, the ploughman could not culti-\\nvate it\u00e2\u0080\u009e 17, If we ask 18 her to corne, will she corne? 18. If\\nthe sun were 1 suddenly 8 annihilated, everything that is on the\\nearth would soon 8 perish. 19. You would be very proud if\\nyou should reach 1 that fine position. 20. If I see my son once\\nmore, I shall die content. 21. If you confessed 19 your faults,\\nthey would be forgiven 20 you. 22. Without a 3 guide, you\\nwould certainly h\u00c3\u00a2ve lost yourself in th\u00c3\u00a8se mountains. 23. The\\nwoman said to the serpent, If we eat of the fruit of this tree,\\nwe shall die. 24. If one 7 abuses them, the best things finish", "height": "3432", "width": "2324", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 65\\nby becoming insipid. 25. If you were older, you would under-\\nstand better the importance of work. 26. The man who should\\nfeign one thing and 21 do another would be considered per-\\nfidious and wicked. 27. If men employed their time better, 8\\nthey would not complain of its brevity. 28. If you should\\npick 1 your pears before they are perfectly ripe, 22 you would\\npr\u00c3\u00a9serve them longer. 29. We do not know whether 23 my\\nmother will go to Europe next 8 year. 30. He has invited me,\\nbut I do not know if 23 I shall accept his invitation. 31. We\\nthought 24 that you would never 8 corne. 32. I admire him\\nnow, but I do not know whether I shall continue to admire\\nhim when I shall know him better.\\n1 see remark (2). 2 de. 3 omit this word. 4 laisser \u00c3\u00a9chapper. 5 use\\nsecond person singular. 6 pluperfect. Von. 8 place after word\\nmodified. 9 vos bont\u00c3\u00a9s. 10 future of pouvoir bien. n pluperfect of\\nbien vouloir. 12 use masculine singular of the adjective. 13 necessities\\nof life le n\u00c3\u00a9cessaire. 14 naturel, m. 15 conna\u00c3\u00aetre. 16 plural. 17 abon-\\ndante. 18 prier (de). 10 convenir de. 20 put in the active voice.\\n21 insert en. 22 avant leur compl\u00c3\u00a8te maturit\u00c3\u00a9. 23 see remark (3). 24 im-\\nperfect.\\n21. THE SUBJUNCTIVE: PRINCIPAL CASES OF ITS USE.\\nThe indicative mood pr\u00c3\u00a9sents a fact or an idea as real, actual,\\n\u00c3\u00a9vident, or probable the subjunctive pr\u00c3\u00a9sents an idea, not as\\nreal or \u00c3\u00a9vident of itself, but as subordinate to, or depending\\nupon another idea expressed in the independent clause. It\\nshould be remembered that the use of the subjunctive never\\nd\u00c3\u00a9pends upon a word, but always upon some idea of doubt,\\nuncertainty possibility in the mind of the speaker with regard\\nto the action in question. If this idea changes to one of\\ncertainty, reality, probability, the subjunctive is replaced by\\nthe indicative this liability to change in the governing idea\\naccounts for the numerous exceptions given in grammars under\\nmost cases of the use of the subjunctive. Th\u00c3\u00a8se cases are not", "height": "3436", "width": "2232", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "66 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\ntreated h\u00c3\u00a8re. Whenever they occur, the reason will lie in the\\nchange from doubt to certainty expressed by the verb of the\\nindependent clause.\\nCase I.\\nThe Subjunctive depending upon Verbs and Conjunctions.\\ni. The subjunctive is used after ail verbs and expressions of\\nthe will, and after everything relating to the idea of will as,\\nd\u00c3\u00a9sire, intention, permission, entreaty, command or order (dire,\\n\u00c3\u00a9crire, pr\u00c3\u00a9tendre, entendre que), consent, prohibition, require-\\nment, etc.\\n2. After ail verbs and expressions of the feelings; as, joy,\\nregret, shame, surprise, merit, approval, dissatisfaction, fear,\\nappr\u00c3\u00a9hension, anger, delight, pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rence, etc.\\n3. a. After ail conjunctions which express condition as,\\ncondition que, suppos\u00c3\u00a9 que, au cas que, moins que, pour peu\\nque, si peu que, si tant est que, soit que soit que.\\nb. After conjunctions which express fear or appr\u00c3\u00a9hension\\nas, de peur que, de crainte que, etc.\\nc. After conjunctions expressing purpose of the will; as,\\nafin que, pour que, de fa\u00c3\u00a7on que, de sorte que, etc.\\nd. After conjunctions or other words which d\u00c3\u00a9note conces-\\nsion as, quoique, quoi que, bien que, enco\u00c3\u00ae e que, malgr\u00c3\u00a9 que,\\nquel que, quelque, si que, tout que, qui que, etc.\\ne. x\\\\fter conjunctions of time, when referring to actions still\\nin the future and therefore uncertain as, avant que, jusqu\\nce que, en attendant que also, after que, used in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of\\nmoins que, avant que, sans que, de peur que, de crainte que.\\n4. After verbs and conjunctions which express an idea of\\ndoubt, n\u00c3\u00a9gation as, douter, nier, disconvenir, contester, etc.,\\nand non pas que, non que, ce rf est pas que, sans que, bien loin\\nque, jamais que, etc.\\nNote. See rule for the S\u00c3\u00a9quence ofthe Tenses of the Subjunctive with\\nthose of the Indicative, page 78.", "height": "3428", "width": "2316", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 6/\\nExercise 37.\\ni. Your friend wants l you to go 2 and see him. 2. I am\\ndelighted 3 that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve enjoyed 4 yourself. 3. I prefer that\\nMary should finish 5 her work before going out with you.\\n4. My sister asks that you answer her letter as soon as pos-\\nsible. 6 5. Allow me to tell you the truth. 7 6. The merchant\\ninsists 8 that this bill shall be settled immediately. 7. You\\ndeserve to be punished. 9 8. God required 10 that Abraham\\nshould sacrifice n his son Isaac but he did not allow 1() this\\nsacrifice to be performed. 12 9. I wish you to talk 2 less and\\ndo 13 more. 10. My mother has forbidden me to corne 2 and\\nsee you. 11. I will prevent 14 his plan from succeeding. 15\\n12. If you receive 16 th\u00c3\u00a8se people in your house, I fear 14 you\\nwill regret 17 it. 13. I intend 18 that you shall obey my orders.\\n14. Tell Mary to wait 19 for me at my aunt s. 15. Do you\\nwant me to describe 2 to you the house that I live in? 16. I\\nwish 20 that you may h\u00c3\u00a2ve a pleasant 21 journey. 17. I wish 22\\nthat he would talk 11 a long time. 18. We are very happy that\\nyou should h\u00c3\u00a2ve succeeded. 4 19. Caligula used to wish 20 that\\nthe Roman people had n only one 23 head. 20. Your friend is\\ndelighted 24 that you should not h\u00c3\u00a2ve forgotten 4 him. 21. I\\nam glad that I am made to 25 study. 22. I am sorry 26 that you\\ndid not wait 4 two minutes. 23. I am surprised that he should\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve said 4 that. 24. I am afraid 14 this child is not truthful. 27\\n25. I am sorry 28 that you should waste so much time in doing\\nnothing. 29 26. We were afraid 30 that you would corne 11 too\\nlate. 27. Your grandmother complains that you write to her\\nso rarely. 31 28. The children are afraid 14 that it will rain to-\\nmorrow. 29. He can go out from time to time, but I don t\\nwant him to go out 2 every evening. 30. I tremble u lest your\\nd\u00c3\u00a9cision may h\u00c3\u00a2ve serious cons\u00c3\u00a9quences. 31. Children would\\nlike to h\u00c3\u00a2ve \u00c3\u00a9ducation corne 32 to them without trouble.\\n32. I am ashamed that my brother should h\u00c3\u00a2ve behaved 4 so\\nbadly toward you. Wait until 83 he has answered 4 your", "height": "3436", "width": "2224", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "68 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nletter. 34. Our cousins want us to take 2 a walk with them.\\n35. Socrates used to ask the gods that his little house might be\\nfilled with true friends.\\n1 d\u00c3\u00a9sirer. 2 see remark (3) under the verb Vouloir in chapter on\\nModal Verbs. 3 charm\u00c3\u00a9. 4 past subjunctive. 5 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive.\\n6 le plus t\u00c3\u00b4t possible place immediately after the verb. 7 construe allow\\nthat I tell {pr\u00c3\u00a8s, sue/.) you the truth. 8 exiger. 9 construe that one\\npunish {pr\u00c3\u00a8s, subj.) you. 10 past definite. n imperfect subjunctive.\\n12 que ce sacrifice s 1 ex\u00c3\u00a9cut\u00c3\u00a2t. 13 agir davantage. u the n\u00c3\u00a9gative adverb\\nne is used expletively after emp\u00c3\u00aacher and \u00c3\u00a9viter before a personal verb-\\nform {always a subjunctive) and also after ail verbs or expressions of\\nfear or appr\u00c3\u00a9hension {craindre, trembler, appr\u00c3\u00a9hender, avoir peur, de peur,\\nde crainte, etc.), when th\u00c3\u00a8se are used amrmatively, or interrogatively with-\\nout implied n\u00c3\u00a9gation.* 15 construe that his plan succeed. 16 accueillir.\\n17 construe that you of it will h\u00c3\u00a2ve some regret. 18 pr\u00c3\u00a9tendre. 19 that\\nshe wait {pr\u00c3\u00a8s. subj.). 20 souhaiter. 21 faire un bon. 22 aimerais.\\n23 ne qu une seule. 24 se r\u00c3\u00a9jouir. 25 qu on me 25 d\u00c3\u00a9sol\u00c3\u00a9.\\n27 not truthful menteur. 28 regretter. 29 ne rien faire. 30 im-\\nperfect of craindre see note 14. 31 donniez si rarement de vos nou-\\nvelles. 32 construe would like that instruction should corne {imper f.\\nsubj.) 33 que.\\nSubjunctive after Conjunctions and Verbs of N\u00c3\u00a9gation.\\nExercise 38.\\n1. Although Europe is smaller than America, it is much\\nmore thickly 1 populated. 2. I cannot forgive you before you\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve made 2 to me the confession of your faults. 3. My sister\\nwill join you next 3 week in case you are still in London.\\n4. Corne after us to-morrow evening unless 4 it rains. 5. Yes,\\nI will punish you until I h\u00c3\u00a2ve cured 5 you of your laziness.\\n6. Although it is fertile, your field needs cultivation. 7. What-\\never 6 you may do, I shall always 3 be your friend. 8. Mortals,\\nwhatever 7 they may be, are equal before the law. 9. God has\\nThe Minister s decree makes the use of the expletive ne no longer\\npbligatory in either of th\u00c3\u00a8se cases.", "height": "3436", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 69\\nmade man compassionate, in order that he may be helpful.\\n10. I do not deny 8 that he is very \u00c3\u00a9loquent. 11. Speak\\nlouder, so that everybody can hear you. 12. Before I go\\nout, I want to give you a little money. 13. Do you doubt 8\\nthat 9 long-continued prosperity begets n\u00c3\u00a9gligence and pride?\\n14. However rare 10 real love 11 may be, it is less so than real 12\\nfriendship. 15. Read over your lesson so that you may know\\nit better. 16. Behave in such a way 13 that everybody will\\nspeak well 14 of you. 17. It cannot be denied 15 that the ele-\\nphant s trunk has several advantages over the human 16 hand.\\n18. I will stay h\u00c3\u00a8re until he cornes back. 19. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve given\\nyou a good \u00c3\u00a9ducation so that you may be happy. 20. I doubt\\nif 17 they are convinced. 2 1 Whatever 7 the merit n of a man\\nmay be, he cannot escape envy. 22. It seems to me absurd\\nto deny 8 that there is a ruling 1 intelligence in the world.\\n23. Let us go home before it gets dark. 18 24. The moon is\\nthe smallest of the planets, although it 19 appears the largest. 20\\n25. Don t talk so loud for fear that 21 somebody will hear you.\\n26. Arrange it so that 22 I can see her. 27. You will h\u00c3\u00a2ve this\\nhouse provided you pay the worth of it. 28. She will remain\\nfaithful to me until I can marry her. 29. Far from being 2\\nlazy, this boy is working well. 30. Suppose he consents to\\nyour proposition, what advantage will you get 23 from it? 31. I\\ndo not doubt 8 that your pers\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9rance will overcome 24 ail obsta-\\ncles. 32. Do not start without hearing 2 from me. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\npromised to explain his reasons to you, not that I believe one\\nword of what he says.\\n1 omit this word. 2 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive. 3 place after word modified.\\n4 ne is used expletively after moins que (unless), or que used for moins\\nque* 5 past subjunctive. G use pronoun form. use adjective form.\\n8 words or expressions of doubt or d\u00c3\u00a9niai, if used negatively (or inter-\\nrogatively with implied nega/i on), requiie ne before the following or d\u00c3\u00a9-\\npendent verb; observe that they do not require ne if used affirmatively\\nThe r\u00c3\u00a9cent decree allows the omission of ne in this case.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "yO EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\n(or interrogatively with implied affirmation}. 9 insert une; i long-\\ncontinued longue. 10 insert que. n reverse positions of subject and\\npredicate. 12 v\u00c3\u00a9ritable. 13 de telle sorte que. 14 dire du bien see\\na of rule for s\u00c3\u00a9quence of tenses, page 78. 15 on ne peut disconvenir\\nsee note 8. 16 the hand of man. 17 que. 18 faire nuit. 19 insert\\nto us. 20 grosse. 21 see note 14 under Exercise 37. ^faites en sorte\\nCase IL\\nThe Subjunctive depending upon Imper sonal Constructions.\\n1. Impersonal verbs or constructions which express reality,\\ncertainty, or probability govern the indicative. Ex. il est\\ncertain, \u00c3\u00a9vident, positif, hors de doute que il est clair, \u00c3\u00a9tabli,\\nprouv\u00c3\u00a9, remarquable, incontestable que il est probable, vrai-\\nsemblable, naturel que il s ensuit que, il r\u00c3\u00a9sulte que, il arrive\\nque, etc.\\nWhen th\u00c3\u00a8se are used negatively or interrogatively, they no\\nlonger express certainty, and consequently govern the subjunc-\\ntive.\\n2. Impersonal verbs or constructions which express possi-\\nbility, necessity, appr\u00c3\u00a9ciation, n\u00c3\u00a9gation, restriction, or any other\\nsimilar idea, govern the subjunctive. Examples\\nPossibility (or with an \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9ment of n\u00c3\u00a9gation) il est possible,\\nil se peitt que, il est impossible, il est douteux, are, difficile\\nque, il est faux, il est singulier que, etc.\\nNecessity il faut, il est n\u00c3\u00a9cessaire, il est urgent, il est indispen-\\nsable que, il importe, etc.\\nAppr\u00c3\u00a9ciation or sentiment il est bon, il est mauvais, il est juste\\nque, il est heureux, malheureux, pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rable que, il convient,\\nil vaut mieux que, il est triste, il est \u00c3\u00a9tonnant que, il est\\ninutile que, etc.\\nAlso the following, which are \u00c3\u00a9quivalent to impersonal con-\\nstructions c est assez que, c est beaucoup qtie, c est peu\\nque, c est dommage (a pity) que, etc.", "height": "3436", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. Jl\\nNote. II semble and il para\u00c3\u00aet que, expressing possibility only, gov-\\nern the subjunctive, but when preceded by a personal pronoun object, as il\\nm\u00c3\u00a8 semble, il me para\u00c3\u00aet, they express a thought, and govern the indicative.\\nExercise 39.\\ni. It 1 is probable that my cousin is at home, but it is not\\nprobable that he will h\u00c3\u00a2ve 2 time to see you. 2. It often 3\\nhappens that one is deceived. 3. We must 4 h\u00c3\u00a2ve finished 5\\nthis vvork this evening. 4. It is \u00c3\u00a9vident that your father is\\nvery proud of you. 5. It is beyond doubt that this man is\\nguilty. 6. It is incontestable that you are a genius of the\\nfirst order. 6 7. It is singular that he should start 2 after ail\\nthat he has said. 8. It is rare that an upright 3 heart is not\\na noble 7 heart. 9. You must 4 not forget that men do not\\nlove to admire you. 10. It seems to me that you are enjoy-\\ning yourself h\u00c3\u00a8re. 11. The resuit is 8 that my brother has lost\\nhis position. 12. It is a pity that the weather is not fine.\\n13. It is shameful that you should not know 2 how 9 to read at\\nyour \u00c3\u00a2ge. 14. It is possible that you are gentle and kind, but\\nyou h\u00c3\u00a2ve never loved. 15. My name is little known, but it is\\nenough for me that my friends do not forget it. 16. It is\\nstrange that you do not recognize him. 1 7. It is just that you\\nshould be 2 repaid ail the money that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve spent for me.\\n18. It would be ridiculous that you should pr\u00c3\u00a9tend 10 to 9 know\\neverything. 11 19. It is right 12 that children should amuse 2\\nthemselves after work. 20. It is time that the light should\\nreach the lowest 13 ranks of society. 21. Does it not often 3\\nhappen that we 14 smile upon flattery while 15 despising it?\\n22. It is not true 16 that there are 2 savages who h\u00c3\u00a2ve 2 no idea 17\\nof Divinity. 23. It seems that nature has given us pride to\\nspare us the sorrovv of knowing 18 our imperfections. 24. I\\nmust 4 know what to expect. 19 25. It is rare that a mother\\ndoes not delude herself about her children. 26. Th\u00c3\u00a8se men\\ncannot prove their innocence, but does it follow s that they are", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "J2 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nguilty? 27. It is important that you should send me as soon\\nas possible the papers that I h\u00c3\u00a2ve asked you for. 9 28. It may\\nbe that I am richer than- IJ you think. 29. Is it possible that\\nhe d\u00c3\u00a9nies a thing so \u00c3\u00a9vident? 30. It is wise 21 that you should\\naccept 2 his invitation. 31. It is proper that you should make\\nyour excuses to him. 32. It is shameful that men 22 should\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve 2 so many diseases, for good morals produce health.\\n33. It is seldom that one does not acquire prudence with\\n\u00c3\u00a2ge. 23 34. It is not enough 24 that you should write him.\\n35. You had 2 3 a pretty watch it is too bad that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nlost it. 36. It is better that you should throw up the game. 26\\n37. You must 4 not be afraid of offending me.\\n1 review rules for ce or il before \u00c3\u00aatre, page 25. 2 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive.\\n3 place after the word modified. 4 il faut qtie 5 past subjunctive.\\n6 rang, m. 7 \u00c3\u00a9lev\u00c3\u00a9 see note 3. 8 il s ensuit que. 9 omit this word.\\n10 imperfect subjunctive. n must pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de savoir. 12 bon. 13 parvenir\\njusqu aux derniers. on. 15 tout en. 16 it is not true il est faux.\\n17 notion, f. 18 conna\u00c3\u00aetre. 19 quoi m en tenir. 2j in comparisons of\\ninequality, if the verb of the principal clause is in the affirmative, ne is\\nplaced immediately before the verb of the d\u00c3\u00a9pendent clause but this ne\\nis not required if the first verb is n\u00c3\u00a9gative. 21 prudent. 22 c est une honte\\npour les hoi?imes qu ils 23 les ann\u00c3\u00a9es. 24 il ne suffit pas. 25 imper-\\nfect. 25 quitter la partie.\\nCase III.\\nThe Subjunctive in Relative Clauses.\\n1. When the d\u00c3\u00a9pendent clause is introduced by the relative\\npronouns qui, que, dont, o\u00c3\u00b9, the indicative mood is used if the\\nverb of the independent clause expresses something that is cer-\\ntain, positive, or actual the subjunctive is used if the action or\\nstate expressed by the verb, represents something still uncertain,\\nnot yet found or discovered, or the existence of which is even\\ndoubtful. Compare the folio wing sentences je cherche un lieu\\no\u00c3\u00b9 je sois tranquille j ai trouv\u00c3\u00a9 un lieu o\u00c3\u00b9 je suis tranquille.\\nIn this case also, the r\u00c3\u00a9cent decree tol\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a2tes the omission of ne.", "height": "3436", "width": "2324", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 73\\nThe first sentence states that I ara looking for a place where I\\nshall be quiet, but I do not know if I shall find it, if it exists.\\nThe second states that such a place exists, for I h\u00c3\u00a2ve found\\nit. Following are similar examples indiquez-moi une per-\\nsonne qui connaisse cette affaire indiquez-moi une personne\\nqui conna\u00c3\u00aet cette affaire. J habiterai une maison qui soit au\\nbord de l eau j habiterai une maison qui est au bord de l eau.\\n2. When the relative clause d\u00c3\u00a9pends upon an expression of\\nrestriction, n\u00c3\u00a9gation, or an interrogation \u00c3\u00a9quivalent to a n\u00c3\u00a9ga-\\ntion, the verb of the relative clause is put in the subjunctive.\\nExamples\\nRestriction il y a peu d hommes qui sachent sacrifier leurs\\nint\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00aats.\\nN\u00c3\u00a9gation il n y a plus personne qui sache l histoire.\\nInterrogation \u00c3\u00a9quivalent to n\u00c3\u00a9gation y a-t-il un homme qui\\npuisse dire qu il est toujours heureux?\\n3. The verb of the relative clause is also put in the subjunc-\\ntive when that clause d\u00c3\u00a9pends upon an adjective in the super-\\nlative degree, or upon such expressions as, le seul, Punique, le\\npremier, le dernier. Ex. Le fils de Napol\u00c3\u00a9on III est le plus\\njoli enfant que j aie jamais vu vous \u00c3\u00aates la premi\u00c3\u00a8re personne\\nqui m ait parl\u00c3\u00a9 de cette affaire. Such absolute, g\u00c3\u00aanerai, or\\nemphatic statements may not be strictly true. Their excessive\\naffirmation is counterbalanced by the use of the subjunctive, in\\nwhich there is alvvays an \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9ment of n\u00c3\u00a9gation.\\nExercise 40.\\n1. Show me a road that leads to her village. 2. I am look-\\ning for a house that will suit T my wife. 3. Choose a place\\nwhere you will be comfortable. 2 4. I want a horse that I can\\ndrive myself. 5. There was need of a man who knew 4 the\\nspirit of the nation. 6. There is no one who has not some\\nmotive for sorrow. 5 7. It is only* 5 genius that can 7 reach the", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "74 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nsublime. 8. If I lived in the country, I should want an apart-\\nment from which 8 I could 9 take in 15 a vast horizon. 9. Show\\nme the palace that belongs to the King 11 of Italy. 10. Do not\\nmarry a man who is much older than you. 11. The move-\\nments of the stars are the most regular that we know. 4\\n12. Innocent 12 pleasures are the only ones 7 that are not 13 fol-\\nlowed by 14 some bitterness. 13. There is no one in ]5 the\\nworld who has as much need of help as I h\u00c3\u00a2ve. 16 14. There\\nare few kings who know how 7 to govern. 15. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve need of\\na society that I can love. 16. The least that you can do is 17\\nto 14 or\u00c3\u00aeer an indemnity for the damage that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve caused.\\n1 7. Sincerity is the most important quality that one should 18\\nlook for in a story. 18. Nothing proves that this man is\\nguilty. 19. Always 12 use a language that is simple and clear.\\n20. There are few people who are satisfied with their lot.\\n21. Education 19 is the only blessing that fortune cannot 13 take\\nfrom us. 20 22. There is not a 14 poet who has not 13 drawn ail\\nhis philosophy from the ancients. 23. Reason is the most\\nprecious 12 gift that God has made to man. 24. Formerly, the\\nVeneti\u00c3\u00a0ns were the only ones 7 who manufactured 9 and sold 9\\nmirrors. 25. The most beautiful things that an author can\\nput in his books, are the sentiments that come to him from\\nhis you th. 26. Is there a man who can satisfy everybody?\\n27. There is no 21 man that fortune does not 13 come to visit\\nonce in his life. 28. Do not say anything that can depress\\nthose who are listening to you. 29. The temple of Solomon\\nwas 22 the first that men consecrated 23 to the true 24 God.\\n30. I would like to live in a country whose climate was mild.\\n31. There is no 21 disguise that can long hide love where it\\nexists, 22 nor feign it where it does 22 not. 32. That is 25 the best\\nwine that I ever drank. 23 33. Sainte-Beuve is assuredly one of\\nthe most agreeable talkers that I h\u00c3\u00a2ve heard. 34. She is the\\nlast woman that I should want 9 to h\u00c3\u00a2ve for a 7 friend. 35. Man\\nis a strange animal I am not the first one 7 who has said so. 2G", "height": "3432", "width": "2332", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IX GRAMMAR AXD SVXTAX. 75\\n36. I am the onlv friend that lias remained faithful to you.\\n37. Rossini was one of the wittiest 12 men that I h\u00c3\u00a2ve ever\\nseen. 38. There is not a single people of antiquity that did\\nnot make human sacrifices. 27\\n1 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive. votre aise. 3 il fallait. 4 conna\u00c3\u00aetre;\\nwhat tense? 5 tV affliction. 6 il n y a que. omit this word. s a o\u00c3\u00b9.\\n9 imperfect subjunctive. 10 embrasser. n no capital. M place after\\nword modified. 13 use ne but not pas. u de. 15 16 must be pre-\\nceded by en. 1T c est. 1S devoir. 19 instruction, f. nous ravir.\\n21 ne point. est. 23 past subjunctive. 2i v\u00c3\u00a9ritable; see note 12.\\n25 voil\u00c3\u00a0 bien. 2 turn; that did not sacrifice (past subj.) some\\nvictims human.\\nCase IV.\\nThe Subjunctive in N\u00c3\u00a9gative or Interrogative Sentences.\\n1. Verbs of thought or of expression like croire, penser,\\nesp\u00c3\u00a9rer, compter, savoir, conna\u00c3\u00aetre, dire, s imaginer, supposer,\\nd\u00c3\u00a9clarer, assurer, affirmer, soutenir, etc., and also impersonal\\nconstructions like il est vrai, il est clair, il est certain govern\\nthe indicative when used affirmatively.\\nThey also govern the indicative when used negatively, if\\nthere is no uncertainty in the mind of the person speaking\\nconcerning the reality or actuality of the action or fact in\\nquestion. If there is such doubt, the subjunctive should be\\nused. Notice the great diff\u00c3\u00a9rence in meaning in the fol-\\nlowing sentences mon ami ne sait pas que son p\u00c3\u00a8re est\\nmalade lus fa the r is ill I know it, lut lie docs not)\\nmon ami ne sait pas que son p\u00c3\u00a8re soit malade my\\nfriend docs not know whether or not his father is ill, and\\nneither do I)\\n2. When croire, penser, savoir, etc., are used interrogatively,\\nthe idea of doubt or certainty in the mind of the speaker is\\nagain clearly indicated by the use of the subjunctive or indica-\\ntive in the second verb. Ex. savez-vous que cet enfant fait", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "?6 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\ndes progr\u00c3\u00a8s? this child is improving; do y ou know it?)\\nsavez-vous que cet enfant fasse des progr\u00c3\u00a8s do not know\\nif this child is improving; could y ou tell me if he is\\nExercise 41.\\ni. You believe that this man is your friend, but I do not\\nbelieve that he is. 1 2. He has gone to 2 South America, but\\nI do not think that he will make a 3 fortune there. 3. Is it\\ntrue that your friend has written a beautiful novel? 4. This\\nchild does not always 4 tell the truth, but is it certain that he\\nis deceiving you in this? 5. Mary d\u00c3\u00a9clares that our uncle is\\nrich, but I do not think he is. 1 6. You imagine that I ara\\nhappy; no one else 3 h\u00c3\u00a8re thinks that I am. 1 7. I do not\\neven 4 hope that you will consent 5 to my proposition. 8. My\\nmother expects 6 that we shall wait for her a little while, but\\nshe does not expect that we shall wait 5 two hours. 9. Do\\nnot believe that happiness d\u00c3\u00a9pends upon riches. 10. What\\nmakes you think that we had a good time 7 11. Your teacher\\nsays that you are often absent 8 is it true that you are 9\\n12. Do you think that it is necessary 10 to believe ail that the\\nmasses 11 say? 13. I do not believe that you are wrong, but\\nI cannot 12 affirm that you are right. 14. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve never noticed\\nthat youwere 13 sad. 15. I do not imagine that you are a\\nbad woman. 16. Do you know that your mother has arrived?\\n17. Do not believe that you inspire 14 me with 3 the least\\nenvy. 18. Is it true that I h\u00c3\u00a2ve only twenty-three -years\\nto live? 19. I do not think that I can go to see you to-\\nmorrow. 20. We did not know 15 that it would be neces-\\nsary 30 to take that journey. 21. Do you believe that the so\u00c3\u00bbl\\nis immortal? 22. Don t you know that two and two make\\nfour? 23. I do not insist that the 16 man is my friend.\\n24. I do not believe that God is cruel. 25. I shall never 4\\nbelieve that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve forgotten me. 26. You are ignorant\\nfellows 1; cried the Greek do you not know that Chaos", "height": "3432", "width": "2348", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. J*J\\nis the 3 father of ail? 27. I do not expect 6 that the war\\nwill be 5 long. 28. My cousin does not yet 4 know that her\\nmother is dead.\\n1 must be preceded by le (so). 2 partir pour. 3 omit this word.\\n4 place after the word modified. 5 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive. 6 compter.\\n7 past subjunctive of s amuser. 8 are absent s absenter. 9 turn that\\nyou absent y ourself thus. ^falloir. n la foule place after the predi-\\ncate, which must be in the singular. 12 use ne but not pas. 13 imperfect\\nsubjunctive. 14 faire. 15 indicative imperfect. 16 cet. 17 des ignorants.\\n22. MINOR CASES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\na. When the d\u00c3\u00a9pendent clause beginning with que, pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des\\nthe independent clause, the verb is always put in the subjunc-\\ntive. Ex. que vous soyez condamn\u00c3\u00a9 ou non, l opinion public\\nsera contre vous.\\nb. In such sentences as Puissiez-vous r\u00c3\u00a9ussir Qu il\\nvienne Que la victoire vous soit favorable Vive le roi\\netc., the subjunctive verb d\u00c3\u00a9pends upon a verb of d\u00c3\u00a9sire or\\nwish understood, thus je souhaite (d\u00c3\u00a9sire) que vous puissiez\\nr\u00c3\u00a9ussir, etc.\\nc. Savoir is the only verb of the language which can be used\\nindependently in the subjunctive, and then only in the first\\nperson singular, negatively. Ex. je ne sache pas qu il soit\\nmon ami. This implies stronger n\u00c3\u00a9gation than je ne sais pas\\nqu il soit mon ami.\\nQue je sache, from the Latin quod seiam, is used for je\\nne pense pas que je (le) sache. Ex. est-ce que Marie est\\nsortie? Non pas que je sache.\\nd. The subjunctive is also found in the cry of sentinels\\nQui vive? This is not properly a subjunctive, but is prob-\\nably borrowed from the Italian Chi vive\\ne. The conjunction si governs the indicative, but in d\u00c3\u00a9pend-\\nent clauses, that conjunction is replaced by que in such cases,\\nthe subjunctive and not the indicative must be used. Ex.", "height": "3436", "width": "2232", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "yS EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\ns il fait beau et que nous ayons le temps, nous sortirons, instead\\nof s il fait beau et si nous avons le temps.\\nExercise 42.\\ni Whether it rains 1 or not, 2 I will expect you to-morrow.\\n2. Whether he cornes 1 to-morrow or next week, it makes no\\ndiff\u00c3\u00a9rence to me. 3 3. May 4 you be as happy as you deserve\\nto be 5 4. May we always 6 be friends 5. If he wants to\\nsee me in private, let him corne 4 early to-morrow morning.\\n6. May 4 peace be with you May God protect you 7. God\\ngrant 7 that my presentiment may not be fulfilled 8 8. God be\\npraised for 9 the good news 10 that you bring me. 9. No one\\nhas corne yet 11 that I know of. 12 10. Let 4 hatred and resent-\\nment die promptly in your heart 11. May God reward\\nyou for 9 your generosity 12. I do not know 12 that there\\nare men wholly bad or wholly good. 13. Long live the\\nRepublic God bless the Queen 14. God pr\u00c3\u00a9serve us\\nfrom another 13 war 15. Perish 4 the traitor who has caused 14\\nour defeat 16. Let him do what he likes! 15 17. If he\\nwants me to believe him, let him tell the truth. 18. I do not\\nknow 12 anything 16 more beautiful.\\n1 see a under Minor Cases of the Subjunctive. 2 faire beau. 3 cela\\nm est \u00c3\u00a9gal. 4 see b. 5 must be preceded by le (so) 6 place after\\nword modified. 7 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive of vouloir. 8 se r\u00c3\u00a9aliser. 9 de.\\n10 singular. n place between auxiliary and participle. 12 see c. 13 d une\\nnouvelle. 14 est cause de. 15 future of plaire, preceded by lui. 16 in-\\nsert de.\\n23. SEQUENCE OF TENSES OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE WITH\\nTHOSE OF THE INDICATIVE.\\na. When the verb of the independent clause is a pr\u00c3\u00a9sent,\\nfuture, or imperative, the verb of the d\u00c3\u00a9pendent clause is put in\\nthe pr\u00c3\u00a9sent subjunctive when one is speaking of a pr\u00c3\u00a9sent or\\nfuture action, and in the past subjunctive to speak of a past", "height": "3432", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 79\\naction. Ex. je ne crois pas qu il ait tort I do not believe\\nthat he is wrong; je ne crois pas qu il ait eu tort I do not\\nbelieve that he was wrong.\\nb. When the verb of the independent clause is in one of the\\ntenses of the past or in the conditional, the verb of the d\u00c3\u00a9pend-\\nent clause is put in the imperfect subjunctive to speak of a\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent or future action,* and in the pluperfect subjunctive, to\\nspeak of a past action. Ex. je craignais que vous ne partissiez\\ntrop tard (aujourd hui, ou de7?iain) =1 was a/raid that y ou\\nmight start too late je craignais que vous ne fussiez parti trop\\ntard {hier, la semaine derni\u00c3\u00a8re) I was a/raid that you had\\nstarted too late.\\n24. PRINCIPAL CASES OF THE AGREEMENT OF THE PAST\\nPARTICIPLE.\\nCase I. The Past Participle used without the Auxiliary.\\nCase II. The Past Participle used with Etre.\\nCase III. The Past Participle used with Avoir.\\nCase IV. The Past Participle of Reflexive Verbs.\\nRule for Case I.\\nThe past participle used without the auxiliary agr\u00c3\u00a9es, like\\nthe adjective, in gender and number with the noun or pronoun\\nto which it relates. Ex. un fils aim\u00c3\u00a9 une fille aim\u00c3\u00a9e a\\nloved son a loved daughter.\\nRule for Case II.\\nThe past participle is found with \u00c3\u00aatre in two cases\\na. In the compound tenses of passive verbs: \u00c3\u00aatre aim\u00c3\u00a9;\\n\u00c3\u00aatre puni to be loved to be punished.\\nThe ministerial decree allows the use of the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent, instead of the\\nimperfect subjunctive, when the verb of the independent clause is in\\nthe conditional.", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "80 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nb. In the compound tenses of certain neuter verbs of motion,\\nlike aller, venir, entrer, etc.\\nIn both of th\u00c3\u00a8se cases, the past participle agr\u00c3\u00a9es with the sub-\\nject of the verb.\\nRule for Case III.\\nThe past participle used with avoir, agr\u00c3\u00a9es in gender and\\nnumber with the direct object if that object pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des the verb.*\\nIt does not agr\u00c3\u00a9e\\na. If the object is indirect.\\nb. If it follows the verb.\\nc. The past participles of ail neuter verbs conjugated with\\navoir will always be invariable, since th\u00c3\u00a8se verbs can take no\\nobject.\\nRule for Case IV.\\nWhen found in the compound tenses of reflexive verbs, the\\nauxiliary \u00c3\u00aatre has the meaning of avoir thus,/ me suis consol\u00c3\u00a9\\nstands for j ai consol\u00c3\u00a9 moi. Therefore, the participles of th\u00c3\u00a8se\\nverbs corne under the third case,, that is to say, they agr\u00c3\u00a9e in\\ngender and number with the direct object if it pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8des the\\nverb.* They do not agr\u00c3\u00a9e\\na. If there is no direct object.\\nb. If the direct object follows the verb.\\nEx. ma s\u00c5\u0093ur et ma cousine se sont \u00c3\u00a9crit {ont \u00c3\u00a9crit elles)\\nThe verb has no direct object hence, no agreement. Ma\\ns\u00c5\u0093ur et ma cousine se sont \u00c3\u00a9crit des lettres. The object\\nfollows the verb hence, no agreement. Voici les lettres\\nque ma s\u00c5\u0093ur et ma cousine se sont \u00c3\u00a9crites. Que stands for\\nlettres, direct object preceding the verb; hence, agreement.\\nThe r\u00c3\u00a9cent decree stating that the past participle of verbs conjugated\\nwith avoir, and the past participle of reflexive verbs may hereafter remain\\ninvariable in ail cases where it is at pr\u00c3\u00a9sent customary to make them\\nagr\u00c3\u00a9e, has since been nullified by the French Academy.", "height": "3432", "width": "2312", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 8l\\nNote. Minor and exceptional cases of the agreement of the past\\nparticiple abound in advanced grammars, to which the pupil is referred\\nfor further study of this difficult subject. The rules given above will be\\nfound sufficient to meet the needs of elementary composition.\\nExercise 43.\\nCASES I. AND II. OF THE PARTICIPLE.\\ni. A lie covered by another lie, 1 is a stain replaced by a\\nhole. 2. One never 2 regrets the hours 3 devoted to study.\\n3. An obstacle 4 surmounted, increases pleasure. 4. A hundred\\nyears passed in idleness are not worth one hour well employed.\\n5. Th\u00c3\u00a8se fruits turned 5 red when they began 6 to ripen. 6. Ail\\nsins entered 6 the world through 7 intemp\u00c3\u00a9rance. 7. Nature\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sents to us successively skies 8 strewn with stars, and skies 8\\ncovered with clouds, prairies dotted with flowers, forests\\nstripped by 9 frosts, and fields golden with 7 the harvests.\\n8. Repelled by fortune, inen throw themselves back upon\\nhope. 9. Few persons are endowed with a pure 2 and d\u00c3\u00a9licate 2\\ntaste. 10. Animais and plants were 10 adored 11 in Egypt.\\n11. A beautiful thought well expressed, pleases in 12 ail \u00c3\u00a2ges. 13\\n12. My sister has corne to spend the winter in Italy. 13. The\\nearth is fertilized by the sun. 14. Eloquence was 14 born before\\nthe rules of rhetoric. 15. Voltaire and Rousseau died 6 the\\nsame year. 16. Cherries were M brought from Asia to Rome\\nby Lucullus. 17. Good news are always well received. 16\\n18. Noses were 6 invented before spectacles. 19. Th\u00c3\u00a8se chil-\\ndren are spoiled by everybody. 20. Since the invention of\\npowder, battles h\u00c3\u00a2ve become less bloody. 21. The Scotch are\\nattached to their country they love their mountains with their\\nsummits covered with snow. 22. Paper, window-glass, and\\nchimneys were unknown to the 17 Romans. 23. Our most\\nsumptuous monuments will be effaced by time. 24. The natu-\\nral 2 qualities of the horse are perfected by \u00c3\u00a9ducation. 25. Men\\nseem born for society. 26. France hasbeen governed by three", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "82 EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX.\\nraces of kings. 27. This letter will be handed to you by my\\nbrother-in-law. 28. Virtue excepted, one may sacrifice every-\\nthing 18 to friendship. 29. The French language is spoken in\\nEurope by ail educated 19 men. 30. Children open their 20 eyes\\nas soon as they are born. 31. We shall be judged according to\\nour works. 32. The French were 6 sooner civilized than the other\\npeoples of Europe. They are delighted with everything.\\n1 insert c\\\\ 2 place after word modified. 3 moment, m. 4 la peine.\\n5 past indefinite of devenir. G past indefinite. 7 par. 8 des nuits, f. pi.\\n9 insert les. 10 imperfect. n when a participle refers to two or more\\nnouns, some of which are masculine and others f\u00c3\u00a9minine, it agr\u00c3\u00a9es in the\\nmasculine plural. 12 dans. 13 temps, m. pi. 14 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 15 past defi-\\nnite. 16 accueillir. 17 turn; were {imperfecf) not known of the\\nsee also note 11. 18 must pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de its verb. 19 \u00c3\u00a9clair\u00c3\u00a9 place after the\\nnoun. 20 les.\\nExercise 44.\\nCASES III. AND IV. OF THE PARTICIPLE.\\n1. Force has never persuaded any one. 1 2. The roses that\\nwe picked 2 this morning are already faded. 3. It was 3 not\\nchance that created 2 us. 4. Ail nations h\u00c3\u00a2ve conceived the idea\\nof God. 5. Among 4 the Egyptians, a son was obliged to con-\\ntinue in 5 the profession that his father had exercised. 6 6. Many\\nwho went to sleep 7 rich, h\u00c3\u00a2ve awakened poor. 7. Contrary 8\\nwinds 9 h\u00c3\u00a2ve conducted us to 10 your isle. 8. Colbert repaired u\\nthe evils which a stormy 8 reign had caused. 6 9. Pr\u00c3\u00a9serve\\npreciously the friends that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve made. 10. Tell 12 me the\\nstory that you h\u00c3\u00a2ve related to her. n. The judges declared 13\\nthemselves in 14 his favor. 12. They had imagined 15 that we\\nhad deceived 7 them. 13. The Greeks made themselves illus-\\ntrious 16 in the arts. 14. The admiration which certain 17 schol-\\nars h\u00c3\u00a2ve professed for the ancients, has often degenerated into 14\\nfanaticism. 15. I h\u00c3\u00a2ve not received any of the letters that you\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve written me. 16. At Rome, the censors corrected 18 the\\nabuses which the law had not foreseen. 17. Charlemagne was 3", "height": "3432", "width": "2332", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN GRAMMAR AND SYNTAX. 83\\nthe first of the French kings who founded 19 schools. 18. He\\noften 8 visited the schools that he had founded. 19. We h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nnot written to each other. 20 20. Switzerland is not such as it\\nhas been described by most travellers. 21 21. It is easy to be\\nindulgent toward 22 the ingratitude of men when one has not\\nexperienced it. 22. This cathedral has made the r\u00c3\u00a9putation of\\nthe architect who built 2 it. 23. Turenne is one of the greatest\\ng\u00c3\u00aanerais that France has had. 19 24. The battle of Wagram is\\none of the greatest that Napol\u00c3\u00a9on has fought. 19 25. The\\nancients imagined 15 that the earth was 3 motionless. 26. Hearts 9\\nless brave would h\u00c3\u00a2ve become discouraged 23 before so many\\nobstacles to overcome. 27. The advice 24 that your friend gav\u00c3\u00a9\\nyou was good why did you not follow it? 28. She showed 11\\nus the laces and jewels that her old aunt had bequeathed 25\\nto her. 29. How many governments h\u00c3\u00a2ve succeeded one\\nanother 26 in France in the course of 27 one century\\n1 this sentence should contain three n\u00c3\u00a9gative words. 2 past indefinite.\\n3 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 4 chez. 5 omit this word. 6 reverse the positions of the\\nsubject and predicate, thus: that had exercised {pluperfecf) his father\\nthis order is frequently found in French relative clauses. 7 pluperfect.\\n8 place after the word modified. 9 must be preceded by des. 10 dans.\\n11 past definite. 12 raconter. 13 past indefinite of se prononcer. 14 en.\\n15 pluperfect of se figurer or s imaginer observe that se is h\u00c3\u00a8re an indirect\\nobject. 16 past indefinite of s illustrer. 17 quelques. 18 imperfect.\\n19 past subjunctive. 20 replace each other by the reflexive pronoun\\nnous which h\u00c3\u00a8re has a reciprocal meaning. 21 turn as {que) most\\ntravellers h\u00c3\u00a2ve described it. 22 pour. 23 se d\u00c3\u00a9courager. 2i plural.\\n25 pluperfect; for word order, see note 6. 26 se, which h\u00c3\u00a8re stands for an\\nindirect object. 27 in the course of depuis.", "height": "3428", "width": "2220", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3308", "width": "2324", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "Part II.\\nEXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.", "height": "3412", "width": "2252", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3436", "width": "2324", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION.\\n1. THE CHILDHOOD OF DUGUESCLIN.\\nNote. In this, and in following exercises, the student should be re-\\nquired to give reasons for the use of the past definite or imperfect tenses.\\nDuguesclin, son of a poor 1 Breton 2 lord, was born 3 in 4\\n1320, in a castle situated near Dinan. He was 5 a very\\nngly 6 child. He had 7 a pug nose and green eyes; 8 he\\nwas 7 very short, 1 with 9 broad shoulders and long arms but\\nhe showed 3 early that he would. be very brave. When he 5\\nplayed 7 with the children of his \u00c3\u00a2ge, it was always games\\nof war that he preferred; 10 and when he was 11 fifteen years\\nold, 12 there was 7 not in ail 13 Brittany a knight capable of\\ncompeting 14 with him.\\nIt was 15 at the \u00c3\u00a2ge of fifteen 16 that Duguesclin began 3 to 10\\nserve in the armies he soon 17 became 3 a good captain.\\nHe was 7 not only brave, but 12 he was also very clever.\\nThe dauphin Charles, who was very fond of him, 18 put 3\\nhim at the head of a little army, and charged 3 him to fight\\nCharles the Bad, who possessed 7 several cities and castles 15\\nin 4 Normandy, and who was 7 the ally of the English.\\n1 petit. 2 use small letter, and place after the noun. 3 past definite.\\n4 en. 5 f\u00c3\u00aalait. G place very ugly after the noun. imperfect. 8 turn\\nthe nose pug and the eyes green. 9 insert de. 10 it was preferred;\\nc \u00c3\u00a9tait toujours la guerre. n past definite of avoir. ia omit this word.\\n13 insert la. 14 de se mesurer. 15 c est. 10 insert ans. 1T place after the\\nword modified. 18 who was him; qui l aimait beaucoup.\\n87", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "88 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nA few days after the accession to the throne 1 of Charles,\\nDuguesclin beat 2 Charles the Bad at Cocherel, near 3 \u00c3\u0089ve-\\nreux, and thus began the new reign by a brilliant victory. 4\\n2. DUGUESCLIN AND THE FREE 5 COMPANIES.\\nIn those days, 6 the king of France had 7 soldiers whom he\\n5 paid, and who served in 8 companies under the orders of\\ncaptains. Th\u00c3\u00a8se soldiers were, for the most part, Italians, 9\\nSwiss, Germans, etc. They made 10 war to earn the pay that\\nwas given them, 11 but also to enrich themselves by pillage. 12\\nThey were 13 brigands who robbed and massacred the peas-\\nio ants of France, and th\u00c3\u00a8se unfortunates dreaded the soldiers\\nof their king as much as those of the king of England.\\nAs Charles V., at the beginning 14 of his reign, was 15 at 16\\npeace with the English, he wished 2 to rid himself of the\\ncompanies, and he commanded 2 Duguesclin to take them\\n15 to 16 Spain. Duguesclin went to 17 their principal chiefs, who\\nwere 15 at Chalon-sur-Sa\u00c3\u00b4ne. He knew 15 them ail, for he\\nhad already fought against them or with them. He was 2\\nreceived very joyously, and drank 2 with them the best wines\\nof Burgundy. He promised 2 them large 18 sums of money, if\\n20 they would 19 follow him in the country where he wished 19 to\\nlead them, and they followed 2 him to 16 Spain.\\n1 accession throne; V av\u00c3\u00a8nement. 2 past definite. 3 aupr\u00c3\u00a8s de.\\n4 and thus victory; et \u00c3\u00a9trenna par cette victoire le nouveau r\u00c3\u00a8gne.\\n5 Grandes. 6 dans ce temps-l\u00c3\u00a0. 7 ail verbs in this paragraph, excepting\\nthe infinitives, must be in the imperfect, because they d\u00c3\u00a9note habit or\\ncustom in the past. 8 par. 9 put des before each one of th\u00c3\u00a8se proper\\nnouns. 10 insert definite article. n put in the active voice, thus that\\none gave {imperfect} them. 12 en pillant. 13 c \u00c3\u00a9taient des. 14 au d\u00c3\u00a9but.\\n15 imperfect. 16 en.\\nfect of vouloir.", "height": "3436", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. 89\\n3. DUGUESCLIN A 1 PRISONER IN SPAIN.\\nSpain was 2 then divided into 3 several kingdoms, among\\nwhich was 2 that of Castile. Peter the Cruel, friend of the\\nEnglish, was reigning in 3 Castile at this time. 4 His brother\\nHenry, the 1 friend of 5 France, had rebelled 6 against him.\\nDuguesclin, with the companies, drove 7 Peter away from 5 5\\nCastile, and Henry became king in 8 his place.\\nBut the Prince 9 of Wales arrived 7 with an army to drive\\naway Henry. He was 7 victorious, and Duguesclin was 7 made\\nprisoner. The Prince of Wales, happy to h\u00c3\u00a2ve 10 in 3 his\\npower the best g\u00c3\u00aanerai of the king of France, conducted 7 10\\nhim to Bordeaux. One day, the prince met 7 Duguesclin in\\nthe 11 street. How are 12 you, Bertrand? said 13 he to\\nhim. I am 12 very well, 14 my lord, and 1 very 1 pleased, 1\\nreplied Duguesclin, for they say 15 that I am the greatest 16\\nknight in 17 the world, since you will 18 not permit me to 15\\nransom myself. It was 2 the custom in those days, 4 to set\\na prisoner free 19 when he had paid his ransom and Dugues-\\nclin was insinuating 20 to the Prince of Wales that he was 2\\nafraid of him, since he did not permit 2 him to redeem him-\\nself and 17 return to the 21 king of France. The Prince of 20\\nWales was 7 piqued by this remark. 22 Fix your own ran-\\nsom, 23 said he to Duguesclin, who fixed 7 it at a 1 hundred\\nthousand livres. It was, 2 for the time, an enormous 24 sum.\\nWhere will you get 25 this money? asked the Prince of\\n1 omit this word. 2 use imperfect, because this tense describes statcs,\\nconditions, sentiments, or characteristics in the past, considered permanent\\nfor the time being. 3 en. 4 cette \u00c3\u00a9poque. 5 insert definite article. 6 \u00c3\u00a9tait\\nr\u00c3\u00a9volt\u00c3\u00a9. 7 past definite. 8 fut roi 9 do not use capital. 10 de tenir.\\n11 une. 12 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of aller. Vi past definite of demander. 14 very well;\\nmerveille. l\u00c3\u00a0 on dit. 16 premier. 17 de. 18 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of vouloir. 19 to\\nset free; au un prisonnier f\u00c3\u00bbt remis en libert\u00c3\u00a9. ^semblait dire.\\n21 aupr\u00c3\u00a8s du. ^parole, f. 23 Fix ransom; fixez vous-m\u00c3\u00aame votre\\nran\u00c3\u00a7on. 24 place after the noun. 25 future of prendre.", "height": "3436", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "\u00c3\u0087)0 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nWales. And Duguesclin, who knew 1 that he was loved 2 in\\nevery hut in 3 France, replied There is not a spinner in\\nFrance who would not 4 spin a distaff full to pay my ransom.\\n4. DUGUESCLIN A 5 CONSTABLE OF FRANCE.\\nDuguesclin, once more 6 free, returned 7 to 8 Spain, where\\n5 he defeated. Peter the Cruel then he came back to 8 France,\\nwhere war was beginning again with the English. Charles V.\\ngave him the sword of a 5 Constable. It was 9 a great honor, 10\\nfor the dignity of Constable was 9 one of the highest 11 of the\\nkingdom of France. Duguesclin, who was 9 modest, did not\\n10 wish 9 to accept this honor, saying that he was 9 not of suffi-\\nciently high nobility 12 to command the princes and ail the\\nnobles who were 9 in the army; 13 but Charles V. answered\\nhim that every body, even the princes, would obey 14 him.\\nHe was called 15 the good Constable. The people 14\\n15 loved 9 him because he was brave and because he was good.\\nHe forbade 9 his soldiers to do any harm 16 to the weak 13 and\\nto those who could 9 not d\u00c3\u00a9fend themselves, like the church-\\nmen, the women, the children, and the poor people. 14\\nWhen he died, 7 he was buried 15 at Saint-Denis, near Paris,\\n20 by the side of the 17 tombs of the kings of France.\\n1 imperfect of savoir, because the verb refers to a fact, not a person.\\n2 put in the active voice, thus that one loved (imperfect} him, etc.\\n3 de. 4 ne voudrait; omit pas. 5 omit this word. 6 once more;\\ndevenu. 7 use past definite, which describes distinct and separate acts\\noccurring at a definite moment in the past. 8 en. 9 see page 89, foot-\\nnote 2. 10 add qu il lui faisait. n \u00c3\u00a9lev\u00c3\u00a9es. 12 of nobility; de\\nnoblesse assez haute. 13 put in the plural. 14 put in the singular. 15 put\\nin the active voice, thus one called {imperfect} him. 16 de faire du\\nmal. 17 aupr\u00c3\u00a8s des.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. 0,1\\n5. EXPLOITS OF 1 CHEVALIER BAYARD.\\nBayard was boni- at the Ch\u00c3\u00a2teau of Bavard, near Gre-\\nnoble. From his 3 childhood, he prepared himself for a\\nmilitary career: 4 for, in 5 the castle where he spent his\\nearliest B years, he heard unceasingly of the exploits of\\nhis ancestors, who had fought in 5 the service of the kings 5\\nof France. When he had reached 8 his thirteenth year, his\\nparents sent him to the Duke 1 of Savoy, who admitted\\nhira to the number of his pages.\\nj{ Six raonths later, 11 the duke took him to Lyons, where\\nCharles VIII. was, 1 to whom some one 13 spoke of the young 10\\npage as the M boldest rider that anv one had ever seen. 15\\nThe king asked the Duke 10 of Savoy to give him this page,\\nwho promised 16 to become a good knight. The duke con-\\nsented to it and it was 17 thus that Bayard entered 5 the\\nservice of France. 15\\nAt the \u00c3\u00a2ge of eighteen, Bayard made his first campaign 15\\nin Italy, when Charles VIII. went 19 there in 1494. He stayed\\nthere during ail the reign of Louis XII., and his exploits be-\\ncame celebrated in the entire-- world.\\nIn the interval of battles, he loved 16 to go on little 21 20\\nexp\u00c3\u00a9ditions in search of the enemy. Being within 5 a few\\nleagues of Milan, then occupied by Ludovic Sforza, the\\nenemy of Louis XII. he started one fine morning, with\\n1 du. in this historical narrative, translate every English verb that\\nis in a simple past tense and is a real predicate, by the past dehnite, unless\\notherwise indicated in th\u00c3\u00a8se notes. 3 d\u00c3\u00a8s V 4 he prepared career;\\nil se destina au m\u00c3\u00a9tier des armes. h premi\u00c3\u00a8res. he heard; il\\nentendait parler. s past anterior of atteindre. 9 aupr\u00c3\u00a8s du. M do not\\nuse capital. u apr\u00c3\u00a8s. reverse the positions of the subject and predi-\\ncate, thus: where was (imperfect Charles VIII. M l on. u as the;\\ncomme du. 15 any one seen; qt\u00c3\u00a0on e\u00c3\u00bbt Jamais :u. 16 imper fect.\\nest 1S his first campaign ses premi\u00c3\u00a8res armes. n se rendre, place\\nafter the word modified. 1 to go on little; faire de petites.", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "92 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nfifty cavaliers, to 1 attack three hundred, who were 2 encamped\\nin front of 3 the city.\\nThe combat was a 4 very hard one, 4 but Bayard cried: 5\\nCourage, friends 6 Let us redouble our 7 blows. And to\\n5 the cries of France France the little troop put the\\nenemy to flight. 8 The Frenchmen pursued them, and stopped\\nonly 9 at the g\u00c3\u00a2tes of Milan but Bayard did not stop. He\\nentered 10 the city at a 7 gallop, still. 11 pursuing the cavaliers,\\nand he arrived thus at the very g\u00c3\u00a2tes 12 of Ludovic Sforza s\\nio palace, where 4 he was made prisoner.\\nLudovic had so much admiration for his courage that he\\nset him at 13 liberty, without asking 14 him any 15 ransom.\\nDuring the battle of Marignan, Bayard fought like a hero.\\nThe evening of the first day, he found himself 2 in the midst\\n15 of the enemy, 16 in great danger of being 14 taken or killed.\\nHe descended from his horse, and began to 17 creep on his 7\\nhands and 18 feet, until he arrived 19 in the midst of the\\nFrench.\\nAt the end of the battle, Francis I. sent for 20 Bayard, and\\n20 told him that he wished to be knighted 21 by him. Bayard\\ncould 2 not 22 believe that the king wished 19 to do him such\\nan honor.\\nSire, said he to him, you are the king of so noble a 23\\nkingdom crowned and consecrated, you are knight above\\n25 ail 24 other knights. Friend, 6 answered the king, make\\n1 to; pour en. 2 imperfect. 3 in front of; en avant de. 4 omit this\\nword. 5 disait. 6 this word must be preceded by possessive adjective\\n7 definite article. 8 put flight; for\u00c3\u00a7a les cavaliers ennemis s\\nfuir. 9 ne que. 10 insert dans. n place after word modified\\n12 at g\u00c3\u00a2tes; jusqu aux portes. 13 he set him at; le fit remettre en\\n14 remember that ail pr\u00c3\u00a9positions except en govern the infinitive. 15 de,\\n16 use the plural form. 17 se mettre 18 repeat pr\u00c3\u00a9position and article\\n19 imperfect subjunctive. 20 faire chercher. 21 that knighted; qu il\\nvoulait \u00c3\u00aatre arm\u00c3\u00a9 chevalier. 22 use ne, but omit pas. 23 say un si\\n2i par dessus tous les.", "height": "3436", "width": "2316", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. 93\\nhaste and do my command. Then, Bayard performed 1 the\\nceremony as it was usually performed. 2 He touched the king\\non 3 the shoulder three times with his sword, and told him\\nthat he dubbed him knight. 4\\nThen, he kissed his sword, lifted it in the 5 air, and ex- 5\\nclaimed Surely, good sword, 6 thon shalt be honored above 7\\nail others, thou that hast given knighthood to so handsome\\nand so powerful a 8 king\\n6. ANECDOTES ABOUT 9 LOUIS XI.\\nLouis XL, who was 10 the enemy of the nobles, 11 pretended 12\\nto love the poor people 13 and the burghers. At Paris, there 10\\nwere several burghers whom he used to call crony, 14 and\\nhe called their wives gossip. 15 He often went to dine at\\ntheir houses, 16 but he would punish the burghers who resisted\\nhim, quite as 17 harshly as he punished the lords. He loved\\nsolitude, and did not like to be looked at or followed 18 when 15\\nhe travelled. The very year of his accession, as he wanted\\nto take a journey, he published throughout 19 the kingdom\\nthat those who should follow him would be hanged.\\nIn the castles where he shut himself up, he loved that the\\nfew 20 companions with whom he lived, should relate 21 stories 20\\nto him, and he sometimes told some himself. 22 It was 23 also\\n1 faire. 2 it performed; comme on la faisait d ordinaire. 3\\n4 that he knight qu il Vannait chevalier. 5 en V 6 see page 92,\\nfootnote 6. entre. 8 un si beau et si puissant. 9 sur. 10 past\\ndef\u00c3\u00afnite. n grands. 12 this verb, like ail others in this s\u00c3\u00a9lection\\nwhich describe customary actions, physical habits, or mental character-\\n\u00c3\u00aestics, must be put in the imperfect; the absence of this tense in Eng-\\nlish is felt in the use of such expressions as would, used to, was\\nin the habit, found before the verb. 13 gens, m. pi. u mon comp\u00c3\u00a8re.\\n15 ma comm\u00c3\u00a8re. 16 chez eux. n quite as; tout aussi. 18 did not like\\nfollowed ne voulait pas qu on le regard\u00c3\u00a2t ni qu on le suiv\u00c3\u00aet.\\n19 fit publier dans tout. 20 rares. 21 contassent. 22 and he him-\\nself; et lui-m\u00c3\u00aame, il en contait volontiers. 23 c \u00c3\u00a9tait.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "94 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\none of his greatest 1 pleasures to watch 2 fights of dogs\\nand rats.\\nHe was 3 tormented ail his life by the fear of death. He\\nbelieved, like ail men of his time, 4 that his destiny was\\n5 written in the stars, and he used to consult astrologers to\\nknow it. He would pay devout people and hermits, in\\norder that they should ask 5 God to let him live a long\\ntime. He 6 himself prayed very 6 often he wore 7 around\\nhis hat figures in lead, of saints and virgins, before which\\nio he used to kneel down. When he prayed to 6 the Virgin, he\\nwould address her as 8 My good Lady. He thought that\\nhe could win over 9 saints, like men, by 10 giving money to\\ntheir churches.\\nWhen he felt himself 3 on the point of death, 11 he had\\n15 brought to his bedside 12 the relies kept in 13 the Sainte-\\nChapelle at Paris, hoping that th\u00c3\u00a8se relies would cure\\nhim. He also sent for 3 Saint-Fran\u00c3\u00a7ois de Paule, whom\\nhe implored in vain to 14 prolong his life by a miracle.\\n7. HENRY IV., KING OF NAVARRE.\\nHenry IV. was born 15 at the Ch\u00c3\u00a2teau of Pau. On 6 the day\\n20 of his birth, the king of Navarre, his grandfather, made him 16\\ndrink a drop of wine, in order, said he, to give him a robust\\nconstitution. 17 Henry was brought up, not as a 18 prince, but\\nas a soldier. He lived 19 like the children of the country, 20\\n1 grands. 2 de regarder des. 3 past definite. 4 of his time; de ce\\ntemps-l\u00c3\u00a0. 5 imperfect subjunctive. 6 omit this word. 7 avait. 8 he\\nher as; il lui disait. 9 win over; gagner sa cause. 10 en.\\n11 de mourir. 12 he bedside; il fit apporter aupr\u00c3\u00a8s de son lit.\\n13 u whom in vain; auquel il demanda inutilement de.\\n15 give a reason for the use of the past definite in this and following\\nverbs. 16 made him; lui fit. 17 temp\u00c3\u00a9rament vigoureux, m. 18 not\\nas a; non en. 19 give a reason for the use of the imperfect in this and\\nthe following verbs. 20 pays, m.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. 95\\nran, played, fought with them, and better than they, he\\nclimbed the trees and scaled the walls and rocks.\\nWhile he was still very young, 1 he came to the court of\\nFrance. He was a 2 Protestant and took part in the civil\\nwars. He displayed a brilliant courage. 3 He endured 4 5\\nwithout complaining the fatigues of war, and privations of\\nevery kind. 5\\nHe was 6 witty and gay, but he was serious when it was\\nnecessary to be, and he knew very well how 2 to make him-\\nself obeyed. He was simple in his manners, af\u00c3\u00afectionate 10\\ntoward ail, but he had noble thoughts and felt ail 2 the\\ngreatness of the country over which 8 he became king.\\nSully was the childhood friend 9 of Henry IV. He\\ncalled himself 6 the sp\u00c3\u00a9cial friend of the king, but the\\ntwo friends did not always get on. 10 Sully did not h\u00c3\u00a2ve 6 an 15\\neven disposition. He was jealous of the affection which\\nhis master showed 11 others. Several times, he irritated 12\\nthe king, and it was thought 13 that they would not be\\nreconciled. 14\\nOnce, when they had been angry at each other some 20\\ntime, 15 Sully came to speak to the king on business. 16\\nWhen he had finished, 17 Henry said to him H\u00c3\u00a2ve you\\nnothing else to 18 say to me? Sully answered that he\\nhad not. 19 Well, I h\u00c3\u00a2ve something to say to you, re-\\nplied the king. 20 Then, he had 12 with Sully a friendly con- 25\\n1 while he young; de bonne heure. 2 omit this word. 3 he\\ndisplayed courage; il y montra tme \u00c3\u00a9clatante bravoure. 4 imper-\\nfect. 5 plural. 6 see page 94, footnote 19. 7 put in the infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent.\\n8 of the country over which; de cette France dont. 9 was friend;\\nfut le compagnon d enfance. 10 ne s entendaient pas toujours. n insert\\nd\\\\ 12 see page 94, footnote 15. Vi l on crut. u reflexive for m.\\n15 Once, when some time; un jour qu ils se boudaient depuis long-\\ntemps. 16 d affaires. n past anterior. 18 ne rien autre\\n10 that he had not; que non. 20 turn I (moi), replied the king,\\n(je) h\u00c3\u00a2ve something to say to you.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nversation, 1 and, 2 taking him by the hand, he led him toward\\na group of courtiers and said to them Gentlemen, I love\\nSully more than ever\\n8. THE YOUTH OF SULLY.\\nSully was born in 1560, at the Ch\u00c3\u00a2teau of Rosny, near\\n5 Mantes, of a noble Protestant family. 3 At the \u00c3\u00a2ge of\\neleven, 4 he was presented 5 to Henry, King of Navarre, 6\\nwho was then eighteen years old. He made him a beauti-\\nful court bow, then a pretty speech, and so greatly pleased 7\\nthe young king that he 8 kept him near his person. 9\\n10 When Henry of Navarre came 5 to Paris to 10 wed the\\nsister of the king, Charles IX., Sully was 11 with him. Both\\nran a great danger on the eve of 12 Saint Bartholomew.\\nHenry was 11 at the Louvre. Charles IX. sent for him 13\\nand 14 threatened to h\u00c3\u00a2ve 15 him killed, if he did not be-\\n15 corne 16 a 17 Catholic. Death or the mass, said he to\\nhim, furiously. 18 Henry did not want to die he answered\\nthe king that he preferred 11 to go to mass, and was thereby 19\\nsaved.\\nSully was then 20 living in 21 the Latin Quarter. He\\n20 lodged 11 with 22 a Protestant 20 innkeeper, and was attending\\nthe courses of a coll\u00c3\u00a8ge called Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge de Bourgogne. He\\n1 cordial entretien, m. 2 replace by puis. 3 turn of a family\\nnoble, protestant. 4 add years. 6 see page 94, footnote 15. 6 turn:\\nto the king of Navarre, Henry. 7 so greatly pleased; plut tant au.\\n8 celui-ci. 9 aupr\u00c3\u00a8s de lui. 10 pour y. n when, in the course of the\\nnarrative, it becomes necessary to introduce subordinate explanations of\\nfacts, states, or conditions considered permanent for the time being, the\u00c2\u00bb\\ntense changes from the past definite to the imperfect. 12 la nuit de la.\\n13 le fit appeler devant lui. u repeat the object pronoun. 15 to h\u00c3\u00a2ve,\\nin the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of to cause a thing to be done, is rendered by faire, fol-\\nlowed immediately by the infinitive of the second verb. 16 imperfect of\\nse faire. 17 omit this word. 18 avec fureur. 19 ainsi. 20 place after\\nthe word modified. 21 22 chez.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. 97\\nwas awakened 1 during the night by the cries of the assas-\\nsins and the groans of the wounded. Two of his servants\\nwent out to learn 2 what was passing. 3 They did not re-\\nturn they were killed 4 in the street. Sully was 5 still very\\nyoung he was twelve years old but he had much pr\u00c3\u00a8s- 5\\nence of mind. He dressed, 1 put a big mass-book under\\nhis arm, and went down into the street to go to his coll\u00c3\u00a8ge.\\nA band of assassins stopped 6 him but they saw that he\\nhad 5 a mass-book and believed that he was 5 a 9 Catholic.\\nThey therefore let him pass. 7 Sully arrived at the col- 10\\nlege, and the principal hid him for a few days.\\nSully left the 8 coll\u00c3\u00a8ge when the massacre was ended\\nbut, like his master, Henry of Navarre, he became a 9 Cath-\\nolic. While Henry of Navarre was retained a 9 prisoner at\\nthe court, Sully lived at Paris in 1575, Henry escaped, and 15\\nSully followed him. Both then declared that they had be-\\ncome Catholics because they had been forced to it, and they\\nbecame Protestants again. They went over to the 10 Protes-\\ntants, and took part in 11 ail the civil wars of the reign of\\nHenry III. 20\\nSully was 5 flfteen years old when he began to fight in this\\nway. 12 He proved himself right away a 9 brave and bold\\nsoldier. One day, Henry of Navarre, who had seen him\\nfight in 11 the first rank, in an encounter where there was 5\\nmuch danger, said to those who stood around him There 25\\nis 13 a young nobleman of good family he will some day\\namount to something good, 14 or I am 15 much mistaken. 16\\n1 the narrative proper is resumed; hence, the past definite. 2 savoir.\\n3 reflexive form. 4 use the active voice. 5 see page 96, footnote 1 1\\n6 verb agr\u00c3\u00a9es in the singular. 7 turn ils le laiss\u00c3\u00a8rent donc passer.\\n8 sortit du. 9 omit this word. 10 went over to the; se rendirent au\\nmilieu des. ll vl ainsi. 13 voil\u00c3\u00a0. 14 he will good; il fera\\nun jour quelque chose de bon. 15 future. fort tromp\u00c3\u00a9.", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "98 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\n9. YOUTH OF RICHELIEU.\\nRichelieu was born at Paris in 1585. He was 1 the fourth\\nchild of a nobleman of 2 Poitou, who was 1 not rich. He\\nwas 3 at first destined to the military profession, 4 and com-\\nmenced by being a brilliant cavalier. But he had 1 a brother\\n5 who was 1 Bishop of Lu\u00c3\u00a7on, and this brother died. 3 Then\\nRichelieu s mother advised 3 him to become 5 a 6 priest, prom-\\nising 7 him that she would obtain for him the bishopric of\\nhis brother. Richelieu consented, and the cavalier be-\\ncame Bishop of Lu\u00c3\u00a7on in 1607 he was 1 then twenty-two\\n10 years old. His bishopric was 1 one of the poorest in 8\\nFrance. Richelieu was miserably housed; 9 his chimneys\\nsmoked he had no garden. He performed very well 10\\nhis duties as 8 bishop, but he was discontented. He longed\\nto corne to the court, to 11 be a 6 minister, and to 11 play a\\n15 grand r\u00c3\u00b4le.\\nDuring the minority of Louis XIII., Richelieu found\\nfavor with 12 the queen, Marie de M\u00c3\u00a9dicis, by ail kinds of\\nflatteries and compliments. He even became minister 13 in\\n1616; but Louis XIII. who was entering upon 14 his four-\\n20 teenth year, quarrelled with his mother, who was govern-\\ning the kingdom very badly, 15 and who was obliged to leave\\nthe court. Richelieu followed her during several years, he\\nemployed his skill to reconcile the king with his mother.\\nHe succeeded; 16 and, to reward him, Marie de M\u00c3\u00a9dicis had\\n25 him appointed 17 cardinal.\\nMarie de M\u00c3\u00a9dicis desired 18 also that Richelieu should\\n1 see page 96, footnote il. 2 du. 3 narrative is resumed; hence,\\npast definite. 4 au m\u00c3\u00a9tier des armes. 5 se faire. 6 omit this word.\\n10\\nau mieux.\\n7 participle must be preceded by en. 8 de. 9 mal log\u00c3\u00a9.\\n11 pour. 12 found favor with; se fit bien venir de. 13 he even min-\\nister; il devint m\u00c3\u00aame une premi\u00c3\u00a8re fois mitiistre. u dans. 15 place\\nafter the word modified. 16 say to it. 17 le fit nommer, 18 past definite.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. 99\\nbecome 1 prime minister of Louis XIII. The king did\\nnot at first 2 consent. 3 I know him better than you do, 4\\nmadame, said ne to his mother; he is a raan of bound-\\nless ambition. 5 He finished, however, by yielding and\\nin 1624, Cardinal Richelieu became prime minister of Louis 5\\nXIII.\\nAt the end of the year 1642, the Cardinal fell seriously ill.\\nHe felt 6 that his end had come. He asked his doctor how\\nmuch time he had 7 yet to live. Tvventy-four hours, was\\nthe ansvver. 8 Richelieu employed his last hours in 9 prepar- 10\\ning himself for 9 death, but he occupied himself 7 still with 10\\nthe affairs of the State. He gave the king counsels on what\\nshould be done after his death. 11 He pointed out to him\\nthe men that were to 12 replace him, and then 4 he expired\\npeacefully. 15\\nIt is difficult to love Richelieu, for he was 6 not good and\\nhe was 6 often hypocritical; but it is impossible not to 13 ad-\\nmire him, for he desired 14 the greatness of France, and he\\ngave her this greatness. 15\\n10. COLBERT, MINISTER OF LOUIS XIV.\\nColbert was the 4 son of a merchant of Rheims, and he 20\\nhad raised himself 16 by dint of hard 4 work to the 17 rank\\nwhich put 7 him above the greatest lords.\\nNo one in 9 the world has ever 4 worked more than Col-\\nbert. He encouraged 18 agriculture, industry, commerce.\\nHe reorganized 19 the finances, and he gave 18 to Louis XIV. 25\\n1 imperfect subjunctive. 2 place after word modifi\u00c3\u00a9e!. 3 say to it.\\n4 omit this word. 5 turn of an ambition boundless. 6 past definite.\\n7 imperfect. 8 r\u00c3\u00a9pondit-il. 9 10 de. u on what death; sur\\nce qu il y avait faire apr\u00c3\u00a8s lui. vl imperfect of devoir. 13 de ne pas.\\n14 past indefinite of vouloir. Vo he gave greatness; il a donn\u00c3\u00a9 la\\nFrance cette grandeur. 1G pluperfect. 17 jusqu ce. 18 past indefinite.\\n19 he reorganized; il a mis un ordre parfait dans.\\nLefC", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "100 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nthe money necessary for the enormous expenses of that\\nprince, in times of peace and war. 1\\nHe used to rise 2 before daylight, 3 and he worked six-\\nteen hours a 4 day. He was not fond of intruders and\\n5 was called 5 the man of marble. Solicitors were afraid\\nof his thick 6 eyebrows, 7 of his wrinkled 6 forehead, and of\\nhis hard, deep-set eyes. 8\\nOne day, a lady came 9 to ask him a favor. As he did not\\nanswer, 10 she insisted, and finally went down on her knees 11\\nio and said to him My lord, I 12 entreat you, listen to me.\\nThen, Colbert went down on his knees before her and said 13\\nMadame, I entreat you, let me alone 14 It was 15 thus that\\nhe used to get rid 2 of those who made 13 him lose his time.\\n11. DEATH OF LOUIS XVI.\\nAfter five months of captivity in the tower of the Temple,\\n15 the king appeared 16 before the Convention. He defended 17\\nhimself with nrmness, and received with the r\u00c3\u00a9signation of a\\nChristian the news 7 of his condemnation. On 18 the 20th of\\nJanuary, 1793, Louis XVI. obtained the permission to see his\\nfamily for the last time. 19 The final 6 interview took place\\n1 of that war; que fit ce prince aussi bien dans la paix que\\ndans la guerre. 2 explain the use of the imperfect in this and fol-\\nlowing verbs. 3 le jour. 4 par. 5 put in the active voice. 6 place\\nafter the word modified. 7 use the singular form. 8 turn of his eye\\nprofound and hard {dur). 9 tell why the use of the past definite\\nshould be resumed h\u00c3\u00a8re. 10 use imperfect. 11 and finally knees;\\npuis, finit par se mettre genoux devant lui. V1 insert en. 13 this verb\\nmust be preceded by lui. 14 laissez-moi trattquille. 15 c est. 15 com-\\nparut. 17 observe that this s\u00c3\u00a9lection recounts a s\u00c3\u00a9ries of historical facts\\nconceived of as beginning, developing, and reaching completion at a\\ndefinite moment of the past; hence, every predicate verb should be in\\nthe past definite. 18 in dates, do not translate the pr\u00c3\u00a9positions; use the\\ncardinal form of the adjective usually, simply the figure; do not use\\ncapitals for names of months. 19 turn to {de) see a last time his family.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. IOI\\nin the dining room of the prison. The queen entered first, 1\\nholding her son by the hand then, came Madame Eliza-\\nbeth, sister of the king, and the royal 2 princess, daughter\\nof Louis XVI. They fell into 3 the arms of the king.\\nFor almost 4 tvvo hours, they remained closely clasping 5\\none another. 5 The s\u00c3\u00a9paration was heart-rending, but the\\nking preserved ail his fortitude. 6\\nHe rested 7 quietly during the night. At five o clock\\nin 8 the morning, his valet Cl\u00c3\u00a9ry awoke him. Louis XVI.\\nmade his last pr\u00c3\u00a9parations 9 he heard mass and took com- 10\\nmunion. At nine o clock, the soldiers came to get him.\\nLet us go, 10 said the king. During the journey and on\\nthe scaffold, he kept up the noblest attitude. 11 The execu-\\ntioner bound his 12 hands. Turning toward the people, he\\ntried 13 to pronounce a few words but a rolling of drums 14 15\\ndrowned his voice, and a few minutes 15 after, his head\\ndropped into the basket. Thus perished a king who was\\ngood, virtuous, but too weak, alas to resist the fury of the\\nR\u00c3\u00a9volution.\\n12. NAPOLEON BONAPARTE.\\nNapol\u00c3\u00a9on Bonaparte was born at Ajaccio, on 16 the i5th 20\\nof August, 1769. His father, Charles Bonaparte, had 17 five\\nsons and three daughters. Napol\u00c3\u00a9on was the second in the\\n1 la premi\u00c3\u00a8re. 2 place after word modifi\u00c3\u00a9e!. 3 they fell into; ils se\\npr\u00c3\u00a9cipit\u00c3\u00a8rent dans. 4 almost pr\u00c3\u00a8s de. 5 remained another; de-\\nmeur\u00c3\u00a8rent \u00c3\u00a9troitement serr\u00c3\u00a9s les tins contre les autres. c preserved\\nfortitude; garda toute sa fermet\u00c3\u00a9. 7 reposer. 8 de. 9 pr\u00c3\u00a9paratifs m.\\n^partir. n turn he kept up {garder) during the journey {trajet, m.)\\nand on the scaffold the noblest attitude. 12 turn to him bound the.\\n13 vouloir. 14 use singular. 15 instant, m. 16 see page 100, footnote\\n18. 17 remember that, in a narrative, ail parts vvhich are purely accessory.\\nsuch as the description of a previously existing state or condition, the\\ndescription of a locality, or explanations interpolated h\u00c3\u00a8re and there,\\nmust be expressed by the imperfect.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "102 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nfamily. At ten, 1 he entered 2 the military 3 school of Bri-\\nenne, where his masters were 2 struck by 4 his extraordinary 3\\nintelligence. At fifteen, 1 he was 2 sent to the military 3 school\\nof Paris. At sixteen, 1 he was 5 second lieutenant in a regi-\\n5 ment of artillery. He rapidly 3 became captain, then com-\\nmander, and he had 5 this rank, when he was sent to the\\narmy which was besieging Toulon, of which the English\\nhad taken possession in 1 793. Thanks to him, Toulon\\nwas taken in a few days, and he was made g\u00c3\u00aanerai. He\\n10 was 5 then twenty-four years old.\\nWhen Bonaparte took 6 command of the Army of Italy\\nin 1796, he was twenty-six. Illustrious 3 g\u00c3\u00aanerais like Auge-\\nreau and Mass\u00c3\u00a9na served 5 under his orders. He explained 7\\nto them his plans for the 8 campaign, and on 9 hearing him,\\n15 Mass\u00c3\u00a9na said to Augereau We h\u00c3\u00a2ve found our master.\\nIn 9 less than 4 a year, from the month of April, 1796, to\\nthe month of February, 1797, the Army of Italy, which was 5\\nvery poorly equipped, and which was lacking in almost ail the\\nnecessaries, 10 carried off twelve great victories. With 55,000\\n20 soldiers, Bonaparte triumphed over 4 more than 4 200,000 ene-\\nmies, killed 11 more than 20,000, took 11 more than 80,000, and\\nreturned 12 to 9 France 13 the greatest g\u00c3\u00aanerai of the Republic.\\n13. MARRIAGE OF NAPOLEON WITH MARIE-LOUISE.\\nEven after ail his victories, Napol\u00c3\u00a9on was considered by\\nthe kings of Europe a parvenu. 14 The 15 son of a poor 16\\n1 add ans. 2 remember that the real canvass of the narrative namely,\\nail parts essential to it must be related in the past definite; entrer h\u00c3\u00a8re\\ngoverns 3 place after the word modified. 4 de. 5 see page 101, foot-\\nnote 17. 6 insert le. 7 exposer. 8 for the; de. 9 en. 10 in almost\\nnecessaries; de presque toutes les choses n\u00c3\u00a9cessaires. n this verb must be\\npreceded by en. 12 revenir. 13 add avec la r\u00c3\u00a9putation du. 14 turn\\nNapol\u00c3\u00a9on, even after was considered (imperfect) by as\\n15 omit this word. 16 petit.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "EASY PROSE COMPOSITION. 103\\nCorsican 1 lawyer, he owed 2 his crown only to 3 himself;\\nthe other kings \u00c3\u00a0nd emperors had received theirs from a\\nlong line 4 of ancestors, and although afraid 5 of him, they\\nconsidered 2 him as greatly 6 beneath them.\\nNapol\u00c3\u00a9on had 7 the weakness of wishing to enter th~e 8 5\\nfamily of kings. While he was a g\u00c3\u00aanerai, he had married\\nJos\u00c3\u00a9phine, widow of General Beauharriais 9 and Jos\u00c3\u00a9phine,\\nafter becoming 10 empress, was 2 very popular in France. As\\nshe had not given him any children, he left 7 her by a di-\\nvorce, for the law permitted 2 divorce in France, and 10\\nhe resolved r to marry a princess.\\nNapol\u00c3\u00a9on thought 11 at first of a sister of the Emperor of\\nRussia, Alexander, but she was refused him. 12 He then 1\\nturned toward Austria and forced the Emperory Francis IL,\\nto give him his daughter, Marie-Louise. The latter was 15\\nregarded 7 by her parents, and she regarded herself, as a\\nvictim.\\nShe abandoned her husband as soon as he was van-\\nquished in 18 14, and took refuge at Vienna, taking with\\nher 13 the Emperor s son, who was called 14 the King of 20\\nRome. After the death of Napol\u00c3\u00a9on, she married an\\nAustrian 1 colonel. As to her son, he lived 7 at the court\\nof Austria, where he bore 2 the title of Duke of Reichstadt.\\nHis thought was 2 unceasingly turned toward France. He\\ndied in 1832, and the remains of this unhappy youth repose 25\\nto-day near 15 those of the princes of the house of Austria.\\n1 place after the word modified. 2 see page 101, footnote 17. 3 ne\\nqu i suite, f. 5 although afraid; tout en ayant peur. 6 fort.\\n7 see page 102, footnote 2. s dans une. 9 turn he had married\\n{\u00c3\u00a9pouser} while he was g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral, Jos\u00c3\u00a9phine, widow of the 10 after\\nbecoming; devenue. n songer 12 lui. 13 takin* with her; empor-\\ntant. u use the active voice. 15 aupr\u00c3\u00a8s de.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COM-\\nPOSITION.\\n1. LES PRECIEUSES RIDICULES.\\n(Comedy byi Moli\u00c3\u00a8re.)\\nThe daughter and ni\u00c3\u00a8ce of a good bourgeois, named\\nM. Gorgibus, are two pedantic maidens 2 who dream 3 of\\nseeing themselves surrounded by wits, people in 4 the fash-\\nion, who talk only 3 in a pretentious style they h\u00c3\u00a2ve changed\\n5 their names of Madelon and 5 Cathos for the more eupho-\\nnious names of Aminte and 5 Polix\u00c3\u00a8ne, and they pose as 6\\npr\u00c3\u00a9cieuses. Gorgibus who, above 7 ail, is a man of practi-\\ncal common 8 sens\u00c3\u00a9, wishes to marry 9 th\u00c3\u00a8se two young girls\\nto 10 two young men of good family, named La Grange and\\nio Du Croisy. Th\u00c3\u00a8se young men express themselves with sim-\\nplicity and naturalness, a fact which does not commend\\nthem to 11 Cathos and 5 Madelon, who dismiss 12 them with\\ncontempt. The two noblemen swear to avenge themselves,\\nand send to the girls, 13 to this effect, two impudent valets,\\n15 who give themselves out 14 for men of quality.\\n1 de. 2 pedantic maidens; deux p\u00c3\u00a9dantes. 3 ne que. 4\\n5 repeat pr\u00c3\u00a9position. 6 en. 7 avant. 8 practical, common gros bon.\\n9 marier this is the only proper verb to use when the English verb\\nhas the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of giving in marriage, or of performing the religious or\\ncivil ceremony of marriage. 10 avec. n a fact them to; ce qui\\nne les recommande pas auprh de. 12 \u00c3\u00a9conduisent. 13 to the girls; chez\\nelles. u omit this word.\\n104", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. 105\\nOur two simpletons take the extravagances of the Marquis\\nde Mascarille and 1 the Vicomte de Jodelet for the perfection\\nof wit and 1 gallantry. Ail at once, the masters arrive, with 2\\nstick in 3 hand, to seek their servants. They do not fail to\\nbanter the coquettes on the choice of their admirers, and 5\\nleave them confounded and overwhelmed with shame. Gor-\\ngibus advises 4 them a little harshly to profit by the lesson,\\nand they disappear under the crushing 5 apostrophe: Go\\nhide yourselves, wretches, 6 go hide yourselves\\n2. AN ADVENTURE OF RABELAIS.\\n(Quart d heure de Rabelais.)\\nThe Cardinal du Bellay, having been sent as ambassador 10\\nto Rome by Francis I., took Rabelais along, in the capacity\\nof 7 doctor. The latter showed very little respect for 8 the\\nPope, and conducted himself in such a way that he was\\nobliged to leave Rome in haste, and to escape to France\\non foot, poorly clad and without money. After 9 numerous 15\\ndays of march, he at last arrived at Lyons. But to con-\\ntinue his journey to Paris with less fatigue, 10 he bethought\\nhimself of a funny 11 stratagem which would h\u00c3\u00a2ve been very\\ndangerous for a man less celebrated. 12\\nHe entered a tavern, and asked for a good room. He 20\\nbegged his 13 hostess to send him a young boy who could 14\\nread and write. As soon as he was alone, 15 he made several\\nlittle packages filled with 16 ashes. The young boy arrives,\\nwith paper, pen, 17 and ink. Rabelais dict\u00c3\u00a2tes several notes\\nto him. On one, were written 18 th\u00c3\u00a8se words, Poison to 25\\n1 repeat pr\u00c3\u00a9position. 2 omit, and replace by le. 3 la. en-\\ngager (a). 5 under the crushing; devant cette foudroyante. 6 vilaines.\\n7 in the capacity of en qualit\u00c3\u00a9 de. 8 9 insert de. 10 turn his\\njourney with less fatigue to {jusqu Paris. n plaisant. vl connu.\\n13 use definite article. u who could; sachant. 15 as soon alone;\\nune fois seul. 16 filled with; de. 17 une plume. 18 sur l un, on lisait.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "106 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nkill 1 the king; on another, Poison to kill the queen;\\non a 2 third, Poison to kill the dauphin. A similar label\\nis prepared for each one of the children of France. Rabe-\\nlais sticks one of th\u00c3\u00a8se labels on each of the packages, 3 and\\n5 says to the boy My child, take care not to 4 speak of this\\nto your raother or 5 any one, for it would endanger 6 your life\\nand mine. He then shut up the whole in his valise, and\\ncalled for 7 dinner. The boy ran at once to relate every-\\nthing 8 to his mother. The latter, trembling with fear, 9 has-\\n10 tened to go to inform the provost of the city. The provost\\nrepairs at once to the tavern and, after a careful search\\nof 10 the room of the traveller, takes possession of him and\\nhis valise. The bad appearance 11 of Rabelais, his evasive\\nanswers during the examination 12 which he had to undergo,\\n15 brought 13 upon him grave suspicions. He repeated 14 without\\nceasing Take good care of 15 my valise, and conduct me\\nto 16 the king; I h\u00c3\u00a2ve strange things to reveal to him. 17\\nHis hands were tied, 18 he was put 18 upon a good horse, and\\ntaken 18 to Paris. He lived well 19 ail the way without having\\n20 to spend a cent, and upon 20 his arrivai in the capital, he\\n4 0_- wa^^rraignetee\u00c2\u00a3ore^j/e kin \u00c3\u00aafc 1^,\\nFrancis I. knew 14 him well. Heasked him where he had\\nleft Monsieur le cardinal du Bellay. Rabelais then related 21\\nhis story. His valise was 21 opened in the 22 pr\u00c3\u00a9sence of ail,\\n25 he swallowed 21 a little of the contents of ail the packages,\\nand proved 21 thus that they were 14 entirely harmless. The\\n1 faire mourir. 2 use defmite article. 3 turn on each pack-\\nage one of the labels. 4 gardez-vous bien de. 5 ni. 6 it would\\nendanger; il y va de. 7 demanda 8 turn ran everything to\\nrelate ^transie de pezir. 10 une perquisition minutieuse dans.\\n11 mine, f. 12 dans V interrogatoire. 13 firent peser. u imperfect.\\n15 p renez fo en garde 16 vers. 17 turn I h\u00c3\u00a2ve to {a) reveal {r\u00c3\u00a9-\\nv\u00c3\u00a9ler) to him things strange. 18 use the active voice. 19 insert pendant.\\n20 d\u00c3\u00a8s. 21 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 22 in the; en.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. 107\\ncourt laughed heartily at the ingenious scheme 1 which he\\nhad imagined to finish his long journey on horseback, 2\\nwithout untying the strings of his purse. 3\\nThis adventure gave rise 4 to the expression, le mauvais\\nquart d heure de Rabelais, that is to say, the moment 5\\nwhen 5 one must pay his bill, G a big bill, especially.\\n3. THE STORY OF JACQUES AMYOT.\\nJacques Amyot was born at Melun, on the third of Octo-\\nber, 15 13. His father was a haberdasher, but he had great\\ntrouble in supporting 7 his family, which consisted of a boy,\\nJacques, and two daughters. Th\u00c3\u00a8se, being older, 8 occupied 10\\nthemselves with the affairs of the shop as for Jacques, he\\nhad no taste for commerce to procure 9 books and 10 devour\\nthem in secret, such was his only ambition. His mother,\\nof whom he was the favorite, had put him at school, where\\nhe 11 quickly learned to read. His father called him lazy, 12 15\\nwhen he found him with 13 a book in his hand.\\nOne day, Jacques resolved to go to Paris. He was hardly\\nthirteen years old, when he left his parents without even say-\\ning good-by to them and without money, poorly clad, wear-\\ning coarse 14 shoes, he took in midwinter the road which led 20\\nfrom Melun to Orl\u00c3\u00a9ans.\\nIt took several days at this time 15 to go from Melun to\\nParis but the poor child, unaware of this 16 distance, had\\n1 heartily scheme; beaucoup du moyen ing\u00c3\u00a9nieux. 2 turn to\\nfinish on horseback his 3 without purse; sans bourse d\u00c3\u00a9-\\nlier. 4 gave rise; a donn\u00c3\u00a9 naissance. r o\u00c3\u00b9. 6 \u00c3\u00a9cot, m. great\\ntrouble in supporting; beaucoup de peine nourrir. 8 being older;\\nles aill\u00c3\u00a9es. 9 use the reflexive form. l replace by pour. n where he\\net il y. 12 called him lazy; le traitait de grand paresseux. 13 omit\\nthis word. 14 wearing coarse; chauss\u00c3\u00a9 de gros. 15 \u00c3\u00a9poque, f. 16 unaware\\nof this; tr\u00c3\u00a8s-ignorant de la.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "108 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nimagined that he could 1 arrive there the same evening.\\nAfter having walked until night without having met 2 any\\none of 3 whom to ask his road, he thought 4 that he had lost\\nhis way, for he had not yet perceived the steeple of the\\n5 Cathedral of Orl\u00c3\u00a9ans. Benumbed with cold, worn out with\\nhunger and fatigue, he lay down near a bush, unable to see 5\\nhis road through the snow which was beginning to fall.\\nHappily, a horseman passed by 6 and heard his groans.\\nOne of his servants took the child up behind him, 7 and a\\nio few drops of cordial quickly revived him. Little Jacques 8\\nthen related his escapade but, when they 9 arrived at Or-\\nl\u00c3\u00a9ans, he was seized with high fever 10 and had lost con-\\nsciousness.\\nThe nobleman who had picked him up on the road, took\\n15 him to the hospital of that city, and intrusted him to the\\ncare 11 of the sisters, whose charity he knew well. 12 The\\nnext day, he came to see him, gave him a letter of recom-\\nmendation to 13 a master in 14 one of the numerous coll\u00c3\u00a8ges\\nof Paris, and went away promising 15 him to go that very\\n20 evening 16 to reassure his mother at Melun, where he was to\\nreturn.\\nThree days of rest completely cured little Jacques, 8 and\\nhe was able to r\u00c3\u00a9sume his journey. 17 He received twelve\\ncents and some provisions before leaving 18 the hospital, so\\n25 that he could gayly finish the rest of his journey. 19 On 15\\n1 conditional pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 2 infinitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 3 4 past definite.\\n5 unable to see; ne reconnaissant plus. 6 pr\u00c3\u00a8s de l\u00c3\u00a0. 7 up behind\\nhim; en croupe. 8 proper nouns preceded by adjectives, require the\\ndefinite article. 9 on. 10 \u00c3\u00a9tait pris d une grosse fi\u00c3\u00a8vre. u use plural.\\n12 dont il connaissait la charit\u00c3\u00a9. 13 pour. 14 de. 15 the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent participle\\nshould be preceded by en when the action which it represents, and that\\nexpressed by the governing verb, are supposed to take place simultane-\\nously. 16 le soir m\u00c3\u00aame. 17 to r\u00c3\u00a9sume his journey; se remettre en route.\\n18 before leaving; avant sa sortie de. 19 he could his journey; qu il\\nfit gaiement le reste du chemin.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. IOO.\\nleaving the hospital, he swore that if ever he became rich,\\nhe would endow this establishment.\\nIn the letter which he had given to Jacques, the kind\\nnobleman asked that his prot\u00c3\u00a9g\u00c3\u00a9 be employed as 1 errand\\nboy and servant of the professors and pupils. If he showed 5\\nany striking disposition 2 for study, he was to be received 3\\nlater within 4 the school.\\nThe master to whora Jacques handed this letter, was a\\nman full of business 5 and naturally gruff. Choose 6 your 6\\nplace at the door, he said to him, and vve shall see about 10\\ngiving you r errands. Then, with 8 a brusque gesture, he\\ndismissed him. But Jacques was of a resolute and persist-\\nent nature which nothing could discourage. 9 The child\\nchose 10 a place in a doorway and carried there a big bunch\\nof straw he settled down comfortably, and supped gayly 15\\non 8 the remains of the provisions which the sisters of Or-\\nl\u00c3\u00a9ans had given him.\\n^The next day, on their way to school, 11 the pupils saw\\nthe little errand boy, seated, his 12 legs hanging over 13 the\\nfresh straw, reading in a book of the 12 Gospels; his pretty 2c\\nface 14 charmed them. Several of 15 them questioned him,\\nand having learned that he was an 12 errand boy, employed\\nhim immediately thus, he earned some few cents from\\nthe very first day. 16\\nImmediately upon 17 his arrivai at Paris, Jacques had 25\\n1 asked that employed as; demandait qiCon employ\u00c3\u00a2t en\\nqualit\u00c3\u00a9 de. 2 use plural. 3 on devait le recevoir. 4 within; l int\u00c3\u00a9rieur\\nde. 5 full of business; affair\u00c3\u00a9. 6 use singular. 7 about giving you;\\nte faire faire. 8 de. 9 which discourage; qui ne se d\u00c3\u00a9courageait\\npoint. 10 use the reflexive form. u on their school; en se rendant\\naux classes. 12 omit this word. 13 sur. H bonne mine. 15 d entre.\\n10 turn he earned thus, from the very {des le) first day, some few cents\\n{quelque menue monnaie). 1T d\u00c3\u00a8s this pr\u00c3\u00a9position, which is some-\\ntimes synonymous with partir de, marks a point of departure in\\ntime.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "110 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nwritten to his mother he soon received word from her\\nthat she was sending him a big loaf of bread by 1 the boat\\nfrom Melun. Every week, she would send him another like\\nit, 2 to prevent him from dying of hunger in the great city.\\n5 He wondered 3 what he could 4 do to prove, some 5 day, his\\ngratitude to this tender mother. To cross the threshold of\\nthe coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, be admitted into it as a 8 pupil, and become a\\nscholar, this was, it seemed to him, 6 the surest means 7\\nbut how was 8 he 8 to reach this goal?\\nio One day, after a holiday, a lady passed by, 8 taking her\\ntwo sons back to the coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. At your service, ladies 7\\nand gentlemen, said little Jacques to them. Why, 9 it is\\nour little errand boy, said one of the pupils to his brother.\\nWe must recommend him to mamma she will give him\\n15 more to do 10 than we. Their mother looked at Jacques\\nand was charmed by his face and his childish gr\u00c3\u00a2ce. 11\\nHaving seen the book which he held in his hand, she\\nquestioned him, and learned of 8 his passionate ardor for\\nreading and learning. Do you 7 wish 7 to accompany my\\n20 sons to coll\u00c3\u00a8ge every day? 12 she asked him kindly.\\nAt my request, the professors will permit you to attend\\nail their lessons, and thus 12 you will be able to learn\\nsomething.\\nThe child, not knowing how to prove his gratitude to\\n25 the good lady, knelt down before her and kissed 13 the\\nhem 14 of her gown.\\n1 turn he received soon from her word (l avis) that a big loaf was\\narriving to him by 2 would send like it; elle devait lui\\nen envoyer un semblable. 3 r\u00c3\u00aavait (a). 4 conditional pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. 5 un.\\n6 c \u00c3\u00a9tait, lui semblait-il. 7 use singular. 8 omit this word. 9 liens.\\n12\\nm\\n10 elle lui fera gagner plus. n childish gr\u00c3\u00a2ce; gentillesse, f.\\nFrench, an adverb or adverbial expression is usually placed immedi-\\nately after the verb, even when the verb has an object; observe that\\nthe reverse is true of English construction. 13 and kissed; en baisant,\\n14 use plural.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. III\\nHe was soon admitted within 1 the coll\u00c3\u00a8ge; he had 2 a\\nlittle room under the roof, and he was authorized 3 to share\\nthe studies of the pupils. His life, from this time on, 4 be-\\ncame a combat mil of ardor.\\nThe big loaf which he received each week from Melun, 4 5\\nassured his subsistence he could 2 add to this 5 some fruits\\nand vegetables, and buy 6 a coat with the small wages which\\nthe kind lady had procured him; 7 he could 2 also 4 buy 6\\nsome books He then 4 resolved 8 to surpass ail his fellow-\\nstudents in his studies. 10\\nAfter rapid progress in the study of Latin, he wished 2\\nto learn the 9 beautiful Greek language, which only 10 a few\\nscholars then 4 knew in France. By dint of work, he suc-\\nceeded 2 in learning Greek. The king, Francis I., had insti-\\ntuted a chair for the teaching of this language. One day, 15\\nJacques was 2 examined by his professors in the 11 pr\u00c3\u00a9sence\\nof Francis I. and his sister, Marguerite de Navarre, who 12\\nalso knew Greek. The king and princess, astounded at\\nhis learning, overvvhelmed him with praises, and took 2 under\\ntheir protection the 9 young scholar, who 11 was 11 to 11 be u one 20\\nof the future glories of France.\\nA few days after, the boat from Melun landed 2 at Paris\\na poor man and his wife clad in the humble garments of\\nthe artisans of that time they were the father and mother\\nof Jacques Amyot. Oh, my dear son! said the happy 25\\nwoman to him, pressing 13 him tenderly upon her heart, I\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve brought 14 thee thy father, who has forgiven thee and 15 is\\nvery proud of thee.\\n1 Pint\u00c3\u00a9rieur du. 2 past definite. 3 use active voice. 4 see\\npage 110, footnote 12. 5 add to this; y ajouter. 6 use the reflexive\\nform. turn which to him had procured (assur\u00c3\u00a9s) the kind lady.\\n8 songea (a). 9 use d\u00c3\u00a9monstrative adjective. 10 qu peine. n omit\\nthis word. 12 insert elle (for emphasis). 13 see page 108, footnote 15.\\n14 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent tense. Yo repeat subject.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "112 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nAmyot was ordained priest, then appoint\u00c3\u00a9e! professor of\\nGreek; later, he became tutor to 1 the children of Henry II.\\nand finally, Bishop of Auxerre. He left in 2 his testament\\na legacy to the hospital of Orl\u00c3\u00a9ans, as he had promised to\\n5 do 3 in his childhood.\\nWe 4 owe him a compl\u00c3\u00a8te translation of the works of\\nPlutarch. The language of Amyot is rich, 5 clear, eminently\\nFrench. His vocabulary, like his syntax, is drawn from the\\nvery traditions 6 of the French language; his expressions\\n10 are lively, picturesque, full of gr\u00c3\u00a2ce and brilliancy. 7 He\\nis at the same time 8 familiar and na\u00c3\u00aff. The success of\\nthis work was 9 rapid and permanent. Until his death, Amyot\\nsaw 9 each year marked by a new \u00c3\u00a9dition. In 10 the seven-\\nteenth century, the French Academy counted 9 him among\\n15 the models of the language, and his place has remained by\\nthe side of Montaigne and Rabelais, among the greatest\\nprose writers of France.\\n4. JEAN-BAPTISTE LULLI.\\n(Creator of the Op\u00c3\u00a9ra in France.)\\nIn 1643, tne Chevalier de Guise was travelling in Italy.\\nHe was preparing 11 to return to France, when he received\\n20 a letter from Mademoiselle, duchesse de Montpensier, 12 in 2\\nwhich she 13 begged 14 him to s\u00c3\u00a9lect 15 a bright child of ten or 10\\ntwelve, of whom she might 16 make a 17 jester. After many\\ninquiries, the chevalier decided 11 upon 18 -a little Florentine\\n1 de. 2 par. 3 as he to do; ainsi qu il en avait pris ren-\\ngagement. 4 on. abondante. 6 singular. 7 fra\u00c3\u00aecheur. 8 at\\nthe same time; en m\u00c3\u00aame temps. 9 past defmite. 10 n re-\\nflexive form. 12 turn received from Mademoiselle, duchesse de\\nMontpensier, a letter 13 celle-ci. 14 imperfect. 15 this\\nverb must be preceded by lui. 16 imperfect of vouloir. 17 son.\\n18 pour.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. II3\\nlad, 1 possessed 1 of a lively imagination and of such 2 sin-\\ngular ugliness that his face, at first sight, provoked 3 laughter.\\nThis child was Jean-Baptiste Lulli. His parents were very\\npoor, but his father was a 1 rather good musician, and Lulli\\nhad learned so early to play on the violin that, at the \u00c3\u00a2ge of 5\\nten, lie was already a remarkable performer. 4 His father\\nand mother consented gladly to a s\u00c3\u00a9paration that was to\\nmake the fortune of their son and soon after, the cheva-\\nlier arrived in France with the future jester of Mademoiselle.\\nThe peculiar physiognomy of Lulli did not find favor with 5 10\\nthe capricious princess. Instead of admitting him to the\\nnumber of her pages, she made him one of her 6 scullions.\\nHe soon became the favorite of the numerous valets of the\\nhouse. During the day, he diverted them by his ingenious\\nwit, 7 and in 1 the evening, he played for 8 them the prettiest 15\\nnational 9 airs of Naples and Florence. He played already\\nwith a wonderful pr\u00c3\u00a9cision, and an originality of ex\u00c3\u00a9cution\\nthat was 10 very extraordinary for a child of his \u00c3\u00a2ge.\\nThe Comte de Nogent, coming one day to pay a visit to\\nthe Duchesse de Montpensier, 11 heard the little virtuoso giv- 20\\ning 12 his habituai 9 concert to the valets of Mademoiselle, on 8\\nthe lower 9 story, in the servants hall. 13 The count stopped\\na moment to listen to the violinist then, attracted by the\\ntalent 14 of the performer, the great lord, attired as he was\\nfor a c\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9monial visit, 15 did not disdain to descend to 16 the 25\\nservants hall, where Lulli was doing wonders 17 on his violin.\\n1 omit this word. 2 of such; d une si. 3 that his provoked;\\nqu elle suffisait premi\u00c3\u00a8re vue pour provoquer. 4 un instrumentiste\\nassez remarquable. 5 did not with ne put trouver gr\u00c3\u00a2ce pr\u00c3\u00a8s de.\\n6 she made him one of her; elle le fit descendre au rang de ses. ses\\nna\u00c3\u00afves saillies. 8 9 place after the nonti. 10 omit that was\\nand a child of. n coming to the Duchesse de M.; qui venait\\nun jour en visite chez la duchesse de A/. l qui donnait. 13 in the\\nservants hall; o\u00c3\u00b9 se trouvait l office. u m\u00c3\u00a9rite, m. 15 tout par\u00c3\u00a9\\nqu il \u00c3\u00a9tait pour une visite d \u00c3\u00a9tiquette. 1G jusqu 17 singular.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "114 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nThe unexpected visit of the count to 1 the Duchesse de\\nMontpensier, changed suddenly the fortunes 2 of Lulli. The\\nnoble visitor spoke in such glowing terms to Mademoiselle\\nof the 3 scullion violinist that she desired 4 to hear him. As\\n5 he had descended from the drawing-room to the kitchen,\\nso 5 now 5 he reascended from the kitchen to 6 the drawing-\\nroom. A caprice had condemned him to an obscure posi-\\ntion, his precocious talent brought him out of it. 7 He had\\nbeen reduced to having for audience only 8 the valets of the\\nio house, yet 5 he deserved 9 to be appreciated by the most\\nbrilliant assembly.\\nThe Duchesse de Montpensier gave 9 a concert, which\\nwas 9 the occasion of a v\u00c3\u00a9ritable triumph for Lulli.\\nThe king organized 10 for him the company 11 of the\\n15 petits violons de la chambre; and this company, 11 of whom\\nLulli was the leader, acquired 12 a European r\u00c3\u00a9putation.\\nH\u00c3\u00a8re ends the childhood of Lulli. His skill 13 as a 5 per-\\nformer had drawn him from obscurity, his genius as a 5 com-\\nposer has rendered him forever celebrated. He is justly\\n20 regarded 14 as the real creator of the op\u00c3\u00a9ra in France. He\\nwas 9 overwhelmed with glory and riches. The king con-\\nferred nobility upon him; 15 and Moli\u00c3\u00a8re, who was a judge\\nof wits, greatly enjoyed the original conversation of 16 Lulli,\\nwho was 9 one of his intimate friends.\\n1 chez. 2 singular. 3 spoke in of; fit Mademoiselle un si\\ngrand \u00c3\u00a9loge du. 4 celle-ci voulut. 5 omit this word. 6 dans. brought\\nhim out of it; Ven fit sortir. 8 on Pavait r\u00c3\u00a9duit n avoir pour\\nauditeurs que. 9 past definite. 10 cr\u00c3\u00a9a. n troupe, f. 12 eut.\\n^\u00e2\u0080\u00a2savoir, m. 14 on le regarde avec justice. 15 conferred him;\\nV anoblit. 16 was a judge conversation; qui se connaissait en\\nhommes d esprit, faisait le plus grand cas des saillies originales de.", "height": "3432", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. I 1\\n5. LA MARE-AU-DIABLE.\\n(By George Sand.)\\nLa Mare-au- Diable is a little masterpiece, destined to\\nlive 1 as long as the French language.\\nGermain, the handsome ploughman, 2 a widower with three\\nchildren, at the \u00c3\u00a2ge of twenty-eight, must marry again for\\nreasons of necessity. 3 P\u00c3\u00a8re Maurice, his fathe r-in-law, 2\\nad vises this 4 by ail kinds of sensible and practical 5 words,\\nand Germain, who still mourns his first wife, consents\\nalthough with 6 regret. P\u00c3\u00a8re Maurice has already some\\none in view; it is a rather rich widow, 2 who lives 7 some\\nleagues from there, and who is said to be 8 a good match. As 10\\nit is not a question of a love marriage, but of an arrangement\\nbetween mature and serious persons, one interview, accord-\\ning to P\u00c3\u00a8re Maurice, will suffice to d\u00c3\u00a9cide everything. 9\\nTo-morrow is Saturday, he says to Germain you 10 will\\nstart about two o clock in 11 the afternoon, you 10 will be down 15\\nthere by 7 night the moon is full just now, 12 the roads are\\ngood, and it is a ride of only three leagues. 13\\nAil the interest and action of the novel centre in this\\njourney. At first, Germain 2 was to take the trip alone,\\nmounted on his good mare, la Grise. But an old neigh- 20\\nbor, la Guillette, profits by 11 the occasion to intrust to\\nGermain her daughter, la petite Marie, who has just\\nbeen hired 14 as a shepherdess quite near the place where\\nGermain is going. 2 Marie seems only a child, yet she is\\ngoing on sixteen. 15 She mounts behind 16 on la Grise, 25\\n1 qui vivra. 2 reverse the order, thus the handsome ploughman,\\nGermain. 3 par n\u00c3\u00a9cessit\u00c3\u00a9, par raison. P y engage. 5 positives. 6 s y\\nrend, bien qu 8 use the active voice, thus that one says to be.\\n9 pour toitt \u00c3\u00a8claircir. 10 use singular form. n de. vl grande dans ce\\nmoment-ci. 13 it is leagues; il n y a pas plus de trois lieues de pays.\\n14 qui vient de s engager. 16 sur ses seize ans. 16 behind; en croupe.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "Il6 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nand both start off, 1 Germain dreaming of his dead wife 2\\nmore than of his future one, 1 and Marie weeping at 3 leav-\\ning her mother and home. 4\\nAfter the first moments of silence, Germain 5 begins to chat\\n5 with petite Marie. She knows the 6 motive of his journey.\\nHe speaks to her of his children, of Pierre who ran away\\nangry, 7 b\u00c3\u00aacause his father would not take him along.\\nBut suddenly, the mare shies. She has seen something in\\nthe ditch. It is Pierre, who has gone ahead, and who, while\\nio waiting for his father to pass, 8 has fallen asleep. Germain\\nscolds-, the little fellow 1 coaxes his father and implores him\\nto take him along. Petite Marie arranges everything,\\nthinks of everything. La Grise is strong 9 and can very\\nwell carry three persons, two of whom 5 weigh so little.\\n15 Pierre shall ride in front and Marie 10 behind. One feels\\nthat this simple child bears within her ail the qualities of\\nnature that make of the thoughtful woman u the providence\\nof the home.\\nMeanwhile, little incidents corne up. Petit Pierre is\\n20 hungry they must 12 stop and take a light repast. Peasants\\ndo not eat quickly; they 13 lose an hour, it is growing late,\\nand they still h\u00c3\u00a2ve the great woods to cross. 14 A dense fog\\nrises with the night. They 13 miss the road and they 13 are in\\nthe heart of the forest. They 13 roam around the awful 15\\n25 Devil s Pool (it is thus that the country people call it 5 and,\\nafter many efforts to 16 get away from it, they 13 are always led\\n1 omit this word. 2 dead wife; d\u00c3\u00a9funte, f. 3 de. 4 le pays. 5 reverse\\nthe order. 6 est au fait du. angry; en boudant. 8 while to\\npass; en attendant son p\u00c3\u00a8re au passage. 9 solide. 10 shall ride in front\\nand Marie sera devant, comme Marie est n which make\\nwoman; qui font que la femme prudente est. ^falloir, followed by\\nthe infinitive. 13 on. 14 it is growing to cross; on est en retard,\\net il reste encore traverser les grands bois. 15 cette maudite. 16 maint\\neffort pour.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. II7\\nback to it as by a spell. They d\u00c3\u00a9cide to 1 stop and camp.\\nH\u00c3\u00a8re, in two chapters entitled Under the Great Oaks\\nand Evening Prayer, we 2 h\u00c3\u00a2ve a s\u00c3\u00a9ries of exquisite and\\nd\u00c3\u00a9licate sc\u00c3\u00a8nes, which h\u00c3\u00a2ve not their equal nor 3 their model\\nin any idyl, classic or modem. 5\\nGermain, like ail men, even the most robust and valiant,\\nis impatient by 4 nature petite Marie, like ail women,\\nwhen they are good, is patience itself. 5 She makes a bed\\nfor the child, lights a 6 fire with dried branches, and opposes\\nher 7 good humor to bad luck. Germain, in the 8 pr\u00c3\u00a9sence 10\\nof this merit which he had never suspected, ponders. 9 His\\nideas begin to take a certain turn. What! he says to\\nhimself, I am going very far to look for a woman whom I\\ndo not know, who is said to be rich, who is proud without\\ndoubt, who will think that she does 10 me a 8 great honor by 15\\nmarrying me with my three children and h\u00c3\u00a8re 11 I h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nclose to me a child, simple, poor, but rich in 4 the gifts of\\nGod, in 4 natural qualities and virtues, and who would be a\\ntreasure in my house and in my heart.\\nMeanwhile, nature speaks Germain is hungry. They 2 20\\ndetach a partridge from a certain pr\u00c3\u00a9sent of game which he\\nwas carrying to his intended. It is again Marie who super-\\nintends 12 this improvised feast. Petite Marie, the man\\nwho marries 13 thee will be no 14 fool! Such is the idea\\nwhich is born irresistibly in the mind of Germain, on seeing 25\\nher so discre\u00c3\u00a9t, so industrious. Marie continues to occupy\\n1 on prend le parti de. 2 on. 3 n ont letir pendant ni. 4 de. 5 m\u00c3\u00aame.\\n6 du. la. 8 omit thisword. 9 s \u00c3\u00a9tonner. 1} the object of croire, penser,\\nand their synonyms, is often an infinitive, while the object of th\u00c3\u00a8se verbs in\\nEnglish is usually expressed by the full clause; thus will think that she\\ndoes me is translated croira me faire. u voil\u00c3\u00a0 que. 12 qui est l inten-\\ndante de. 13 use the future of \u00c3\u00a9pouser this verb is the one commonly\\nused to translate marry as a transitive verb to marry, in the sens\u00c3\u00a9 of\\nto get married, is translated by se marier. 14 ne sera pas un.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "Il8 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nherself with petit Pierre she calms his fears, 1 she\\namuses him, and Germain cannot help remarking There\\nis no one like thee to 2 talk to children. The child says 3\\nhis prayer, which Marie prompts him word by word; 4 his\\n5 eyes close already. But his ideas become confused, and,\\nvaguely mixing ail that he has seen and heard during the\\nevening, he says Father, if you 5 want to give me another\\nmother, I want it to be 6 petite Marie The little angel\\nof innocence expresses thus the idea which has been only\\nio vague and floating until now in the mind of Germain. From\\nthat moment, he perceives that petite Marie, of whom he\\nhad never thought as beautiful, 7 is sweeter 8 than a wild\\nrose, and he goes over every d\u00c3\u00a9tail of the 9 graceful portrait,\\nconcluding thus 10 She is 11 cheerful, she is 11 good, 11 indus-\\n15 trious, 11 loving, and 11 clever. 12 I do not see what one could\\nwish for 13 better.\\nAs soon as the day dawns, 14 Germain proposes to Marie\\nto continue 15 their journey. The young girl then offers 16 to\\nconduct his child to the farm, in order to wash his pretty\\n20 face and clean his clothes, before presenting him to his new\\nmother. The latter is already provided with 13 three suitors.\\nHer vanity and coquetry finish disgusting 17 Germain with 13 a\\nmarriage which has never pleased him. He withdraws from\\nthe ranks of her lovers, and goes to the farm to get his boy.\\n25 There 18 he learns, to his great surprise, that the young girl\\nand Pierre h\u00c3\u00a2ve already gone away. Petite Marie, on\\n1 le rassure dans ses terreurs. 2 pour. 3 fait. 4 which by\\nword; que lui souffle mot mot la petite Marie. 5 use singular form.\\n6 je veux que ce soit la. 7 as beautiful; pour sa beaut\u00c3\u00a9. 8 plus fra\u00c3\u00aeche.\\n9 goes over of the; il se d\u00c3\u00a9taille le. 10 concluding thus; en con-\\ncluant. n c est elle would be the usual subject, but ce, cela, or even \u00c3\u00a7a, is\\nalso used, though rarely, in speaking familiarly of children or young people;\\nail adjectives h\u00c3\u00a8re agr\u00c3\u00a9e in the masculine. 12 dr\u00c3\u00b4le. 13 de. 14 as soon\\ndawns; quand le jour est venu. 15 achever. 16 this verb must\\nbe preceded by lui. 17 ach\u00c3\u00a8vent de d\u00c3\u00a9go\u00c3\u00bbter. 18 arriv\u00c3\u00a9 l\u00c3\u00a0.", "height": "3428", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. I IO,\\narriving at the house of the farmer who had hired her as a\\nshepherdess, had run 1 a serious danger on the part of this\\nbrutal man. She had run away 1 frightened, taking little\\nPierre with her, and she meets Germain in time to h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\nhim protect and avenge her. 2 The farmer is punished, and 5\\nthe three return 3 to their village.\\nGermain tries to forget his adventure by burying himself\\nin his 4 work, but he becomes so sad and so absent-minded\\nthat everybody remarks it. He dares not confess to his\\nfather-in-law that he is in love with Marie, who is too poor 10\\nand too young to be his wife. But he thinks always of her\\nand, at last, he falls into such sadness that his mother-in-law\\nquestions him and learns his secret. She promises to obtain\\nthe consent of her husband to this marriage. But Germain\\ndoes not know if Marie will want to marry a man older than 15\\nshe. At last, authorized by his father to go to see the young\\ngirl and speak to her, he betakes himself to the poor cottage\\nof la M\u00c3\u00a8re Guillette. Marie is alone by the fireside, and\\nso absorbed in her thoughts 5 that she does not hear Germain\\ncorne. 6 The sc\u00c3\u00a8ne which passes between them is as natural 20\\nand as beautiful as ail the others, and petit Pierre reap-\\npears, as in ail the critical situations of the novel. He is\\nthe mediator, and, as it were, 7 the bond between the first\\nwife and the one who will be the second. Germain lifts him\\nup in his arms and, putting him in those of his betrothed, 25\\nhe says H\u00c3\u00a8re, Marie, you h\u00c3\u00a2ve made more than one\\nfellow happy by 8 loving me!\\n1 past indef\u00c3\u00aenite. 2 meets avenge her; retrouve temps Ger-\\nmain pour la prot\u00c3\u00a9ger et la venger. 3 tous les trois s en retournent.\\n4 en se replongeant dans le. 5 so thoughls; si pensive. ti n entend\\npas venir Germain. 7 as it were; comme. 8 he says happy by;\\ntiens, Marie, lui dit-il, t\u00c3\u00aei as fait plus d y un heureux en.", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "120 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\n6. THE SILENT ACADEMY: A TALE OF THE ORIENT. 1\\nThere was at Amadan a celebrated academy, whose first\\nstatute was couched in 2 th\u00c3\u00a8se terms The Academicians\\nshall think much, write little, and talk as little as possible. 3\\nIt was called the Silent Academy, and there was not a real\\n5 savant in ail Persia who was not ambitious to 4 be adraitted\\ninto it. Doctor Zeb, author of an excellent little book,\\nlearned from his remote 5 province that there was a vacancy\\nin 6 the Silent Academy. He d\u00c3\u00a9parts at once, arrives at\\nAmadan; and, presenting himself at the door of the hall\\nio where the Academicians are assembled, he begs the porter\\nto hand the following note to the pr\u00c3\u00a9sident 7 Doctor Zeb\\nhumbly asks to receive the vacancy. 8 The porter at once\\nperformed his 9 errand, but the doctor and his note arrived 10\\ntoo late; the place was 10 already filled. The pr\u00c3\u00a9sident,\\n15 charged with the duty of announcing 11 this sad news to the\\ndoctor, could hardly make up his mind to do it, 12 and did\\nnot know in what way to do it. 13 After having reflected a\\nmoment, he had a large bowl filled with water, 14 but so per-\\nfectly 15 filled that another drop would h\u00c3\u00a2ve made the liquid\\n20 overflow; 16 then, he signed to the porter to introduce 17 the\\ncandidate. He appeared with that simple and modest look\\nwhich almost always accompanies real merit. The pr\u00c3\u00a9sident\\narose and, without uttering a word, he pointed with a dis-\\n1 conte oriental. 2 \u00c3\u00a9tait con\u00c3\u00a7u en. 3 talk as possible; ne parle-\\nront que le moins qu il sera possible. 4 there was ambitious to il\\nn \u00c3\u00a9tait point en Perse de vrai savant qui n e\u00c3\u00bbt V ambition de. 5 his re-\\nmote; au fond de sa. 6 qu il vaquait une place dans. 7 turn to hand\\nto the pr\u00c3\u00a9sident this note. 8 to receive the vacancy; la place vacante.\\n9 s acquitta de la. 10 imperfect. n with announcing; d an-\\nnoncer. 12 could to do it; ne pouvait presque s y r\u00c3\u00a9soudre. 13 in\\nwhat it; comment s y prendre. u he had water; il fit remplir\\nd eau une grande coupe. 15 bien. 16 would h\u00c3\u00a2ve overflow; e\u00c3\u00bbt fait\\nd\u00c3\u00a9border la liqueur. 17 signed introduce; fit signe qu on introduis\u00c3\u00aet.", "height": "3468", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. 121\\nappointed look to 1 the symbolical bowl so exactly filled.\\nThe doctor understood that there was no place left in 2 the\\nAcademy; but, without losing courage, he endeavored to\\nmake the Assembly understand 3 that a supernumerary Acad-\\nemician could do no harm. 4 Seeing a rose leaf at his feet, 5\\nhe picked it up 5 and laid it so delicately on the surface of\\nthe water, that not a single drop escaped from it. 6 At this\\ningenious answer, everybody applauded the rules were set\\naside 7 for that day, and the doctor was admitted 8 by accla-\\nmation. 10\\n7. CHATEAUBRIAND.\\nIn 1791, Chateaubriand explored North America as a 9\\npoet and as an 9 artist, not at ail as a 9 geographer and 9 trav-\\neller. He buried himself in the forests of Upper Canada,\\nlived with the Indian tribes, intoxicated with the majesty of\\nthat magnificent country. 10 He brought back from this 15\\nextraordinary voyage admirable sketches, which were soon\\nto appear under the titles of u Atala, Les Natchez, Ren\u00c3\u00a9. A\\nnewspaper happening to fall into 12 his hands, informed him\\nof the progress 13 of the R\u00c3\u00a9volution, and 14 tore him away from\\nthe New World. He embarked in haste, landed in France 20\\nabout the middle of 1792, and joined 15 the ranks of the\\nEmigr\u00c3\u00a9s of Coblentz. Wounded at the si\u00c3\u00a8ge of Thion-\\nville, he was left for dead at the edge 16 of a wood. Saved\\nalmost by miracle, weak, without resources, he succeeded in\\n1 pointed look to; lui montra d un air afflig\u00c3\u00a9. 2 there was\\nin; qu il n y avait plus de place 3 endeavored understand;\\nsongeait faire comprendre. i could harm; n y d\u00c3\u00a9rangerait rien.\\n5 turn he secs at his feet a rose leaf, he picks it up. c qu il n en \u00c3\u00a9chappe\\npas une seule goutte. 7 were set aside on laissa dormir les r\u00c3\u00a8gles.\\n8 re\u00c3\u00a7u. 9 as a; en. 10 cette nature grandiose. n which titles\\nof d o\u00c3\u00b9 bient\u00c3\u00b4t devaient se d\u00c3\u00a9gage r les cr\u00c3\u00a9ations d des de.\\n12 happening into; tomb\u00c3\u00a9 entre. 13 en instruisant de la ma relie.\\n14 omit this word. 16 joined; alla se jeter dans. 16 at the edge; au coin.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "122 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\ncrossing over to 1 England, where he lived 2 for a few years\\nin indigence and solitude.\\nGifted with an incredible power for work, 3 he earned 4\\nhis bread during the day with translations 5 for publishers,\\n5 and spent 4 his 6 nights in 7 writing his Essai sur les R\u00c3\u00a9vo-\\nlutions.\\nIn 1801, Chateaubriand brought out 8 his graceful Indian 9\\nidyl of Atala, a 10 poetic 9 picture ofthe loves of two young sav-\\nages, a 10 composition full of ravishing 9 descriptions, of inex-\\n10 pressible charm, of exquisite sentiment, 11 and of a dazzling\\nbrilliancy of style. 12 Its 6 success was 2 immense, and the\\nname of Chateaubriand, hardly known the day before, 13 was 2\\nhenceforth popularized in the whole of Europe. In 1826,\\nthere 10 appeared an \u00c3\u00a9dition of his works. It brought him 14\\n15 500,000 francs. But neither the enormous 9 sums which he\\nreceived 2 for his works, nor his pensions, nor the gifts 15 of\\nCharles X. ever sufficed for 16 his sumptuous 9 tastes and his\\nprodigality, and he was 2 constantly tormented by money\\ncares. 17\\n20 He also gave to the public some essays on English 9 liter-\\nature, and a literal 9 translation, in prose, of Milton s Para-\\ndise Lost.\\nChateaubriand was 2 the loyal 9 friend of the celebrated\\nMadame R\u00c3\u00a9camier, who had 4 for him an admiration which\\n25 resembled worship. 18 They had met 19 at the deathbed of\\nMadame de Sta\u00c3\u00abl. In speaking of this friendship, he writes\\n1 in crossing over to; passer en. 2 past definite. 3 with for\\nwork; d une puissance de labeur incroyable. 4 imperfect. 5 des tra-\\nvaux de traduction. 6 use definite article. 7 8 fit para\u00c3\u00aetre. 9 place\\nafter the word modified. 10 omit this word. n turn of a charm\\n{gr\u00c3\u00a2ce, f.) inexpressible, of a sentiment exquisite. 12 dazzling\\nstyle; d utz coloris \u00c3\u00a9blouissant. 13 hardly before; la veille encore\\npeine connu. 14 il en obtint. 15 les g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9rosit\u00c3\u00a9s. 16 ever for;\\nne suffirent jamais 17 des n\u00c3\u00a9cessit\u00c3\u00a9s d argent. 18 ressemblait un\\nculte. 19 faire connaissance.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "MORE ADVANCED PROSE COMPOSITION. 123\\nAgitated by th\u00c3\u00a8se political occupations and disgusted by\\nthe ingratitude of courts, peace 1 of the heart awaited 2 me\\nin the depth of this retreat A\u00c3\u00b4baye-au-Bois) as the cool-\\nness 3 of the woods after a 4 burning 5 plain. Until the\\nend of his life, he reigned 6 without a 7 rival in this salon of 5\\nVAbbaye-au-Bois, the meeting place of most of the 8 con-\\ntemporary 5 celebrities.\\nChateaubriand died on the fourth of July, 1848, in the\\nmidst of the storms of a new 5 r\u00c3\u00a9volution. According to 9 the\\nwish that he had expressed, his remains were placed 10 in a 10\\ntomb erected upon 11 an island near Saint-Malo.\\nIt is there that he rests 12 in a tomb, 13 whose simplicity is\\nnot without majesty. 14 A stone without a 7 name, a cross\\nbehind, 15 Saint-Malo in front, the oc\u00c3\u00a9an and the sky\\nyonder, beyond the horizon where one s gaze loses itself. 16 15\\nAmerica. Ail around him, 7 the sound of the waves, 17 which\\nseems still to feed 18 and to lull the sadness of his so\u00c3\u00bbl and\\nthe eternal melancholy of his thought.\\nThe most salient 5 qualities of Chateaubriand are bril-\\nliancy 19 of style, wealth of imagination, sensibility, passion, 20\\n\u00c3\u00a9loquence, coloring, descriptive 5 power, 20 and fecundity.\\nAlthough 7 admirably gifted in poetic qualities, 21 he was\\nnever successful 22 in poetry.\\n1 placidit\u00c3\u00a9, f. 2 imperfect. 3 le frais. 4 au sortir d une. 5 place\\nafter the noun. 6 tr\u00c3\u00b4na. 7 omit this word. 8 the meeting of\\nthe; o\u00c3\u00b9 se sont rencontr\u00c3\u00a9s la plupart des. 9 suivant. 10 ont \u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9 d\u00c3\u00a9pos\u00c3\u00a9s.\\n11 in a tomb erected upon; dans une tombe \u00c3\u00a9lev\u00c3\u00a9e sur. 12 reposer.\\n13 s\u00c3\u00a9pulture, f. u faste, m. 15 par derri\u00c3\u00a8re. 16 where itself; o\u00c3\u00b9\\nle regard s enfo7ice. 17 le bruit du flot. 18 still to feed; entretenir encore.\\n19 \u00c3\u00a9clat, m.; use definite article before ail th\u00c3\u00a8se nouns. 20 puissance, f.\\n21 in poetic qualities sous le rapport po\u00c3\u00a9tique. 22 turn he has, never-\\ntheless, never succeeded {r\u00c3\u00a9ussir)", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION.\\n1. LITERARY NOTES ON SOME AUTHORS OF THE\\nSEVENTEENTH CENTURY.\\na. Corneille.\\nYouth of Corneille. Pierre Corneille, by a rare combi-\\nnation of qualities, raised dramatic art to such a height that\\nno one has ever excelled him. 1 He was born at Rouen, in\\n1606. He studied law to comply to his parents wishes. 2\\n5 A singular chance gave rise to the poetic genius of the\\nyoung lawyer. A friend having taken him to the house of\\na young lady with whom he was in love, to make him a\\njudge of his good taste, Corneille was so thoroughly con-\\nvinced, 3 that he soon became 4 the rival of his friend. The\\n10 adyenture appeared so comical to him, that, without know-\\ning any rules of dramatic composition, 5 he put it in the form\\nof a 6 comedy. He called his play M\u00c3\u00a9lite, from the name of\\nthe young lady, and went to offer it modestly to some poor\\nactors in 7 Paris, whose fortune it made.\\n15 Corneille and his Brother. Thomas Corneille, brother\\nof the great Corneille, was born in Rouen in 1625. It is\\nprobable that the successes of his brother early turned his\\nattention to 8 the stage; moreover, he possessed genuine\\nand natural talent, and a great faculty for work. 9 It is\\n1 n a pu le d\u00c3\u00a9passer. 2 pour ne pas d\u00c3\u00a9plaire ses parents. 3 add\\nof it. 4 ne tarda pas devenir. 5 aucune r\u00c3\u00a8gle de th\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tre. 6 in\\nthe form of a; en. de. 8 vers. 9 turn he had a true talent\\nnatural and a great faculty for (facilit\u00c3\u00a9, f., de) work.\\n124", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. 125\\ninteresting to know what close unity existed between his\\nbrother and himself. 1 As they had inarried two sisters,\\nthey made but one 2 household and it was only after\\ntwenty-five years of life in common, that the idea occurred\\nto them to divide 3 the property, which, it is true, was not 5\\nvery consid\u00c3\u00a9rable. 4\\nIt is related that the two poets mutually aided each other\\nin the composition of their works. When one of them had\\ntrouble in finding a rhyme, he would open a trap door\\nmade 5 in the floor, and appeal 6 to the other, who was work- 10\\ning below. Thomas Corneille had a prodigious faculty for 7\\nversification. His memory was not less astonishing. He\\ndid not write his trag\u00c3\u00a9dies he composed them in his mind,\\nlearned them by heart, then recited them from beginning to\\nend. 8 Once accepted, he wrote them to give them to the 15\\nactors. The best known of his trag\u00c3\u00a9dies is entitled, The\\nEarl of Essex.\\nExternal Appearance of Corneille. This great man was\\nof a simple and even commonplace appearance. 9 His con-\\nversation was heavy and lacking in charm 10 and vigor. Mar- 20\\nville states that the first time he saw him, he took him for a\\nmerchant of Rouen. On this subject, Corneille describes\\nhimself thus 11\\nJ ai la plume f\u00c3\u00a9conde et la bouche st\u00c3\u00a9rile,\\nEt l on peut rarement m \u00c3\u00a9couter sans ennui 25\\nQue quand je me produis par la bouche d autrui.\\nBut elsewhere, in defending himself from the attacks of the\\nH\u00c3\u00b4tel de Rambouillet, he says\\n1 lui. 2 ayant \u00c3\u00a9pous\u00c3\u00a9 les ils formaient le m\u00c3\u00aame. 3 que les\\nfamilles eurent Vid\u00c3\u00a9e de partager. 4 turn: which was (imperfeci) not,\\nit is true, consid\u00c3\u00a9rable. 5 pratiqu\u00c3\u00a9e. G la demandait. une facilit\u00c3\u00a9\\nprodigieuse de. 8 d un bout l autre. turn had au appearance\\n{ext\u00c3\u00a9rieur, m.) simple and 10 lacking in charm; sans agr\u00c3\u00a9ments.\\n11 on this thus; lui-m\u00c3\u00aame s appr\u00c3\u00a9cie ainsi sous ce rapport.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "126 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nEt mes vers en tous lieux, sont mes seuls partisans;\\nPar leur seule beaut\u00c3\u00a9, ma plume est estim\u00c3\u00a9e,\\nJe ne dois qu moi seul toute ma renomm\u00c3\u00a9e.\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se same critics, to whom Corneille had read Polyeucte,\\n5 at the H\u00c3\u00b4tel de Rambouillet, feared 1 that a woman {Pau-\\nline) who loved at once her husband and her lover, would\\nnot interest 2 any one; 3 and it was precisely this, which 4\\nmade 1 the success of the play. Polyeucte is the master-\\npiece of Corneille, the play in which he has best succeeded\\nio in combining 5 the pathetic with 6 the sublime.\\nCorneille as a 7 Writer of Comedy. Corneille also had\\nthe honor of producing 8 Le Menteur, the best play which\\nhad yet appeared 2 upon 9 the stage, and Moli\u00c3\u00a8re did not\\nhesitate 1 to recognize the worth of this pi\u00c3\u00a8ce. When Le\\nx5 Menteur appeared, he said 10 to Boileau, I had a great\\nd\u00c3\u00a9sire to write, but I was uncertain of what I would write\\nmy ideas were hazy this work settled thern. 11 Without Le\\nMenteur, I should doubtless h\u00c3\u00a2ve written some romantic\\nplays, 12 but I should never h\u00c3\u00a2ve written Le Misanthrope y\\n20 Embrace me, said Boileau to him, this confession\\nis worth the best of com\u00c3\u00a9dies. 13\\nCharacteristics of Corneille. The most salient features\\nof Corneille s genius are the energy, nobleness, and loftiness\\nof his 14 thoughts, power 15 of conception, the incomparable\\n25 vigor with which he cr\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tes 16 and develops his subjects, the\\nabundance and variety of his dramatic er\u00c3\u00afects, the moral\\nbeauty of his 14 characters, manly \u00c3\u00a9loquence of expression,\\n1 past defmite. 2 tell why this verb must be put in the subjunctive.\\n3 replace by pas. 4 this, which; ce qui. 5 the play combining;\\no\u00c3\u00b9 il a su le mieux allier. G et. 7 as a; comme. 8 le m\u00c3\u00a9rite de donner.\\n9 10 after a direct quotation, the subject should follow the predicate.\\n11 vint les fixer. V2 f aurais fait, sans doute, quelques pi\u00c3\u00a8ces d intrigues.\\n13 voil\u00c3\u00a0 un aveu qui vaut la meilleure com\u00c3\u00a9die. 14 des. 15 la puis-\\nsance. 16 f\u00c3\u00a9conder.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. 127\\nand that admirable faculty of rising to the sublime, naturally\\nand without effort, at one bound, and sometimes by a single\\none of those expressions 1 which wring from the spectator\\ncries of enthusiasm, and tears of admiration.\\nCommentary of Sainte-Beuve. His heroines, his ado- 5\\nr\u00c3\u00a2bles furies, almost ail 2 resemble one another; their love is\\nsubtle, complex, and cornes from the head rather 2 than the\\nheart. One feels that Corneille did not know women well. 3\\nIn a word, Corneille, a pure but incompl\u00c3\u00a8te genius, with his\\ngreat qualifies 4 and his faults, reminds me of those great 10\\ntrees whose trunks are bare, rugged, sad,.and uniform, and\\nwhose summits only, are adorned with branches and sombre\\nverdure. 5\\nLast Days of Corneille. The success 6 of Racine sad-\\ndened the old \u00c3\u00a2ge of Corneille, and pecuniary troubles 7 15\\ndarkened his last days. It is well known 8 that Corneille\\nreceived 12 a pension of two thousand francs, which ceased\\nbeing paid to him at the death of Colbert. In the last\\nmonths of his life, illness exhausted his resources. Boileau,\\nhaving been informed of his cruel situation, hastened 9 to 20\\nVersailles and offered the king the sacrifice of his own pen-\\nsion. I cannot without shame, he said to Madame de\\nMontespan, receive a pension from the king, whilst a man\\nlike Corneille is deprived of one. 10 Louis XIV. hastened to\\nsend a hundred louis to the illustrious patient. Two days 25\\nlater, 11 Corneille expired 12 at the \u00c3\u00a2ge of seventy-eight.\\n1 mot, m. 2 place immediately after the verb. 3 connaissait peu\\n4 a pure qualities; g\u00c3\u00a9nie pur, incomplet avec ses hautes parties.\\n5 turn trees, bare, rugged, sad, and uniform by the trunk, and adorned\\nwith sombre verdure only at their summit. plural. embarras, m.\\n8 on sait. 9 having been hastened; inform\u00c3\u00a9 de sa position cruelle,\\ncourut. 10 en serait priv\u00c3\u00a9. n apr\u00c3\u00a8s. 1 imperfect.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "128 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nb. Moli\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nLe Bourgeois Gentilhomme. Durin g the pr\u00c3\u00a9sentation\\nof the Bourgeois Gentilhomme, played for the first time in\\nthe Ch\u00c3\u00a2teau de Chambord, the inscrutableness of the king\\nkept the courtiers from applauding. The poet s enemies\\n5 triumphed 1 over this silence, which they interpreted 2 unfa-\\nvorably, and Moli\u00c3\u00a8re vvaited 1 with anxiety for the second\\nperformance, hoping that the king would finally d\u00c3\u00a9clare\\nhimself. And, 3 sure enough, after having heard the pi\u00c3\u00a8ce a\\nsecond time, he sent for him and said to him I did not\\nio speak to you of your play the first day, because I was afraid 4\\nof being captivated by the manner in 5 which it had been\\npresented but truly, Moli\u00c3\u00a8re, you h\u00c3\u00a2ve written nothing yet 6\\nwhich has so greatly entertained me. 7\\nGenerosity of Moli\u00c3\u00a8re. Moli\u00c3\u00a8re enjoyed 2 an income of\\n15 30,000 or 8 40,000 livres, a very great fortune for those\\ntimes. He spent 2 a great part of it in liberalities. 9 It was 10\\nhe who advised young Racine to write u for the stage he\\ngave him a hundred louis after he had composed 12 his first\\ntragedy. It was 10 also 13 Moli\u00c3\u00a8re who trained 1 the celebrated\\n20 actor, Baron. Moli\u00c3\u00a8re had noticed him in a troupe of\\nchildren who were playing 14 in Paris. He took 1 him to his\\nhouse and treated x him like a son.\\nOne day, Baron came to him to say 15 that a poor come-\\ndian from the 3 province was asking for a little help 16 to go t\u00c3\u00b4\\n1 past definite. 2 imperfect. 3 omit this word. 4 past indefinite. de.\\n6 vous n avez oicore rien fait. 7 has me; m ait plus diverti. s\\n9 singular. 10 pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. n travailler. 12 when no interval of time is sup-\\nposed to h\u00c3\u00a2ve elapsed between the occurrence of two actions in the past, the\\nearlier action is described by the past anterior; the later, by the past definite.\\nEx. il lui donna cent louis apr\u00c3\u00a8s qu il eut compos\u00c3\u00a9 note that the past ante-\\nrior is almost always introduced by such words as des que, aussit\u00c3\u00b4t que, lors-\\nque, quand, apr\u00c3\u00a8s que, etc. 1S encore. 14 add la com\u00c3\u00a9die. 15 annoncer.\\n18 un l\u00c3\u00a9ger secours.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. I2Q,\\njoin his troupe. How much must I give him? asked\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re. Four pistoles will be quite 1 sufficient, replied\\nBaron. Give him four pistoles from 2 me; but h\u00c3\u00a8re are\\ntwenty more 3 that I shall give him from 2 you. I want him\\nto know that it is to you that he owes the service I am 5\\ndoing him.\\nThe Supper at 4 Auteuil. The usual society of Moli\u00c3\u00a8re\\nwas composed 5 of Boileau, 4 La Fontaine, 4 Racine, 4 the musi-\\ncian Lulli, 4 the painter Mignard, and 4 Chapelle. They were\\nin the habit of meeting from time to time at Auteuil, at 10\\nBoileau s house.\\nOne evening, Chapelle did the honors of the wine cellar\\nso well, that ail the guests became intoxicated. The wine\\nhad the effect of making them ail extremely low spirited. 6\\nOne of them happened to quote this maxim of an ancient 15\\npoet 7 The first happiness of man is not to h\u00c3\u00a2ve been\\nborn at ail 8 and the second, is to die. The company, but\\na moment since so gay, immediately formed the resolution to\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve an end of 9 life. They rose, 10 embraced one another and\\nstarted. On the way, Moli\u00c3\u00a8re, who was less intoxicated than n 20\\nthe others, remarked 12 that such a noble deed should not be 10\\nhidden by the darkness 13 of the night, and that it deserved\\nto be performed 14 in broad daylight. They stopped, 10 and\\nexclaimed as they looked at one another, 15 He is right\\nThe following day changed their ideas, and they thought it 25\\nwas wise to 16 bear a little longer 17 the miseries of life.\\n1 bien. 2 pour. 3 en voil\u00c3\u00a0 vingt autres. 4 de. 5 reflexive form.\\n6 had the spirited; les jeta dans la morale la plus lugubre. 7 omit\\nthis vvord. 8 happiness at ail; bonheur est de ne point na\u00c3\u00aetre.\\n9 immediately end of; prend aussit\u00c3\u00b4t le parti d eu finir avec.\\n10 put this and following verbs in the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. n who was. than;\\nmoins pris que. 12 remarked; leur repr\u00c3\u00a9sente cependant. 13 hidden\\nby the darkness; ensevelie dans les t\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a8bres. u faire. 15 exclaimed\\nanother; se disent en se regardant. I0 thought it was wise to; jug\u00c3\u00a8rent\\npropos de, 1T a little longer; encore.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "I30 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nBon Mot of the Prince de Cond\u00c3\u00a9. After a performance\\nof Le Misanthrope, Boileau was congratulating Moli\u00c3\u00a8re on\\nthis admirable masterpiece. You will see something much\\nfiner yet, 1 said his friend to him. He was thinking of 2\\n5 Tartufe, which is regarded as one of the most perfect works\\nof the great poet. This comedy raised against Moli\u00c3\u00a8re a\\nperfect storm. 3 A vicar in 4 Paris went so far as to say 5 in\\na pamphlet that so dangerous a raan should be burned. 6\\nThe king was surprised at this indignation and, in a con-\\n10 versation which he had with the Prince de Cond\u00c3\u00a9, he men-\\ntioned a certain 7 play in which God was insulted, and which\\nhad, nevertheless, been tolerated. Sire, answered the\\nprince, in that play, God only is insulted, 8 whilst Moli\u00c3\u00a8re\\nattacks 9 men.\\n15 Moli\u00c3\u00a8re s Comments on Corneille. 10 One day, while Mo-\\nli\u00c3\u00a8re was dressing, two wits came in and spoke with great\\neulogy of a tragedy of Corneille, played the day before for\\nthe first time. Moli\u00c3\u00a8re listened 11 to them without saying a\\nword. 12 Well, gentlemen, he said to them when he was\\n20 dressed, you believe then that Corneille is the author of\\nwhat you heard Learn that there is a little sprite that has\\ntaken a fancy to him. 13 When he sees that Corneille is\\nsitting down at his desk to bite his finger-nails, and attempt\\nto write 14 a few verses, then the little sprite goes up to him 15\\n25 and dict\u00c3\u00a2tes to him four, eight, ten, sometimes even 10 twenty\\nverses at a time, which are above everything that a man can\\ndo. After which, the little sprite goes away 17 a few steps, say-\\n1 something much finer yet; bien autre chose. 2 voulait parler du.\\n3 raised storm; souleva contre Moli\u00c3\u00a8re une violente temp\u00c3\u00aate. 4 de.\\n5 so far as to say; jusqu dire. 6 that burned; qu il fallait br\u00c3\u00bbler\\nun homnie aussi dangereux. 7 mentioned a certain; il lui fit observer telle.\\n8 on ri offense que Dieu. 9 s attaquer 10 turn Moli\u00c3\u00a8re on Corneille.\\n11 imperfect. 12 sans mot dire. 13 qui Pa pris en affection. 14 faire.\\n15 goes him; s approche. 16 quelquefois m\u00c3\u00aame jusqu 17 se retirer.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. 131\\ning l Let us see how the poor fellow is going to get on by\\nhimself 1 Then, Corneille writes the following ten, twenty,\\nthirty verses, 2 vvhich are entirely commonplace, and some-\\ntimes even bad. 3 The next day, the same game begins again\\nbetvveen the sprite and Corneille. Take care, gentlemen, not 5\\nto confound the tvvo authors one is a man, the other is more\\nthan a man.\\nc. Boileau.\\nBoileau Despr\u00c3\u00a9aux was born at Paris in 1636. He\\nmade himself 4 celebrated by his Satires, his Ep\u00c3\u00aetres, and\\nhis 5 Art po\u00c3\u00a9tique. In his Satires, Boileau had 6 two ob- 10\\njects to make war upon 7 bad poets and to sanction\\nlegitimate r\u00c3\u00a9putations. He successively attacked ail fash-\\nionable foibles, and covered with ridicule ail the versifiers\\nthat showed neither taste nor talent. 8\\nBoileau had made himself known 9 early at court by his 15\\nworks. He was forty-seven years old, when he was received\\nat the French Academy. The king having asked him one\\nday if he made part of that illustrious body, he 10 answered 10\\nSire, I do not; 11 I am not worthy of it. You shall\\nbe, 12 replied the king; Iwishit. The Academy having 20\\nelected La Fontaine, the king refused to sanction this \u00c3\u00a9lec-\\ntion. Some time after, the Academy admitted 13 Boileau.\\nIt is a good choice, said Louis XIV. everybody will\\napprove 14 now, you may appoint La Fontaine.\\nLouis XIV. alvvays treated 15 him with great 16 consid\u00c3\u00a9ra- 25\\n1 the poor himself; ce vilain va faire tout seul. 2 les dix,\\nvingt de suite. 3 o\u00c3\u00b9 il r\u00c3\u00bby a rien que de tr\u00c3\u00a8s commun, o\u00c3\u00b9 m\u00c3\u00aame\\nil y a souvent du mauvais. 4 se rendre. 5 use derinite article. 6 se\\nproposa. 7 8 that showed neither talent; sans go\u00c3\u00bbt et sans\\ntalent. 9 in French construction, when two verbs corne close together\\nanc] the first is not an auxiliary, the second is always an infinitive. 10 omit\\nthis word. n tum I am not of it. Xl verb must be preceded by en.\\n13 recevoir. 14 applaudir. 15 past dehnite. 10 beaucoup de.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "132 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\ntion, and he consult\u00c3\u00a9e! 1 him as an infallible judge in mat-\\nters of taste. The critic sometimes expressed 1 his way 2 of\\nthinking, with a frankness which bordered upon 3 bluntness.\\nThe king asked 1 him, one day, what authors had best suc-\\n5 ceeded in comedy. I know of 4 only one, he replied,\\nand that is Moli\u00c3\u00a8re. Ail the others h\u00c3\u00a2ve written 5 only\\nfarces, like those wretched 6 plays of Scarron.\\nOne day, Louis XIV. asked 7 his opinion about some\\nverses which he had amused himself by 8 writing. 5 Sire,\\n10 cleverly replied Boileau, nothing 9 is impossible to your\\nMajesty. You 10 h\u00c3\u00a2ve desired to write 5 poor 11 verses, and\\nyou h\u00c3\u00a2ve succeeded admirably. 12\\nBoileau, so inflexible in matters of taste and so pitiless\\ntoward poor 11 works, was 1 kind and gentle in his 13 private\\n15 life, and his conversation, as he 14 says himself, had 1 neither\\nnails nor claws. 15 Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 nsed to say that\\nhe was 1 tender in prose and cruel in verse. Several inci-\\ndents 16 attest the generosity of his heart. Patru, the creator\\nof forensic \u00c3\u00a9loquence, having fallen into the greatest need,\\n20 saw himself reduced to selling his fine 17 library. Boileau\\nlearned that he was going to sell 18 it for a rather modest\\nsum 19 he immediately offered him a third more for it, 20\\npaid it, and laid down as a 21 condition that Patru should\\nkeep his books until his death.\\n25 Boileau died at the \u00c3\u00a2ge of seventy-five 1 7 1 1 and was\\nburied in 8 the Sainte-Chapelle.\\n1 imperfect. 2 fa\u00c3\u00a7on, f. 3 bordered upon; tenait de la. 4 omit\\nthis word. 5 faire. 6 vilaines. 7 verb must be preceded by lui.\\n8 9 both n\u00c3\u00a9gatives pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de the verb. 10 elle to agr\u00c3\u00a9e with\\nmajest\u00c3\u00a9. n mauvais. 12 you admirably; elle y a parfaitement\\nr\u00c3\u00a9ussi. 13 use definite article. u insert le. 15 reverse the order.\\n16 trait, m. 17 riche. 18 donner. 19 une somme assez modique. 20 he\\nfor it; il lui en offrit aussit\u00c3\u00b4t un tiers de plus. 21 laid down\\nas a; mit pour.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. 133\\nd. La Fontaine.\\nYouth of La Fontaine. Jean de La Fontaine was boni\\nin 162 1 at Ch\u00c3\u00a2teau-Thierry, where his father was inspector\\nof the rivers and forests. 1 His \u00c3\u00a9ducation was rather neg-\\nlected, and nothing in his youth 2 revealed what he was to\\nbe one day. At home, he was remarkable only for 3 his 5\\nindolence, uselessness, and a keen love of 4 pleasure. 5 His\\nfather tried to tear him away from his laziness and excesses,\\nby 6 giving tip his office to him, and 6 marrying him to 7 a\\nyoung lady of great merit, witty, amiable, and graceful.\\nBut La Fontaine manifested 8 the same nonchalance in his 10\\nnew position, 2 and accustomed himself to living as if he had\\nneither office nor wife. If he visited his old trees and his\\nstreams, it was doubtless only to enjoy the pleasure 5 of a\\nsolitary walk or r\u00c3\u00aaverie.\\nLa Fontaine and his Son. La Fontaine gradually 2 sep- 15\\narated himself from 9 his family, and at the end of a few\\nyears, left 10 his wife and son without divorce suit or 11 scan-\\ndai. He even 2 finished, they say, by forgetting that he was\\nmarried. One day, at 12 an entertainment, 2 he met a young\\nman whose distinguished manners delighted 13 him from the 20\\nfirst. As he was warmly praising him, some one said to\\nhim Why, he is your son 14 Ah, indeed, I am very\\nglad of it, he replied coldly.\\nRabelais was the favorite author of La Fontaine he had\\nfor him a boundless admiration, and when he wished to 25\\n1 ma\u00c3\u00aetre des eaux et for\u00c3\u00aats. 2 place directly after the verb; this note\\nmay refer either to adverbs or adverbial phrases, when their place in the\\nsentence is not the same in both languages. 3 la maison paternelle,\\nil ne se fit remarquer que par. 4 penchant (m.) pour. plural. 6 eu.\\n7 avec. 8 apporter. 9 s -1 \u00c3\u00a9loigner de. l0 se s\u00c3\u00a9parer de. n replace by sans.\\n12 dans. 13 plaire 14 comme il en faisait l \u00c3\u00a9loge C est votre fils, lui\\ndit-on. Observe that in French, words that serve to introduce a quotation,\\ninstead of preceding it, are often found after it, or Connecting parts of it.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "134 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nexpress his approbation in the most emphatic manner, 1 he\\nwould say It is as 2 beautiful as Rabelais\\nAbsence of Mind 3 of La Fontaine. Boileau and Racine\\ntried to reconcile La Fontaine to 4 his wife, and persuaded\\n5 him to make a trip to Ch\u00c3\u00a2teau-Thierry with 5 this object. 6\\nHe went off with 5 this laudable intention; but not flnding 7\\nhis wife, he went to see a friend with whom he spent the\\nnight joyously, and le,ft the next day, pleased with his jour-\\nney, and not remembering that he had had any other\\nio object in coming than that of 8 diverting himself.\\nAfter the publication of the Fables, Louis XIV. once\\nmore 2 bestowed his favors upon the poet, whose pension\\nhad been suspended, on account of his attachment to the\\nfallen minister, Fouquet. The king even 6 permitted La\\n15 Fontaine to offer him his book in person. 6 The poet went\\nto Versailles to pr\u00c3\u00a9sent it to the king, recited his speech\\nvery well, 6 and forgot only one thing, namely, to 9 bring his\\nFables. The king, nevertheless, 6 received him kindly and\\npresented him with a purse full of gold. Hardly had he\\n20 returned home, 10 than 2 the poet perceived that he had lost\\nhis purse. It was found 11 under the cushion of the carriage\\nthat had brought him back.\\nMadame de La Sabli\u00c3\u00a8re often 6 reproved him for his ab-\\nsence of mind, 3 which bordered sometimes upon rudeness.\\n25 A rich financier had invited him to dinner, in the hope\\nthat he would amuse his guests. La Fontaine ate and\\nkept 12 silence. As the dinner dragged on, he got tired and\\nrose from the 2 table, under the 2 pretext of going to the\\nAcademy. He was made to observe 13 that it was not yet\\n1 de la mani\u00c3\u00a8re la plus expressive. 2 omit; this note may refer either\\nto single words or phrases. 3 distractions. 4 avec. 5 dans. 6 see page\\n133, footnote 2. 7 tnrn not having met. 8 any other object in coming\\nthan that of; un autre but que celui de. 9 namely, to; ce fut de. 10 had\\nhe home; de retour chez lui. n on la retrouva. 12 insert le. 13 on\\nlui fit observer.", "height": "3420", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. 135\\ntime. Well, said he, I will take the longest way and\\nhe went out. One is not surprised that Madame de La\\nSabli\u00c3\u00a8re often said to him Truly, my dear La Fontaine,\\nyou would be very stupid, if you were not so clever. 1\\nLa Fontaine s Friends. Among the friends and pro- 5\\ntectors of La Fontaine, we must include Turenne, Cond\u00c3\u00a9,\\nthe Prince de Conti, and the Prince de Vend\u00c3\u00b4me, with\\nwhom he lived upon terms of 2 an amiable familiarity.\\nSome ladies of the court treated him with extr\u00c3\u00aame kind-\\nness; 3 for instance, 4 the Duchesse de Bouillon, Madame de\\nSe vigne, Madame de La Fayette, Madame de La Sabli\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nand Madame d Hervart.\\nMadame de La Sabli\u00c3\u00a8re gave 10 him for more than tvventy\\nyears his board and lodging, 5 and provided 10 for 6 ail his\\nneeds. A remark of this lady s 7 shows upon what a 15\\nfamiliar footing La Fontaine lived in her house. One\\nday that she had dismissed ail her servants, she said 8\\nI h\u00c3\u00a2ve sent away ail my household; 9 I h\u00c3\u00a2ve kept only\\nmy dog, my cat, and La Fontaine.\\nAnecdote about Baruch. The private life of La Fon- 20\\ntaine was 10 scandalous, and Racine tried 10 in vain to exert\\nover him a salutary influence. One day, when 11 he had\\ntaken him to church, he gave 10 him the Bible to entertain\\nhim. La Fontaine fell 10 upon the book of the prophet Ba-\\nruch, and he was filled with admiration for him. 12 This 25\\nBaruch was a great genius; 13 who was he? he asked his\\nfriend. The next day, he went about repeating 14 in the\\nx n aviez pas tant d esprit. 2 upon terms of; dans. 8 l accueillirent\\navec une extr\u00c3\u00aame bienveillance. 4 omit for instance. 6 le vivre et le\\ncouvert. 6 un mot de cette dame. 8 see page 133, footnote 14.\\n9 tout mon monde. 10 past definite. 11 que. 12 he was him; en\\nfut ravi d admiration. 13 d\u00c3\u00a9tail un beau g\u00c3\u00a9nie que Baruch; note this\\ninverted form of expression, which is more emphatk than the logical order\\nwould be. 14 allait r\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9tant.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "I36 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nstreet to every person of his acquaintance whom 1 he 1 met i 1\\nH\u00c3\u00a2ve you read Baruch? He was a great genius.\\nIt was during his sojourn at the house of Madame de\\nLa Sabli\u00c3\u00a8re that La Fontaine composed the greater part\\n5 of his Fables. He was in the habit of reading ail his\\nverses to her before publishing the m, or showing them\\neven to his friends. One day, he sent a pi\u00c3\u00a8ce of verse to\\nRacine and wrote to him 2 Above ail, 2 do not show\\nthem to any one, for Madame de La Sabli\u00c3\u00a8re has not yet\\n10 seen them.\\nThe Duchesse de Bouillon, in calling La Fontaine her\\nfablier, seemed to imply that he had produced fables\\nas a tree produces fruit. 3 Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 used to\\nsay of La Fontaine s volume 1 of fables It is a basket of\\n15 cherries one wishes to pick out the finest, and the basket\\nis emptied. 4\\nFouquet, Protector of La Fontaine. Fouquet, who had\\ndeclared himself the protector of artists and men of letters,\\nconceived a friendship for La Fontaine, attached him to his\\n20 person, and gave him 5 a pension of a^housand livres, on\\ncondition that he would acknowledge the receipt of it, 6\\nevery quarter, by a pi\u00c3\u00a8ce of verse, a l ballad or madrigal.\\nFrom that time, the poet took up his r\u00c3\u00a9sidence in Paris,\\nwhere he became intimate 7 with Boileau, Racine, and Mo-\\n25 li\u00c3\u00a8re. Racine, especially, though eighteen years younger\\nthan he, 8 loved him and was loved by him. The absence of\\nmind 9 and the na\u00c3\u00afvet\u00c3\u00a9 of La Fontaine enlivened the meet-\\nings at 10 Auteuil. They 11 called him le bonhomme and\\nlaughed sometimes at his expense. 12 Let us not make fun\\n1 omit this word. 2 surtout, lui \u00c3\u00a9crivait-il. 3 names of fruit trees\\ngenerally end in ier. 4 reste vide. 5 conceived gave him; prit\\nLa Fontaine en amiti\u00c3\u00a9, se V attacha et lui fit. 6 that he of it;\\nqu il en acquitterait. se lia intimement. 8 quoique moins \u00c3\u00a2g\u00c3\u00a9 que\\nlui de 9 plural. 10 de. n on. 12 ses d\u00c3\u00a9pens.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. 137\\nof the bonhomme, he will live longer than we, perhaps, 1\\nsaid Moli\u00c3\u00a8re, vvho ahvays 1 took his part. 2\\nEpitaph, composed by La Fontaine himself during 3\\nthe time of his worldly life\\nJean s en alla comme il \u00c3\u00a9tait venu, 5\\nMangeant son fonds avec son revenu,\\nCroyant tr\u00c3\u00a9sor chose peu n\u00c3\u00a9cessaire.\\nQuant son temps, bien sut le dispenser\\nDeux parts en fit, dont il voulait passer\\nL une dormir et l autre ne rien faire. 10\\ne. Racine.\\nVoltaire s Opinion of Racine. 4 Jean Racine is the most\\naccomplished poet of the French language as regards 5 the\\nharmony, purity, and charm of his verse. 6 When some one\\nasked Voltaire to write a commentary of 7 Racine, as he had\\ndone for 8 Corneille, he ansvvered I h\u00c3\u00a2ve none to make 15\\nwhat I should h\u00c3\u00a2ve to do, would be to put 9 at the bottom\\nof every page beautiful, harmonious, admirable, pathetic,\\nsublime Upon rereading Mithridates, Voltaire said of\\nRacine This is 10 the poet of the universe who has best\\nunderstood 11 the human heart. The 1 2 more one reads Ra- 20\\ncine, the 12 more one discovers in him 13 a unique talent, set\\noff by ail the delicacies of art. If there is anything on\\nearth that approaches 14 perfection, it is he. On 15 the\\nsubject of the admirable tragedy of Athalie, Voltaire ex-\\nclaimed: 16 What style! What poetry What a man 25\\nwas 17 this Jean Racine How he goes straight to the\\n1 see page 133, footnote 2. 2 parti, m. 8 dans. 4 Racine com-\\nment\u00c3\u00a9 par Voltaire. 5 as regards; pour. 6 plural. sur. 8 tum\\nas he of them had made one on. 9 to do put; dire, ce serait\\nde //lettre. 10 voil\u00c3\u00a0. n conna\u00c3\u00aetre. 12 omit this word. 13 translate in\\nhim by lui and place before the verb. u sur terre quelque chose qui ap-\\nproche de la. 15 16 imperfect. 17 replace by que.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "I38 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nheart I am tempted to throw everything I h\u00c3\u00a2ve written\\ninto the fire, when I reread his works. 1\\nRacine s Answer to the Prince de Cond\u00c3\u00a9. The attrac-\\ntions of the court, which he had not ceased frequenting,\\n5 although he had retired 2 from the world, did not equal\\nthe joy that he felt 3 at being in the bosom of his family. 4\\nAs he was returning from Versailles one day, 5 a son of the\\ngreat Cond\u00c3\u00a9 came up 6 to him to say that they were expect-\\ning him at dinner. I shall not h\u00c3\u00a2ve the honor of going\\n10 there, he answered it is more than a week since 7 I\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve seen my wife and children, who are looking forward\\nto eating 8 with me to-day 5 a very fine carp. I cannot\\nexcuse myself from dining with them.\\nPh\u00c3\u00a8dre. This tragedy was written after a sort of chal-\\n15 lenge. One day, in a drawing-room, 5 Racine insisted that\\nthe suffering 9 of a guilty person could, 10 if 6 treated with\\ntalent, excite a deeper compassion than that of a virtuous\\nperson. In this tragedy, he tried to interest the spectators\\nin 11 the fate of Ph\u00c3\u00a8dre, victim of a guilty and unconquer-\\n20 able passion.\\nAfter having produced Ph\u00c3\u00a8dre, Racine, though 6 still\\nyoung and in the z\u00c3\u00a9nith of 12 his literary glory, suddenly 13\\ngave up the stage and ceased, not only writing for the\\nstage, 14 but even attending the performance of his trage-\\n25 dies.\\nRacine s Family. Racine married Mademoiselle de\\nRomanet, daughter of a Comptroller of the Finances.\\nShe was a pious and sensible woman, 15 but without any\\n1 everything works; au feu tout ce que j ai fait quand je le relis.\\n2 quoiqu il se f\u00c3\u00bbt retir\u00c3\u00a9. 3 \u00c3\u00a9prouvait. 4 at being family; d \u00c3\u00aatre au\\nmilieu des siens. 5 see page 133, footnote 2. 6 omit this word. 7 il y a\\nplus de huit jours que. 8 who are eating; qui se font une f\u00c3\u00aate de\\nmanger. 9 malheur, m. 10 imperfect. n 12 in the z\u00c3\u00a9nith of; dans\\ntoute. 13 brusquement, 14 sc\u00c3\u00a8ne, i. 15 personne, f.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. I39\\nappr\u00c3\u00a9ciation 1 of literature. She had never set foot in\\na th\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tre, and knew the plays of her husband only by 2\\nname. Racine had seven children; his one fear was to 3\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve a poet among them. 4 He used to tell his eldest son\\nthat success 5 does not make a 6 poet happy, and he con- 5\\nfessed that the least criticism had pained him more than\\nthe greatest praises had given him 7 pleasure. Do not\\nbelieve, he used to say, that it is 8 my verses which\\nprocure me the attention 9 of the great. 5 Corneille writes\\nverses a hundred times more beautiful than mine, and yet 10\\nnobody looks at him. Instead of wearying the people of\\nsociety with conversations about my works, I converse with\\nthem 10 of things which please them. My idea 11 with them is\\nnot to make them feel 12 that I h\u00c3\u00a2ve wit, but to 2 inform 13\\nthem that they h\u00c3\u00a2ve. Thus, when you see Monsieur le duc 15\\nde Bourbon spending whole hours with me, you would be\\nsurprised, if you were pr\u00c3\u00a9sent, to notice that he often goes\\nout without my having said four words. 14 But little by little,\\nI set him to talking, 15 and he leaves my house, 16 still more\\nsatisfied with himself 17 than with me. 20\\nMadame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9.\\nEarly 18 Education of Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9. Marie de\\nRabutin-Chantal, marquise de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9, was born in Paris\\nin 1626, of one of the most ancient families of Burgundy.\\nShe was only five years old when she lost her father, that\\nfamous duellist, who, on Easter day 1624, left 19 the church 25\\n1 notion, f. 2 de. 3 his one to; toute sa crainte \u00c3\u00a9tait d\\\\ 4 a poet\\namong them; un fils po\u00c3\u00a8te. 5 plural. 6 le. ne lui avaient fait de.\\n8 que ce soient. 9 n\u00c3\u00ae 1 attirent les caresses. 10 with conversations with\\nthem; du r\u00c3\u00a9cit de mes ouvrages, je les entretiens. n talent, m. 12 de\\nleur faire sentir. 13 apprendre {a). 14 de voir que souvent il en sort\\nsans que f aie dit quatre paroles. 15 le mets en humeur de causer. 16 sort\\nde chez moi. 17 lui. 18 premi\u00c3\u00a8re. l9 sortit de.", "height": "3436", "width": "2296", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "140 EXERCISES JN COMPOSITION.\\nright in the middle of 1 Mass, saying aloud that he was going\\nto serve as a 2 second to the no 3 less famous duellist, de\\nBouteville. He was killed while 4 defending the island of\\nR\u00c3\u00a9 against the English. His wife survived him but a short\\n5 time. An 12 orphan at the \u00c3\u00a2ge of six, Marie de Rabutin re-\\nceived a brilliant 5 \u00c3\u00a9ducation. She had for teachers M\u00c3\u00a9nage\\nand Chapelain, poor 6 poets, but fine scholars, 7 who taught her\\nbesides French, Latin, Spanish, and Italian. The court\\nof Anne of Austria still further polished 8 her mind.\\n10 Marriage of Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9. Presented very early 9\\nat court, Marie de Rabutin was sought after for her wit, her\\ngreat fortune, and the charm of a physiognomy which was\\ngracious rather than beautiful. 10 Numerous suitors 11 pre-\\nsented themselves. She married Henri de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9, who,\\n15 killed in a 12 duel, left her a 12 widow with two children, after\\nseven years of marriage. This union had not been happy.\\nConrart used to say that there was this diff\u00c3\u00a9rence between\\nMadame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 and her husband 13 the latter esteemed\\nhis wife without being able to love her, whilst she loved him\\n20 without being able to esteem him. It appears that the mar-\\nquis used to say very frankly 14 to the marquise: I think\\nyou would be very attractive to 15 another man, 12 but as 12 for\\nme, I cannot love you. 1G\\nAfter the death of her husband, she devoted herself to\\n25 the \u00c3\u00a9ducation of her children. Many opportunities for a\\nsecond marriage presented themselves, 17 and quite as large\\na number of admirers: 18 Turenne, the Prince de Conti,\\nFouquet, the Chevalier de M\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9, down to her former pro-\\n1 right in the middle of; au. beau milieu de la. 2 as a; 3 non.\\n4 se fit tuer en. 5 solide after the noun. 6 mauvais. 7 litt\u00c3\u00a9rateurs\\n\u00c3\u00a9rudits. 8 acheva de polir. 9 tr\u00c3\u00a8s jeune. 10 turn charm {\u00c3\u00a9clat, m.)\\nof a physiognomy rather gracious than beautiful. n parti, m. 12 omit.\\n13 change colon to comma, and add que. 14 tout cr\u00c3\u00bb?nent. 15 pour.\\n16 vous ne sauriez me plaire. 17 de se remarier s offrirent elle,\\nnon moins grand nombre de soupirants.\\n18\\nnu", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. I41\\nfessor, M\u00c3\u00a9nage none had any success. 1 The one of her\\nlovers who had the most chance 2 of being well treated, was\\nBussy, her own cousin. He used to praise the tact with\\nwhich she managed to discourage her lovers without making\\nthem angry. You are the only woman in 3 the kingdom, 5\\nhe wrote to her, who can 4 induce a lover to content him-\\nself with friendship.\\nMadame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 at Court. After the departure of\\nher daughter, Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 continued to live at the\\ncourt, going from time to time to pass 5 a season at her 10\\nestate, Les Rochers* in Brittany. She enjoyed herself 7 at\\nVersailles, and the smallest attention from the v king over-\\nwhelmed her with satisfaction. 8 One evening, he danced\\nwith her she was so dazzled that, returning to her place,\\nshe said to her cousin It must be confessed 9 that we 15\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve a great king. I should think so, 10 after what he has\\njust 11 done, replied Bussy mischievously. 12\\nThe most intimate friends of Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 were\\nFouquet, Cardinal de Retz, and Monsieur and Madame de\\nPomponne. Many of her letters are written to her excellent 20\\nuncle, the Abb\u00c3\u00a9 de Coulanges, who had brought her up and\\nwho left her his whole fortune. She calls him in her letters\\nle Bien-bon.\\nMadame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 at Saint-Cyr. On another occa-\\nsion, she showed the intense 13 satisfaction which she felt at 14 25\\nthe least \u00c3\u00a9vidence of favor. She had corne to attend the\\n1 ne r\u00c3\u00a9ussit. 2 eut le plus de chance. 3 il n 1 a que vous dans.\\n4 explain the use of the subjunctive h\u00c3\u00a8re. 5 place immediately after\\nallant. 6 dans sa terre des Rochers. 7 se plaisait. 8 aise, f. 9 7/\\nfaut avouer. 10 je le crois bien. n to h\u00c3\u00a2ve just, followed by a past\\nparticiple, and used to speak of an action that has just occurred, is\\nrendered into French by venir de, followed by an inf\u00c3\u00afnitive pr\u00c3\u00a9sent.\\n12 turn the mischievous Bussy. 18 une autre fois encore, elle laissa\\npercer toute la folle. 14 que lui causait.", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "142 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nfirst performance of Esther at Saint-Cyr. The king, she\\nwrites, came toward our seats, and turning, 1 he addressed\\nhimself to me, and said Madame, I am sure that you\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve been entertained. Without surprise, I 2 answered\\n5 Sire, I am charmed what I feel is beyond words. The\\nking said to me: Racine has a great deal of talent. 3\\nSire, he has indeed; 4 but, in truth, th\u00c3\u00a8se young ladies\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve a great deal too they enter into the subject as if they\\nhad never done anything else. 5 He said to me Ah, as\\n10 to that, you are certainly right. 6 And then his Majesty\\nwent away, leaving 7 me the object of envy.\\nOpinion of Sainte-Beuve. The 8 more one thinks of\\nit, says Sainte-Beuve, the 8 more easily can one explain 9\\nher maternai affection, this love which for her represented\\n15 ail others. This rich, strong nature had never had any pas-\\nsion properly so-called. 10 An 8 orphan at the \u00c3\u00a2ge of six, she\\nhad never known 11 filial tenderness; she never speaks of\\nher mother. Conjugal love had been 7 bitter to her. She\\nrather fancied 12 her cousin Bussy, but she did not love 7 him\\n20 with passion. Her daughter inherited 7 ail the savings of this\\nheart so rich and so sensitive a heart that 13 had said until\\nthat day I am waiting. Madame de Grignan was 7 the\\none 14 passion of her mother. It is to her correspondence\\nwith her daughter, after her departure for Provence a cor-\\n25 respondence which lasted twenty-seven years that she owes\\nher glory.\\nIf I could only live two hundred years, Madame de\\nS\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9 used to say, it seems to me that I should be a\\nvery admirable person. This wish for a long life, 15 which\\n1 apr\u00c3\u00a8s avoir tourn\u00c3\u00a9. 2 moi, sans ?ri \u00c3\u00a9tonner, je. 3 bien de V esprit.\\n4 turn he of it has much. 5 anything else; autre chose. G pour\\ncela, il en est vrai. 7 past definite. 8 omit this word. 9 mieux on\\ns explique. 10 so-called; dite. n ne sentit point. 12 agr\u00c3\u00a9a un peu.\\n13 a heart that; et qui. u unique. 15 ce souhait de longue dur\u00c3\u00a9e.", "height": "3428", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. I43\\nshe formed with a view to the moral perfection which she\\ndesired to attain, finds itself realized for her raemory. The\\ncorrespondence of Madame de S\u00c3\u00a9vign\u00c3\u00a9, like 1 Les Provin-\\nciales, Les Fables and Les Femmes Savantes, is 2 perfection\\nin a given style. Her 3 charming mind could 4 put a pro- 5\\ndigious variety in the expression of a sentiment ever the\\nsame, and make the court, the city, the province, the entire\\nworld revolve 5 around her daughter.\\n2. THE GENIUS OF BALZAC COMPARED WITH THAT\\nOF GEORGE S AND.\\nBalzac said one day to George Sand You paint man\\nsuch as he ought to be I 6 take him such as he is. But 10\\nbelieve me, we are both right. 7 Th\u00c3\u00a8se two roads lead to\\nthe same goal. I too 7 love exceptional beings I am one\\nof them. I need them to bring out my commonplace\\ncharacters. 9 and I never 7 sacrifice them without necessity.\\nBut th\u00c3\u00a8se vulgar beings interest me more than they 10 interest 15\\nyou I enlarge them, I idealize them in the opposite sens\u00c3\u00a9, 11\\nin their ugliness or their stupidity. I give to their deform-\\nities frightful or grotesque proportions. You cannot do so. 12\\nYou do well not to 1 3 wish to look at beings and things which\\nwould give you the nightmare. Idealize 14 the pretty and the 20\\nbeautiful that is a woman s work. 15\\nBalzac idealizes, but his point of departure is reality.\\nHe observes seven or eight misers, adds them up as it were,\\nand cr\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tes 10 his Grandet. He concentr\u00c3\u00a2tes in a single\\n1 replace by est de m\u00c3\u00aame titre que. replace by et ce titre, c est la.\\n3 ce. 4 a su. 5 make the court revolve; faire pivoter la cour\\n6 moi, je. place after the verb. 8 il m en faut. 9 \u00c3\u00aatre, m. 10 when the\\ncomparison is one of inequality, as h\u00c3\u00a8re, ne must pr\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a8de the second verb,\\nif the first verb is affirmative.* n en sens inverse. u vous, vous ne sauriez\\npas. 13 de ne pas. 14 insert dans. 15 c est un ouvrage de femme. w faire.\\nThe r\u00c3\u00a9cent decree allows the use or omission of ne in this case.", "height": "3436", "width": "2316", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "144 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\nbeing the characteristics 1 of several, and cr\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tes a type.\\nGrandet is more compl\u00c3\u00a8te, more consistent, more terrible,\\nthan any real 2 miser. This is true 3 of ail his principal\\ncharacters. One cannot deny that it is fine, strong, pow-\\n5 erful art. 4 Beings 5 thus created h\u00c3\u00a2ve life they move under\\nour eyes one sees them, one cannot forget them. Balzac\\nlived in their society, he saw them he was like a lion-\\ntamer surrounded by wild beasts. 6\\nThe miser Grandet cannot say a word, make a gesture,\\nio eat, go to bed, deal with his wife, his daughter, his servants,\\nor 7 strangers, without showing what he is. Instead of saying\\nvaguely This horrible passion had stifled within him ail the\\nsentiments of nature, Balzac shows him at work, the 8 torturer\\nof his wife, of his daughter. We behold the agony of th\u00c3\u00a8se\\n15 beings whom the miser tramples upon. 9 Not one fact is unim-\\nportant every blow carries. One feels pity, terror, horror, 10\\nan interest mingled with affright one feels that this dreadful\\nmachine will seize, absorb in its wheels and tear into shreds\\neverything that approaches it. Moli\u00c3\u00a8re s Harpagon is odious?\\n20 but he is grotesque also, and he is vanquished. Grandet is\\nawful, he makes one shudder, 11 and he dies buried in his gold.\\nAfter him, there 8 is 8 gold, nothing but gold for his daughter\\nthe springs of the life of the heart are dried up in Eug\u00c3\u00a9nie\\nGrandet the miser has killed her morally. He is like 12 those\\n25 trees in whose shade 13 everything languishes and dies. 14\\nH\u00c3\u00a8re, Balzac is in his \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9ment. He paints force, a unique\\nforce which is the whole of the man, 15 which one finds 16\\n1 caract\u00c3\u00a8re, m. 2 r\u00c3\u00a9el, irr.; after the noun. 3 this is true; ainsi.\\n4 turn that this {cela) is fine, that this is strong, that this is of an art\\npowerful {puissant)? 5 must be preceded by ces. 6 ses fauves. re-\\nplace by les. 8 omit this word. 9 we tramples upon; on assiste\\nP agonie de ces \u00c3\u00aatres que pi\u00c3\u00a9tine Pavare. 10 insert c est. n donne h\\nfrisson. 12 he is like; tels. 13 P ombre desquels. u repeat the sub-\\nject. 15 the man; tout P homme. ^retrouver.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PROSE COMPOSITION. I45\\neverywhere in him. It is in 1 paintings of this kind in\\nthe development of a single 2 passion that Balzac is really\\ngreat.\\nAt the end of his study on Balzac, Taine says With\\nShakespeare and Saint-Simon, Balzac is-the largest collection 5\\nof documents that we h\u00c3\u00a2ve 3 upon human nature. One\\nmay add that Balzac has shown ail that the strongest nature\\ncan do, 4 when it is totally devoid of an 5 id\u00c3\u00a9al and art,\\nunder .whatever form, cannot 6 do without it.\\nQuite diff\u00c3\u00a9rent 7 is the method of George Sand. She 10\\ndoes not seek to reproduce the real by completing it, nor 5\\nto create 8 characters and 5 types. She is not of the family\\nof 9 Shakespeare, of 9 Moli\u00c3\u00a8re she belongs to ]0 that of 9 Rous-\\nseau, of dreamers, of contemplators, and not 11 of observers\\nto that of poets, and not 11 of psychologists, and still less of 15\\nphysiologists. Hardly does she describe the appearance 12\\nof her characters. She has an idea, or she is possessed by a\\nsentiment. She wishes to express, under an artistic form,\\nthis idea or this sentiment, its various aspects, the succes-\\nsive phases of its development; and to do this 13 she cr\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tes 20\\npersonages, embodies in individuals 14 pure op\u00c3\u00a9rations of the\\nmind. She has said One must create the characters for\\nthe sentiment that one wishes to describe, and not 11 the\\nsentiment for the characters. Th\u00c3\u00a8se are her System and\\nher method; 15 they h\u00c3\u00a2ve their inconveniences and their ad- 25\\nvantages. Are beings thus created, very real? 16 very life-\\nlike A human being, a man, a woman, of the nineteenth\\n1 insert les. 2 unique; after the noun. 3 explain the use of the sub-\\njunctive h\u00c3\u00a8re. 4 tout ce que peut la nature la plus forte. 5 omit this word.\\n6 under cannot; sous quelque forme que ce soit, ne saurait. tout\\nautre. 8 faire. 9 des, although the proper noun retains its singular form.\\n10 elle est de. n non. 1J cest peine si elle indique l ext\u00c3\u00a9rieur. 13 to\\ndo this; pour cela. 14 en des \u00c3\u00aatres de. 15 voil\u00c3\u00a0 la m\u00c3\u00a9thode et le p\\n16 turn th\u00c3\u00a8se beings thus created, are they very real (bien r\u00c3\u00a9els).", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "I46 EXERCISES IN COMPOSITION.\\ncentury, are th\u00c3\u00a8se 1 pure abstractions? Can they be reduced\\nto express only 2 an idea, often even a m\u00c3\u00a8re aspiration?\\nTh\u00c3\u00a8se characters are often pure, floating, luminous shadows, 3\\nwhich glide beneath 4 our eyes.\\n5 Balzac makes a portrait, and wants to make it life-like. 5\\nNo d\u00c3\u00a9tail is useless. The body, the face, the eyes, the nose,\\nthe costume, the locality, etc., everything must contribute\\nto the truth, or rather to reality. George Sand does not see\\na model, but her idea, her aspiration, 6 despair, 6 doubt the\\n10 character is accessory. It is she that makes him act and\\nspeak, or rather it is the idea that she wishes to express.\\nH\u00c3\u00a8re is another 7 characteristic d\u00c3\u00a9tail. Balzac never for-\\nge ts his characters. He carries them everywhere with him,\\neven in real 8 life, for 9 he has created them so laboriously\\n15 George Sand forgets almost immediately ail that has corne 10\\nfrom her pen. It often happens to her to reread her\\nbooks without recognizing them. 11 The reason is, that 12\\nevents and characters, everything in her work, belongs to\\nan 13 id\u00c3\u00a9al, abstract world. Imagination, a flash of 13 sensi-\\n20 bility, a 13 revery, h\u00c3\u00a2ve created 14 the work. But the state of\\nthe so\u00c3\u00bbl changes new \u00c3\u00a9motions, other ideas, other aspira-\\ntions fill it. Immediately th\u00c3\u00a8se light, aerial beings, which\\nhover between earth and sky, vanish in a kind of fantastic\\nmist. 15 One would like to retain them a moment, to keep\\n25 them, 16 to recall them. But alas 17 the poet 18 who has cre-\\nated 14 them does not recognize them\\n1 sont-ils de. 2 peut- on les r\u00c3\u00a9duire n exprimer que. 3 turn some\\nshadows {ombres, f.) pure, floating, and luminous. 4 5 atteindre la res-\\nsemblance. 6 repeat son. 7 h\u00c3\u00a8re is another; autre. 8 r\u00c3\u00a9el; after the\\nnoun. 9 omit this word. 10 sortir. n de se relire sans se reconna\u00c3\u00aetre.\\n12 c est que. 13 use definite article. 14 donner naissance 15 turn\\n1 immediately vanish in a kind of mist fantastic, th\u00c3\u00a8se beings light, aerial,\\nwhich hover between sky and earth. 16 retain keep them; les arr\u00c3\u00aa-\\nter un instant, les fixer au passage. 17 quoi 18 add lui-m\u00c3\u00aame.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "Note. This vocabulary is intended to contain ail the words that occur in\\nthe exercises on grammar and syntax, and in the s\u00c3\u00a9lections for translation, except\\nthe following classes ist, personal (including refiexive) pronouns 2d, proper\\nnames (whose gender is not needed) that are exactly alike in the two languages\\n3d, words that are translated in the footnotes.\\nIn many vocabularies, certain phrases or combinations reappear under dif-\\nf\u00c3\u00a9rent headings thus, the pupil finds the French for as much as or as soon as\\nunder as, and again under much or under soon. Also, in English compound\\nverbs, like go up, corne in, begm again, etc., the French \u00c3\u00a9quivalents are given\\nunder go, corne, begin, and repeated under up, in, again. This plan has not\\nbeen adopted in the following vocabulary, in which a large number of such\\ncombinations occur. Therefore, in ail phrases having a common introductory\\nword, the student must look for the French meaning under the distinctive word\\nin the group as, for instance, under much or soon in the examples given above.\\nIn combinations of verbs and pr\u00c3\u00a9positions, the French will be found under\\nthe verb only in compound nouns or other cases, pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rence was given to the\\nword that seemed the most important for grammatical or other reasons.\\nAfter French verbs and adjectives that can be used with a d\u00c3\u00a9pendent infini-\\ntive, will be found, in brackets, the pr\u00c3\u00a9position that serves as a connective, as\\ninvite, inviter happy, heureux [de] it should be remembered that\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se pr\u00c3\u00a9positions are to be used before an inft7iitive. If the verb takes an\\nindirect object, the pr\u00c3\u00a9position immediately follows it thus, advise, con-\\nseiller [de]. In other cases of the use of pr\u00c3\u00a9positions after verbs and adjec-\\ntives, the French pr\u00c3\u00a9position will be found enclosed in the ordinary marks of\\nparenthesis, as, congratuiate, f\u00c3\u00a9liciter (de) astoimded, \u00c3\u00a9merveill\u00c3\u00a9 (de) This\\nis done only when the pr\u00c3\u00a9positions to be used differ in the two languages, or\\nwhen they are required in French and not in English.\\nIrregular French nouns, adjectives, and verbs are marked. French verbs\\nwhose auxiliary is \u00c3\u00aatre are preceded by a star, as, arrive, arriver but refiex-\\nive verbs, which are always conjugated with \u00c3\u00aatre, are not marked. Aspirate\\nh is indicated by a dagger before the letter, as, hero, f h\u00c3\u00a9ros.\\nThe following abbreviations are used\\nadj. adjective.\\nirr.\\nirregular.\\nadv. adverb.\\nm.\\nmasculine.\\nart. article.\\nn.\\nnoun.\\nconj. conjunction.\\npi.\\nplural.\\nde/. definite.\\nprep.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9position\\ndem. d\u00c3\u00a9monstrative.\\npron.\\npronoun.\\nf. f\u00c3\u00a9minine.\\nrel.\\nrelative.\\nindef. indefinite.\\nsing.\\nsingular.\\nint. interrogative.\\nvb.\\nverb.\\n148", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\na, un, une.\\nabandon, abandonner.\\nable be able, pouvoir \\\\no prep.~\\\\,\\nirr.\\nabout (pi ep.), vers sur (concern-\\ning).\\nabove (prep.), au-dessus de above\\nail, surtout.\\nabsence of mind, distraction,\\nabsent, absent absent-minded, dis-\\ntrait.\\nabsorb, absorber.\\nabstain, s abstenir, irr.\\nabstract, abstrait.\\nabstraction, abstraction,\\nabsurd, absurde.\\nabundance, abondance,\\nabuse (vu.), abuser (de).\\nabuse (n.), abus, m.\\nAcademician, Acad\u00c3\u00a9micien, m.\\nAcademy, Acad\u00c3\u00a9mie,\\naccept, accepter.\\naccepted (adj.), approuv\u00c3\u00a9.\\naccession, av\u00c3\u00a8nement, m.\\naccessory, accessoire.\\nacclamation, acclamation,\\naccompany, accompagner.\\naccomplished (adj.), accompli.\\naccording to, selon.\\naccount: on account of, cause\\nde.\\naccuse, accuser.\\naccustom, accoutumer to accustom\\none s self, s accoutumer,\\naccustomed (adj.), accoutum\u00c3\u00a9\\nacquaintance, connaissance, f.\\nacquire, acqu\u00c3\u00a9rir, irr.\\nact, agir.\\naction, action,\\nactor, acteur, m., irr.\\nadd, ajouter to add up, additionner.\\naddress one s self, s adresser.\\naddress (n.), adresse,\\nadmirable, admirable.\\nadmirably, admirablement.\\nadmiration, admiration,\\nadmire, admirer.\\nadmirer, admirateur, m., irr.\\nadmit, admettre, irr.\\nadopt, adopter.\\nadore, adorer.\\nadorn, garnir (de).\\nadvance, avance,\\nadvantage, bien, m.; avantage,\\nadventure, aventure,\\nadversary, adversaire,\\nadversity, adversit\u00c3\u00a9,\\nadvice, avis, conseil, m.\\nadvise, conseiller [de] engager\\naerial, a\u00c3\u00a9rien, irr.\\naffair, affaire,/\\naffection, affection, maternai\\naffection, amour de m\u00c3\u00a8re, m.\\n149", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "150\\nVOCABULARY.\\naffectionate, affectueux, irr.\\naffirm, affirmer.\\naffright, \u00c3\u00a9pouvante,\\nafraid: to be afraid, avoir peur,\\nirr.; craindre, irr.\\nAfrica, Afrique,\\nafter, apr\u00c3\u00a8s.\\nafternoon, apr\u00c3\u00a8s-midi, m. or/\\nagain, encore.\\nagainst, contre.\\n\u00c3\u00a2ge, \u00c3\u00a2ge, m.; old \u00c3\u00a2ge, vieillesse,/\\nagitate, agiter.\\nagony, agonie,/\\nagreeable, agr\u00c3\u00a9able.\\nagriculture, agriculture,/\\nah, ah.\\naid, aider,\\nair, air, m.\\nalas, h\u00c3\u00a9las.\\nAlexander, Alexandre,\\nail (adj.*), tout, irr.\\nail (pron.), tout, tous, toute, toutes;\\nail everything, tout.\\nail (adv.), tout, toute, toutes; not\\nat ail, nullement.\\nallow, permettre [de], irr.\\nally, alli\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nalmost, presque.\\nalone, seul,\\naloud, tout f haut.\\nalready, d\u00c3\u00a9j\u00c3\u00a0.\\nalso, aussi.\\nalthough, bien que, subjunctive\\nquoique, subjunctive.\\nalways, toujours.\\nambassador, ambassadeur, m., irr.\\nambiguous, ambigu, irr.\\nambition, ambition,/\\nAmerica, Am\u00c3\u00a9rique, North\\nAmerica, Am\u00c3\u00a9rique du nord\\nSouth America, Am\u00c3\u00a9rique du\\nsud.\\namiable, aimable.\\namong, parmi.\\namuse, amuser to amuse one s\\nself, s amuser.\\nan, un, une.\\nancestor, a\u00c3\u00afeul, ni., irr. anc\u00c3\u00aatre, m.\\nancient, ancien, irr.; the ancients,\\nles anciens, m. pi.\\nand, et.\\nanecdote, anecdote,/\\nangel, ange, m.\\nangry: to be or get angry, se\\nf\u00c3\u00a2cher; to make angry, f\u00c3\u00a2cher.\\nanimal, animal, m., irr.\\nannihilate, an\u00c3\u00a9antir.\\nanother, un autre, une autre one\\nanother, se another one more,\\nde plus {after the noun).\\nanswer (vb.), r\u00c3\u00a9pondre\\nanswer (n.), r\u00c3\u00a9ponse,/\\nantiquity, antiquit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nanxiety, anxi\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nany (adj.), de -f definite article;\\nquelque (emphatic) with n\u00c3\u00a9ga-\\ntion, ne pas de; aucun (em-\\nphatic) any every, ail, tout,\\ntoute; any any kind of, quel-\\nconque (after the noun).\\nany (pron.), aucun, aucune (with\\nn\u00c3\u00a9gation); en (with n\u00c3\u00a9gation).\\nanybody, quelqu un, m. with n\u00c3\u00a9ga-\\ntion, personne, m. not anybody,\\nne personne.\\nany one, quelqu un, m.; zvith n\u00c3\u00a9ga-\\ntion, personne, m.\\nanything, quelque chose, m. with\\nn\u00c3\u00a9gation, rien, m. not anything,\\nne rien.\\napartment, appartement, m.\\napology, excuse,/\\napostrophe, apostrophe,/\\nappear, para\u00c3\u00aetre, irr.\\nappearance, apparition,// external\\nappearance, ext\u00c3\u00a9rieur, m.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n151\\nappetite, app\u00c3\u00a9tit, m.\\napplaud, battre des mains, irr. ap-\\nplaudir.\\napply, s adresser; to apply one s\\nself, s appliquer,\\nappoint, nommer.\\nappreciate, appr\u00c3\u00a9cier,\\napproach, approcher,\\napprobation, approbation,/\\nApril, avril.\\nArab, Arabe, m.\\narchitect, architecte, m.\\nardor, ardeur,/\\narithmetic, arithm\u00c3\u00a9tique,\\narm, bras, m.\\narrny, arm\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\naround {prep.), autour de.\\narraign, traduire, irr.\\narrange, arranger.\\narrangement, arrangement, m.\\narrivai, arriv\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\narrive, *arriver \\\\_no prep.~\\\\.\\nart, art, m.\\nartillery, artillerie,/\\nartisan, artisan, m.\\nartist, artiste, m.\\nartistic, artistique.\\nas, comme as as, aussi\\nque; as it were, pour ainsi dire;\\nas to or for, quant as well as,\\naussi bien que.\\nashamed (adj.), f honteux, irr.; to\\nbe ashamed, avoir f honte, irr,\\nashes, cendre,/ sing.\\nAsia, Asie,/\\nask, demander [de],\\nasleep to fall asleep, s endormir,\\nirr.\\naspect, aspect, m.\\naspiration, aspiration,/\\naspire, aspirer.\\nassassin, assassin, m. massacreur, m.\\nassembled, assembl\u00c3\u00a9.\\nassembly, assembl\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\nassist, assister.\\nassure, assurer.\\nassuredly, assur\u00c3\u00a9ment.\\nastonishing, \u00c3\u00a9tonnant.\\nastounded, \u00c3\u00a9merveill\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\nastrologer, astrologue, m.\\nastronomy, astronomie,/\\nat,\\nattached (ad/.), attach\u00c3\u00a9.\\nattachaient, attachement, m.\\nattack (vb.), attaquer.\\nattack attaque,/\\nattain, atteindre irr.\\nattempt, t\u00c3\u00a2cher [de].\\nattend, suivre, irr. \u00c3\u0087a course) as-\\nsister\\nattention, attention,/\\nattentive, attentif, irr.\\nattest, attester.\\nattitude, attitude,/\\nattract, attirer.\\nattraction, agr\u00c3\u00a9ment, m.\\nattractive, agr\u00c3\u00a9able.\\naudacity, audace,/\\naudience, auditeurs, m. pi.\\nAugust, ao\u00c3\u00bbt.\\naunt, tante,/\\nAustria, Autriche,/\\nAustrian, autrichien, irr.\\nauthor, auteur, m.\\nauthorize, autoriser\\navarice, avarice,/\\navenge, venger to avenge one s\\nself, se venger.\\navoid, fuir, irr.\\nawait, attendre.\\nawake, \u00c3\u00a9veiller {transitive) to\\nawake, se r\u00c3\u00a9veiller s \u00c3\u00a9veiller\\n(intransitive).\\nawakened, r\u00c3\u00a9veill\u00c3\u00a9.\\nawakening r\u00c3\u00a9veil, m.\\nawful, sinistre.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "152\\nVOCABULARY.\\nbad, mauvais m\u00c3\u00a9chant it is too\\nbad, c est dommage, subjunctive.\\nbadly, mal.\\nbag, sac, m.\\nbail, bal, m.; balle,/ (sph\u00c3\u00a8re).\\nballad, ballade,/.\\nband, bande,/\\nbanter, railler.\\nbarbarian, barbare, m.\\nbare, nu.\\nbasket, panier, m.\\nbattle, bataille,/\\nbe, \u00c3\u00aatre, irr. to be to, devoir [no\\nprep. irr.; to be better, valoir\\nmieux \\\\_7to prep.~], irr., impersonal\\nto be damp, faire humide \\\\_no\\nprep.~\\\\, irr., impersonal to be\\nproper, convenir, irr., impersonal\\nit may be, il se peut, subjunctive.\\nbear, porter to bear or bear with,\\nsupporter (endure\\nbearing, d\u00c3\u00a9marche,/\\nbeast, b\u00c3\u00aate,/\\nbeat, battre, irr.\\nbeautiful (adj.), beau [de], irr\\nbeautiful (n.), beau, m.\\nbeauty, beaut\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nbecause, parce que.\\nbecome, devenir, irr.; become\\nagain, redevenir, irr.\\nbed, lit, m.\\nbefore (prep.), devant, denoting\\nplace avant, denoting tinte; be-\\nfore infinitive, avant de.\\nbefore (conj.), avant que.\\nbeg, prier [de].\\nbeget, enfanter.\\nbegin, commencer begin again,\\nrecommencer\\nbehave, se conduire, irr.\\nbehind, derri\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nbehold, assister\\nbeing (n.), \u00c3\u00aatre, m.\\nbelieve, croire, irr.\\nbelong, appartenir, irr.\\nbeloved, bien-aim\u00c3\u00a9.\\nbelow, au-dessous h\u00c3\u00a8re below, ici-\\nbas.\\nbeneath, au-dessous de.\\nbenumbed, engourdi (par).\\nbequeath, l\u00c3\u00a9guer.\\nbesides, outre.\\nbesiege, assi\u00c3\u00a9ger.\\nbest (adj.), meilleur.\\nbest (adv.), le mieux.\\nbestow upon, rendre\\nbetake one s self, se rendre.\\nbethink one s self, s aviser.\\nbetray, trahir.\\nbetrothed, fianc\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nbetter (adj.), meilleur.\\nbetter (adv.), mieux.\\nbetween, entre.\\nbeyond, au del\u00c3\u00a0 de; beyond words,\\nau-dessus des paroles.\\nBible, Bible,/\\nbig, gros, irr.\\nbill, compte, m.\\nbind, lier.\\nbird, oiseau, m., irr.\\nbirth, naissance,/\\nbishop, \u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00aaque, m.\\nbishopric, \u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00aach\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nbite one s nails, se ronger les ongles.\\nbitter, amer, irr.\\nbitterly, am\u00c3\u00a8rement.\\nbitterness, amertume,/\\nblade, lame,/\\nbless, b\u00c3\u00a9nir.\\nblessing (n.), bien, m.\\nblind, aveugler.\\nblock, bloc, m.\\nbloody, sanglant.\\nblow, coup, m.\\nblue (adj.), bleu.\\nblue (n.), bleu, m.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n153\\nbluntness, brusquerie,\\nboast, se vanter.\\nboat, bateau, m., irr. canot, m.\\nbody, corps, m.\\nbold, hardi.\\nboit, verrou, m.\\nbond, lien, m.\\nbook, livre, m.\\nborder upon, toucher\\nbore, ennuyer.\\nborn to be born, na\u00c3\u00aetre, irr.\\nborn, n\u00c3\u00a9.\\nborrow, emprunter.\\nboth, l un et l autre tous deux,\\ntoutes deux.\\nbottom at the bottom, au bas.\\nbound at a bound, d un \u00c3\u00a9lan.\\nboundless, d\u00c3\u00a9mesur\u00c3\u00a9 fou, irr.\\nbouquet, bouquet, m.\\nbourgeois, bourgeois, m.\\nbowl, coupe,/\\nbox, bo\u00c3\u00aete,\\nboy, gar\u00c3\u00a7on, m.; errand boy, com-\\nmissionaire, m.\\nbranch, branche,/\\nbrave, brave.\\nbread, pain, m. loaf of bread, pain,\\nm.\\nbreak, casser.\\nbreathe, respirer.\\nbrevity, bri\u00c3\u00a8vet\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nbrief, bref, irr.\\nbrigand, brigand, m.\\nbright, spirituel, irr.\\nbrilliant, brillant.\\nbring, apporter (a thing) bring,\\namener (a perso n) bring back,\\nrapporter (a thing) bring back,\\nramener \u00c3\u0087a person) bring out,\\nfaire ressortir, irr. bring up,\\n\u00c3\u00a9lever.\\nBrittany, Bretagne,/\\nbroad, large.\\nbrother, fr\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nbrother-in-law, beau-fr\u00c3\u00a8re, m.\\nbrusque, brusque.\\nbrutal, brutal, irr.\\nbudding, en bouton.\\nbuild, b\u00c3\u00a2tir construire, irr.\\nbunch, botte,\\nburgher, bourgeois, m.\\nBurgundy, Bourgogne,/\\nburied, plong\u00c3\u00a9 {figuratively).\\nburn, br\u00c3\u00bbler.\\nburning (aa) br\u00c3\u00bblant.\\nbury, enterrer; to bury one s self,\\ns enfoncer.\\nbush, buisson, m.\\nbut \u00c3\u0087conj.), mais.\\nbut \u00c3\u0087adv.), ne que.\\nbuy, acheter.\\nby, par; de Cafter expressions of\\n\u00c3\u00a9motions).\\ncabbage, chou, m., irr.\\ncake, g\u00c3\u00a2teau, m., irr.\\ncall, appeler.\\ncalm, calme, m.\\ncamp, bivouaquer.\\ncampaign, campagne,/\\ncan beable), pouvoir \\\\_no prep.~\\\\,\\nirr.\\nCanada Upper Canada, fhaut Ca-\\nnada, m.\\ncanal, canal, irr.\\ncanary, serin, m.\\ncandidate, candidat, m.\\ncapable, capable.\\ncapital, capitale,/\\ncaprice, caprice, m.\\ncapricious, capricieux, irr.\\ncaptain, capitaine, m.\\ncaptivate, captiver.\\ncaptivated (adj.) t s\u00c3\u00a9duit.\\ncaptivity, captivit\u00c3\u00a9, y:\\ncard, carte,/", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "154\\nVOCABULARY.\\nCardinal, cardinal, m., irr.\\ncare, soin, m.\\ncarnival, carnaval, m.\\ncarp, carpe,/\\ncarriage, voiture,/\\ncarry, porter; carry off, remporter\\n(pf a victor y).\\ncase: in case, en cas que, subjunc-\\ntive au cas que, subjunctive.\\nCastile, Castille,\\ncastle, ch\u00c3\u00a2teau, m.\\ncat, chat, m.\\ncatch, prendre, irr.\\ncathedral, cath\u00c3\u00a9drale,/\\nCatholic, catholique; to become\\na Catholic, se faire catholique,\\nirr.\\ncause (vb.), causer.\\ncause (n.), cause,/\\ncavalier, cavalier, m.\\ncease, cesser [de].\\nceasing: without ceasing, sans\\ncesse.\\ncelebrated (adj.), c\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8bre.\\ncelebrity, c\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9brit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\ncensor, censeur, m.\\ncent, sou, m.\\ncentre (vb.), se passer,\\ncentury, si\u00c3\u00a8cle, m.\\nceremony, c\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9monie,/\\ncertain, certain.\\ncertainly, s\u00c3\u00bbrement; certainement.\\nchain, cha\u00c3\u00aene,/\\nchair, chaire,/ (in a coll\u00c3\u00a8ge).\\nchallenge, d\u00c3\u00a9fi, m.\\nchance, f hasard, m.\\nchange, changer.\\nchaos, chaos, m.\\nchapter, chapitre, m.\\ncharacter, caract\u00c3\u00a8re, m. character,\\npersonnage, m. (in fiction)\\ncharacteristic (n.), caract\u00c3\u00a9ristique,\\ncharacteristic (adj.), caract\u00c3\u00a9ris-\\ntique.\\nCharge, charger [de].\\ncharity, charit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nCharles the Bad, Charles le Mauvais.\\ncharm (vb.), charmer.\\ncharm charme, m.\\ncharmed (adj.), charm\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\ncharming (adj.), charmant.\\nchat, deviser.\\ncheap, bon march\u00c3\u00a9.\\ncheek, joue,/\\ncheerful, gai.\\ncherry, cerise,/\\nchicken, poulet, m.\\nchief, chef, m.\\nchild, enfant, m. or/\\nchildhood, enfance,/\\nchimney, chemin\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\nchoice, choix, m.\\nchoose, choisir.\\nChristian, chr\u00c3\u00a9tien, irr.\\nchurch, \u00c3\u00a9glise,/\\nchurchmen, gens d \u00c3\u00a9glise, m. pi.\\nCicero, Cic\u00c3\u00a9ron.\\ncircumstance, circonstance,/\\ncity, ville,/\\ncivil, civil.\\ncivilized (adj.), civilis\u00c3\u00a9.\\nclad, v\u00c3\u00aatu (de).\\nclaim, r\u00c3\u00a9clamer.\\nclassic, antique.\\nClaw, griffe,/\\nclean, nettoyer.\\nclear, clair.\\nclearness, claret\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nclever, habile.\\ncleverly, ing\u00c3\u00a9nieusement.\\nclimate, temp\u00c3\u00a9rature,/\\nclimb, grimper\\nclock three o clock, trois heures.\\nclose (vb.), fermer, transitive se\\nfermer, intransitive.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "V\u00c3\u0094CABULARY.\\n155\\nClose (adj.), intime close to, tout\\npr\u00c3\u00a8s de.\\ncloth, drap, m.\\nclothes, habits, m. pi.\\ncloud, nuage, m.\\ncoal, charbon, m.\\ncoarse, grossier, irr.\\ncoat, habit, m.\\ncoax, c\u00c3\u00a2liner.\\ncoffee, caf\u00c3\u00a9, ni.\\nCOld (adj.), froid.\\ncold (n.), froid, m.\\nCOldly, froidement.\\ncollection, magasin, m.\\ncoll\u00c3\u00a8ge, coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, ni.\\ncolonel, colonel, m.\\nCOlor, couleur,/.\\ncoloring (n.), coloris, m^\\ncombat, combat, m.\\ncombination, assemblage, m.\\nCOme, venir [no prep.~\\\\, irr. corne\\nback, revenir \\\\no prep.~\\\\, irr.;\\ncorne down, descendre; corne\\nhome, rentrer; corne in, entrer\\nchez; COme out, sortir \\\\jio\\nprep.~\\\\, irr.; come up, survenir,\\nirr. corne after or corne to get,\\nvenir chercher, irr.\\ncomedian, com\u00c3\u00a9dien, m., irr.\\ncomedy, com\u00c3\u00a9die,/\\ncornet, com\u00c3\u00a8te,/\\ncomfort, consoler (de).\\ncomfortably, l aise.\\ncomical, plaisant.\\ncommand (vu.), commander [de].\\ncommand (u.), commandement, m.\\ncommander, commandant,\\ncommentary, commentaire, m.\\ncommerce, commerce, m.\\ncommon in common, en commun.\\nCOmmonplace, commun; vulgaire.\\ncompanion, compagnon, m. com-\\npagne,/\\ncompany, compagnie,/\\ncomparable, comparable.\\ncompar\u00c3\u00a9, comparer.\\ncompassion, compassion,\\ncompassionate, compatissant.\\nCOmplain, se plaindre, irr.\\ncompl\u00c3\u00a8te (\u00c2\u00bb3.), compl\u00c3\u00a9ter.\\ncompl\u00c3\u00a8te (adj, complet, irr,\\ncompletely, compl\u00c3\u00a8tement.\\nCOmplex, combin\u00c3\u00a9.\\ncompliment, compliment, m.\\ncompose, composer.\\ncomposer, compositeur, m.\\ncomposition, composition,/\\ncomptroller, contr\u00c3\u00b4leur, m.\\nconceive, concevoir, irr.\\nconcentrate, r\u00c3\u00a9unir (en).\\nconception, conception,/\\nconcert, concert, m.\\nconciliatory, conciliateur, irr.\\nconclude, terminer.\\ncondemn, condamner.\\ncondemnation, condamnation,\\ncondition, condition, on condi-\\ntion that, condition que, sub-\\njunctive.\\nCOnduct (vb.), conduire, irr.; to con-\\nduct one s self, se conduire, irr.\\nCOnduct (n.), conduite,/\\nconfess, avouer.\\nconfession, aveu, m.\\nconfidence, confiance,/\\nconfound, confondre.\\nconfounded (adj.), confondu.\\nconfused, troubl\u00c3\u00a9 to become con-\\nfused, s embrouiller.\\ncongratulate, f\u00c3\u00a9liciter (de).\\nconjugal, conjugal, irr.\\nconquer, subjuguer.\\nconscience, conscience,/\\nconsciousness, connaissance, to\\nlose consciousness, perdre con-\\nnaissance.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "i 5 6\\nVOCABULARY.\\nconsecrate, consacrer.\\nconsecrated (adj.), sacr\u00c3\u00a9 (ofkings).\\nconsent. (vb.), consentir, irr.\\nconsent (n.), consentement, m.\\ncons\u00c3\u00a9quence, cons\u00c3\u00a9quence,/\\nconsider, consid\u00c3\u00a9rer.\\nconsid\u00c3\u00a9rable, consid\u00c3\u00a9rable.\\nconsid\u00c3\u00a9ration, consid\u00c3\u00a9ration,\\nconsist, se composer.\\nconsistent, logique.\\nconstable, conn\u00c3\u00a9table, m.\\nconstantly, constamment.\\nconsult, consulter.\\ncontain, renfermer.\\ncontemplate, contempler.\\ncontemplator, contemplateur, m.\\ncontemporary, contemporain.\\ncontempt, m\u00c3\u00a9pris, m.\\ncontent one s self, se contenter\\n(de),\\ncontent (adj.), content.\\ncontents, contenu, m. sing.\\ncontinue, continuer [de].\\ncontrary, contraire.\\nCOntribute, concourir, irr.\\nConvention, Convention,/.\\nconversation, conversation,/\\nconverse with, entretenir, irr,\\nconvince, convaincre, irr.\\ncoolness, fra\u00c3\u00aecheur,/\\nCOpy, copier.\\ncoquetry, coquetterie,\\ncoquette, coquette,/\\ncoquettish, coquet, irr.\\ncoral, corail, m., irr.\\ncordial, cordial, m.\\ncorrect, corriger; to correct one s\\nself, se corriger.\\ncorrespondence, correspondance,/\\ncorrupt, corrompre.\\nCorsican, corse.\\ncost, co\u00c3\u00bbter.\\ncostume, costume, m.\\ncottage, chaumi\u00c3\u00a8re,/\\ncotton, coton, m.\\ncounsel, conseil, m.\\ncount (va.), compter.\\ncount (n.), comte, m.\\ncountess, comtesse,/\\nCOuntry, patrie, {native /and)\\ncampagne, (ppposed to city)\\npays, m.\\ncourage, courage, m.\\ncourse, cours, m.\\ncourt, cour,/; the courts, les tribu-\\nnaux, m. pi.; court bow, r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9-\\nrence,/\\ncourtier, courtisan, m.\\ncousin, cousin, m.\\ncover, couvrir (de), irr.\\ncovered (ad/.), couvert (de).\\nCOW, vache,/\\ncradle, berceau, m., irr.\\ncreate, cr\u00c3\u00a9er.\\nCreator, cr\u00c3\u00a9ateur, m., irr.\\ncr\u00c3\u00a9ature, cr\u00c3\u00a9ature,/\\ncreep, ramper.\\ncrime, crime, m.\\ncritic, critique, m.\\ncritical, d\u00c3\u00a9cisif, irr.\\ncriticism, critique,/\\ncross (vb.), franchir.\\ncross (n.), croix,/\\ncrown (vb.), couronner.\\ncrown (n.), couronne,/\\ncruel, cruel, irr.\\ncry (vb.), s \u00c3\u00a9crier (exclaim).\\ncry (n.), cri, m.\\ncultivate, cultiver.\\ncultivation, culture,/\\ncup, coupe,/\\ncure, gu\u00c3\u00a9rir.\\ncuriously, curieusement.\\ncushion, coussin, ?n.\\ncustom, usage, m.\\neut, coupure,/", "height": "3428", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n157\\ndamage, dommage, m.\\ndamp, humide.\\ndance, danser.\\ndanger, danger, m.\\ndangerous, p\u00c3\u00a9rilleux, irr.; dange-\\nreux, irr.\\ndare, oser [no prep.~\\\\.\\ndarken, assombrir.\\ndaughter, fille,/\\ndauphin, dauphin, m.\\nday, jour, r,i. (considered as a unit)\\njourn\u00c3\u00a9e, jconsidered in ail ils\\nparts) the day bef ore, la veille\\nthe next day, le lendemain\\none day after a, le lendemain\\nd un Easter Day, le jour de\\nP\u00c3\u00a2ques.\\ndaylight: in broad daylight, en\\nplein jour.\\ndazzle, \u00c3\u00a9blouir.\\ndead, mort.\\ndeal (vb.), entrer en rapports.\\ndeal a good or a great deal, beau-\\ncoup (de).\\ndear, cher, irr.\\ndeath, mort,/.\\ndeath-bed, lit de mort, m.\\ndeceased d\u00c3\u00a9funt, m.\\ndeceitful, trompeur, irr.\\ndeceive, tromper.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9cide, d\u00c3\u00a9cider.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9cision, d\u00c3\u00a9cision,/\\nd\u00c3\u00a9clare, d\u00c3\u00a9clarer affirmer to d\u00c3\u00a9-\\nclare one s self, se d\u00c3\u00a9clarer.\\ndeed, action,/\\ndeep, vif, irr.\\ndefeat {vb.), battre, irr.\\ndefeat d\u00c3\u00a9faite,/\\nd\u00c3\u00a9fend, d\u00c3\u00a9fendre to d\u00c3\u00a9fend one s\\nself, se d\u00c3\u00a9fendre.\\ndeformity, difformit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\ndegenerate, d\u00c3\u00a9g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9rer.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9grade, d\u00c3\u00a9grader.\\ndelicacies, finesses, pi.\\ndelicacy, finesse,/\\nd\u00c3\u00a9licate, d\u00c3\u00a9licat.\\ndelicately, d\u00c3\u00a9licatement.\\ndelicious, d\u00c3\u00a9licieux, irr.\\ndelighted (ad/.), enchant\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\ndeliver, d\u00c3\u00a9livrer.\\ndelude delude one s self about, se\\nfaire des illusions sur, irr.\\nDemosthenes, Demosth\u00c3\u00a8nes.\\ndense, \u00c3\u00a9pais, irr.\\ndeny, nier disconvenir (de), irr.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9part, partir, irr.\\ndeparture, d\u00c3\u00a9part, m.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9pend, d\u00c3\u00a9pendre (de) compter\\n(sur).\\nd\u00c3\u00a9pendent, d\u00c3\u00a9pendant.\\ndepress, attrister.\\ndepth, profondeur,/; in the depth\\nof, au fond de.\\ndescend, descendre.\\ndescribe, d\u00c3\u00a9crire, irr.\\ndescription, description,/\\ndescriptive, descriptif, irr.\\ndeserve, m\u00c3\u00a9riter [de].\\nd\u00c3\u00a9sire (vb.), d\u00c3\u00a9sirer; to h\u00c3\u00a2ve a\\ngreat d\u00c3\u00a9sire, avoir envie de, irr.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9sire d\u00c3\u00a9sir, m.\\ndesk, bureau, m., irr.\\ndespair, d\u00c3\u00a9sespoir, m.\\ndespise, m\u00c3\u00a9priser.\\ndestined, destin\u00c3\u00a9.\\ndestiny, destin, m.; destin\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\ndestroy, d\u00c3\u00a9truire, irr.\\ndetach, d\u00c3\u00a9tacher.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9tail, d\u00c3\u00a9tail, m.\\ndevelop, d\u00c3\u00a9velopper.\\ndevelopment, d\u00c3\u00a9veloppement, m.\\nDevil s Pool, Mare-au-Diable,/\\ndevoid, d\u00c3\u00a9pourvu.\\nd\u00c3\u00a9vote, consacrer to d\u00c3\u00a9vote one s\\nself, se livrer se consacrer.\\ndevour, d\u00c3\u00a9vorer.", "height": "3436", "width": "2240", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "i 5 8\\nVOCABULARY.\\ndevout devout people, des d\u00c3\u00a9vots,\\nm. pi.\\ndiamond, diamant, m.\\ndictate, dicter.\\ndictionary, dictionnaire, ni.\\ndie, mourir, irr.\\ndiff\u00c3\u00a9rence, diff\u00c3\u00a9rence,/\\ndiff\u00c3\u00a9rent, diff\u00c3\u00a9rent.\\ndifficult, difficile\\ndifficulty, difficult\u00c3\u00a9,/\\ndignity, dignit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\ndine, d\u00c3\u00aener.\\ndining room, salle manger,\\ndinner, d\u00c3\u00aener, m.\\ndint by dint of, force de.\\ndirectly, tout l heure.\\ndisappear, dispara\u00c3\u00aetre, irr.\\ndiscipline, discipliner.\\ndiscontented to be discontented,\\ns ennuyer.\\ndiscourage, d\u00c3\u00a9courager.\\ndiscourse, discours, m.\\ndiscover, d\u00c3\u00a9couvrir, irr.\\ndiscreet, avis\u00c3\u00a9.\\ndisdain, d\u00c3\u00a9daigner [de].\\ndisease, maladie,/\\ndisguise (vb.), d\u00c3\u00a9guiser.\\ndisguise (n.), d\u00c3\u00a9guisement, m.\\ndisgust, d\u00c3\u00a9go\u00c3\u00bbter (de),\\ndismiss, cong\u00c3\u00a9dier,\\ndisposition, disposition,// an even\\ndisposition, l humeur \u00c3\u00a9gale.\\ndissipated (adj.), dissip\u00c3\u00a9.\\ndistaff full, quenouill\u00c3\u00a9e,\\ndistance, distance,/\\ndistinguish, distinguer.\\ndistinguished (adj.), distingu\u00c3\u00a9.\\ndisturb, d\u00c3\u00a9ranger.\\nditch, foss\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\ndivert, divertir to divert one s\\nself, se divertir.\\ndivide, diviser.\\ndivine, divin.\\nDivinity, Divinit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\ndivorce, divorce, m.; divorce suit,\\nproc\u00c3\u00a8s, m.\\ndo, faire, irr.; do, used as auxiliary,\\nis not to be trajislated to do with-\\nout, se passer de.\\ndocile, docile.\\ndoctor, m\u00c3\u00a9decin, m. docteur, m.\\ndocument, document, m.\\ndog, chien, m.\\ndoor, porte,/\\ndoorway, enfoncement, m.\\ndotted, \u00c3\u00a9maill\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\ndoubt (vb.), douter.\\ndoubt (n.~), doute, m.; beyond\\ndoubt, hors de doute,\\ndoubtless, sans doute,\\ndown to, jusqu\\ndozen, douzaine,/\\ndrag on, se prolonger.\\ndramatic, dramatique.\\ndraw, tirer.\\ndrawing-room, salon, m.\\ndread, redouter.\\ndreadful, redoutable.\\ndream (vb.), r\u00c3\u00aaver.\\ndream (n.), songe, m.\\ndreamer, r\u00c3\u00aaveur, m.\\ndress one s self, s habiller,\\ndress (n.), robe,/\\ndressed (adj.), habill\u00c3\u00a9.\\ndrink, boire, irr.\\ndrive, conduire, irr.; drive away\\nfrom, chasser de.\\ndrop (vb.), tomber.\\ndrop (n.), goutte,/\\ndrown, \u00c3\u00a9touffer.\\ndrum, tambour, m.\\ndry (adj.), sec, irr.\\ndry one s self, se s\u00c3\u00a9cher to dry\\nup, tarir.\\nDuchess, duchesse,/\\ndue, d\u00c3\u00bb.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n159\\nduel, duel, m.\\nduellist, duelliste, m.\\nduke, duc, m.\\nDuke of Savoy, duc de Savoie.\\nduring, pendant.\\nduty, devoir, m.\\neach, chaque each one, chacun,\\nchacune each other, l un, l autre,\\nl une, l autre se.\\near, oreille,/\\nEarl, comte, m.\\nearly, de bonne heure so early, de\\nsi bonne heure.\\nearn, gagner.\\nearth, terre,/\\neasily, ais\u00c3\u00a9ment.\\neasy, facile ais\u00c3\u00a9 [de].\\neat, manger.\\n\u00c3\u00a9dition, \u00c3\u00a9dition,/\\neducated well educated, instruit.\\n\u00c3\u00a9ducation, \u00c3\u00a9ducation,/\\nefface, effacer.\\neffect, effet, m.\\neffort, effort, m.\\nEgypt, Egypte,/\\nEgyptian, Egyptien, irr.\\neight, fhuit.\\neighteen, dix-huit.\\neldest, aine.\\nelect, \u00c3\u00a9lire, irr.\\n\u00c3\u00a9lection, \u00c3\u00a9lection,/\\n\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gance, \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gance,/\\n\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gant, \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9gant.\\n\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9ment, \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9ment,\\n\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9phant, \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9phant, m.\\neleven, onze.\\nElizabeth, Elisabeth.\\n\u00c3\u00a9loquence, \u00c3\u00a9loquence, forensic\\n\u00c3\u00a9loquence, \u00c3\u00a9loquence du barreau.\\n\u00c3\u00a9loquent, \u00c3\u00a9loquent.\\nelsewhere), autre part.\\nembark, s^embarquer.\\nembody, incarner.\\nembrace, embrasser.\\neminently, \u00c3\u00a9minemment.\\n\u00c3\u00a9motion, \u00c3\u00a9motion,/\\nemperor, empereur, m.\\nemphatic, expressif, irr.\\nemploy, employer.\\nempress, imp\u00c3\u00a9ratrice,\\nenamel, \u00c3\u00a9mail, m., irr.\\nencamped (ad;.), camp\u00c3\u00a9.\\nenchant, enchanter.\\nencounter, rencontre,/\\nencourage, encourager.\\nend (vb.), finir; terminer.\\nend bout, m. (extremity) fin,\\n(termination) at the end, au\\nbout.\\nended (adj.), termin\u00c3\u00a9.\\nendow, douer doter (an institu-\\ntion}.\\nendowed (adj.), dou\u00c3\u00a9 (de)\\nendure, supporter.\\nenemy, ennemi, m.\\nenergy, \u00c3\u00a9nergie,/\\nengagement, engagement, m.\\nEngland, Angleterre,/\\nEnglish Anglais, m.\\nEnglish (adj.), anglais.\\nEnglishman, Anglais, m.\\nenjoy, jouir (de); to enjoy one s\\nself, s amuser.\\nenlarge, grandir.\\nenlighten, \u00c3\u00a9clairer.\\nenliven, \u00c3\u00a9gayer.\\nenormous, \u00c3\u00a9norme.\\nenough, assez (de); assez (adv. of\\ndegree) sure enough, en effet.\\nenrich one s self, s enrichir.\\nenter, entrer (dans).\\nentertain, distraire, irr.\\nentertained (adj.), content.\\nentertainment, compagnie,/\\nenthusiasm, enthousiasme,", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "i6o\\nVOCABULARY.\\nenticed, men\u00c3\u00a9.\\nentire, entier, irr.\\nentirely, enti\u00c3\u00a8rement compl\u00c3\u00a8te-\\nment.\\nentitled, intitul\u00c3\u00a9.\\nentreat, supplier.\\nentrust, confier.\\nenvious, envieux, irr.\\nenvy (vb.), envier.\\nenvy (n.), envie,/\\nepitaph, \u00c3\u00a9pitaphe,/.\\nequal (vb.), \u00c3\u00a9galer.\\nequal (adj.), \u00c3\u00a9gal, irr.\\nequipped, \u00c3\u00a9quip\u00c3\u00a9.\\nerrand, commission,/\\nerror, erreur,/\\nescapade, escapade,/\\nescape (vb.), \u00c3\u00a9chapper transi-\\ntive s \u00c3\u00a9chapper, intransitive\\nescape to run away, se sauver.\\nespecially, surtout.\\nessay, essai, m.\\nestablishment, \u00c3\u00a9tablissement, m.\\nesteem, estimer.\\neternal, \u00c3\u00a9ternel, irr.\\neulogy, \u00c3\u00a9loges, m. pi.\\neuphonious, sonore.\\nEurope, Europe,/\\nEuropean, Europ\u00c3\u00a9en, irr.\\nevasive, \u00c3\u00a9vasif, irr.\\neven (adj.), m\u00c3\u00aame.\\neven (adv.), m\u00c3\u00aame.\\nevening, soir, m.\\nevent, \u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9nement, m.\\never, jamais fore ver, jamais\\nwithout verb, toujours.\\nevery, chaque every ail, tout,\\ntous, toute, toutes; every even-\\ning, tous les soirs.\\neverybody, tout le monde.\\nevery one, chacun.\\neverything, tout, m.\\neverywhere, partout.\\n\u00c3\u00a9vidence, apparence,/\\n\u00c3\u00a9vident, \u00c3\u00a9vident.\\nevil (n.), mal, irr.\\nevil (adj.), mauvais.\\nexactly, justement exactement.\\nexamine, examiner.\\nexcel, d\u00c3\u00a9passer.\\nexcellent, excellent.\\nexcepted (adj.), except\u00c3\u00a9.\\nexceptional, exceptionnel, irr.\\nexcesses, d\u00c3\u00a9sordres, m. pi.\\nexcite, exciter.\\nexclaim, s \u00c3\u00a9crier.\\nexcuse one s self, s excuser [de]:\\nse dispenser [de].\\nexcuse (n.), excuse,/\\nex\u00c3\u00a9cution, ex\u00c3\u00a9cution,/\\nexecutioner, bourreau, m., irr.\\nexempt, exempt (de).\\nexercise (vb.), exercer.\\nexercise (n.), devoir, m.\\nexert, exercer (sur).\\nexhale, exhaler.\\nexhaust, \u00c3\u00a9puiser,\\nexist, exister.\\nexistence, existence,/\\nexpect, attendre.\\nexp\u00c3\u00a9dition, exp\u00c3\u00a9dition,/\\nexpense, d\u00c3\u00a9pense,/\\nexpensive, co\u00c3\u00bbteux, irr.\\nexp\u00c3\u00a9rience, \u00c3\u00a9prouver.\\nexpire, expirer.\\nexplain, expliquer.\\nexploit, exploit, m.\\nexplore, explorer.\\nexpress, exprimer to express one\\nself, s exprimer.\\nexpression, expression,/\\nexpressive, expressif, irr.\\nexquisite, d\u00c3\u00a9licieux, irr. exquis.\\nextraordinary, extraordinaire.\\nextravagance, extravagance,/\\nextr\u00c3\u00aame, extr\u00c3\u00aame.", "height": "3428", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n161\\neye, \u00c5\u0093il, m., irr.\\neyebrow, sourcil, m.\\nfable, fable,/.\\nface, figure,// visage, m.\\nfacility, facilit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nfact, fait, m.\\nfaculty, facult\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nfade, se faner se fl\u00c3\u00a9trir.\\nfaded (adj.), fan\u00c3\u00a9.\\nfail, manquer [de].\\nfaith, foi,/\\nfaithful, fid\u00c3\u00a8le.\\nfall, tomber.\\nfallen (ad/.), tomb\u00c3\u00a9.\\nfamiliar, familier, irr.; familiar\\nfooting, pied de familiarit\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nfamiliarity, familiarit\u00c3\u00a9,\\nf amily, famille, of good f amily,\\nde bonne maison.\\nfamished (adj.), affam\u00c3\u00a9.\\nfamous, fameux, irr.\\nfanaticism, fanatisme, m.\\nfantastic, fantastique.\\nfar, loin.\\nfar from (conj.), loin que, subjnnc-\\ntive.\\nfarce, farce,/\\nfarm, ferme,/\\nf armer, fermier, m.\\nfascinating, entra\u00c3\u00aenant.\\nfashion, mode,/\\nfashionable, la mode,\\nfast, vite.\\nfate, sort, m.\\nfather, p\u00c3\u00a8re, m.\\nfather-in-law, beau-p\u00c3\u00a8re, m.\\nfatigue, fatigue,/\\nfault, d\u00c3\u00a9faut, m. (of character)\\nfaute, (of conducf)\\nfavor, faveur,\\nfavorite, pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9, m. favori, m.\\nfear (va.), craindre [de], irr.\\nfear (n.), crainte,/\\nfear: for fear that, de peur que,\\nsubjnnctive.\\nfeast, festin, m.\\nf eather, plume,\\nfeature, trait, m.\\nFebruary, f\u00c3\u00a9vrier.\\nfecundity, f\u00c3\u00a9condit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nfeel, sentir \\\\_no prep.~\\\\,irr.; se sentir,\\nirr., intransitive ressentir, irr.\\n(of \u00c3\u00a9motions) \u00c3\u00a9prouver (of \u00c3\u00a9mo-\\ntions)\\nfeign, feindre, irr.\\nfellow-student, condisciple, m.\\nfertile, fertile.\\nfertilize, f\u00c3\u00a9conder.\\nfew, peu (de) a few, quelques.\\nfickle, inconstant.\\nfield, champ, m.\\nfifteen, quinze.\\nfifty, cinquante.\\nfight (vb.), se battre, irr.; com-\\nbattre, irr. livrer (a battle).\\nfight (n.), bataille,/\\nfigure, image,/\\nfilial, filial, irr.\\nfill, remplir (de).\\nfilled (adj.),. rempli (de).\\nfinal, supr\u00c3\u00aame.\\nfinally, enfin.\\nfinance, finance,/\\nfinancier, financier, m.\\nfind, trouver.\\nfine, beau, irr.\\nfinish, finir.\\nfire, feu, m., irr.\\nfirmness, fermet\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nfirst (adj.), premier, irr.\\nfirst (adv.), d abord; at first,\\nd abord from the first, d\u00c3\u00a8s\\nl abord.\\nfish, poisson, m.\\nfive, cinq.", "height": "3436", "width": "2252", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "I\u00c3\u00942\\nVOCABULARY.\\nfix, fixer.\\nflash, transport, m.\\nflat, plat.\\nflatter, flatter.\\nflatterer, flatteur, m., irr.\\nflattcry, flatterie,/\\nflexible, flexible.\\nfloating (adj.), flottant.\\nfloor, plancher, m.\\nFlorentine, Florentin, m.\\nflower, fleur,/\\nfog, brouillard, m.\\nfoible, d\u00c3\u00a9faut, m.\\nfollow, suivre, irr.\\nfollowing, suivant.\\nfond to be fond of aimer.\\nfood, mets, m. pi.\\nfool, sot, m., irr.\\nfoolish, sot, irr.\\nfoot, pied, m. on foot, pied.\\nfor (conj.), car.\\nfor (prep.), pour for during,\\npendant.\\nforbid, d\u00c3\u00a9fendre [de].\\nforce (vb.), forcer.\\nforce (n.), force,/\\nforebode, pr\u00c3\u00a9sager.\\nforesee, pr\u00c3\u00a9voir, irr.\\nforest, for\u00c3\u00aat,/; in the heart of the\\nforest, en pleine for\u00c3\u00aat.\\nfore ver, jamais.\\nforget, oublier [de].\\nforget-me-not, myosotis, ni.\\nforgive, pardonner\\nform (vb.), former.\\nform (n.), forme,/\\nformer, celui-l\u00c3\u00a0, celle-l\u00c3\u00a0, ceux-l\u00c3\u00a0,\\ncelles-l\u00c3\u00a0; former old, ancien,\\nirr.\\nformerly, autrefois,\\nfortune, fortune, fortune\\nproperty, bien, m.\\nforty, quarante.\\nfound, fonder,\\nfour, quatre.\\nfourteenth, quatorzi\u00c3\u00a8me.\\nfourth, quatri\u00c3\u00a8me.\\nfragile, fragile.\\nfragrance, odeur,/\\nfranc, franc, m.\\nFrance, France,/\\nFrancis I., Fran\u00c3\u00a7ois I er\\nfrankly, franchement,\\nfrankness, franchise,/\\nfree, libre.\\nFrench Fran\u00c3\u00a7ais, m.\\nFrench (adj.), fran\u00c3\u00a7ais.\\nFrenchman, Fran\u00c3\u00a7ais, m.\\nfr\u00c3\u00a9quent (vb.), fr\u00c3\u00a9quenter.\\nfresh, frais, irr.\\nfriend, ami, m.\\nfriendship, amiti\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nfrightened (adj.), effray\u00c3\u00a9.\\nfrightful, effrayant.\\nf rom, de f rom a point of de-\\nparture in time), partir de d\u00c3\u00a8s.\\nfront in front, devant,\\nfrost, frimas, m.\\nfrozen, glac\u00c3\u00a9.\\nfruit, fruit, m.\\nfugitive, fugitif, irr.\\nfull, plein.\\nfur, fourrure,/\\nfury, fureur,\\nfuture avenir, m.\\nfuture (adj.), futur.\\ngallantry, galanterie,/\\ngalop, galop, m.\\ngame, jeu, m., irr.; gibier, ?n. (hunt-\\ning terni).\\ngarden, jardin, m.\\ngarment, habit, m.\\ng\u00c3\u00a2te, porte,\\ngather, amasser.\\ngay, joyeux, irr.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n163\\ngayly, gaiement.\\ng\u00c3\u00aanerai, g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9ral, m., irr.\\ngenerosity, g\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9rosit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\ngenius, g\u00c3\u00a9nie, m.\\ngentle, doux, irr.\\ngentleman, monsieur, m., irr.\\ngentleness, douceur,/\\ngeographer, g\u00c3\u00a9ographe, m.\\nGerman Allemand, m.\\ngesture, geste, ??i.\\nget up, se lever to get away from,\\ns \u00c3\u00a9loigner (de) to get tired, s en-\\nnuyer.\\ngift, don, m.\\ngifted (adj.), dou\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\ngirl, fille,\\ngive, donner give hand to, re-\\nmettre irr.; to give back,\\nrendre to give rise to, faire\\nna\u00c3\u00aetre, irr. give up, renoncer\\nto give up to, c\u00c3\u00a9der.\\nglad, content (de) very glad, bien\\naise [de].\\ngladly, volontiers.\\nglass, verre, m.\\nglide, glisser.\\nglitter, reluire, irr.\\nglobe, globe, m.\\nglorious, glorieux [de], irr.\\nglory, gloire,/\\nglove, gant, m.\\ngO,*aller \\\\_jio prep.~], irr.; se rendre;\\nto gO to go away, partir [no\\nprep.~], irr., *s en aller, irr.; to\\ngO OUt, *sortir \\\\_no prep.~\\\\, irr.\\nto gO Off, partir \\\\jio prep.\\\\ irr.;\\nto go away, *s en aller, irr.; to\\ngo down,* descendre; togodown\\non one s knees, se mettre genoux,\\nirr. to go away from, s \u00c3\u00a9loigner\\n(de) to gO up to, s approcher\\n(de); to go get, aller chercher,\\nirr.; to gO home, rentrer; to\\ngo to bed, se coucher to go to\\nsleep, s endormir, irr. to gO\\nahead, prendre les devants, irr.\\ngoal, but, m.\\nGod, Dieu, m.\\ngods, dieux, m. pi.\\ngold, or, m.\\ngolden, dor\u00c3\u00a9.\\ngOOd {adj.), bon, irr. sage (of con-\\nduct).\\ngOOd bien, m.\\ngood-by, adieu.\\ngoodness, bont\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nGospels, \u00c3\u0089vangiles, m. pi.\\nGothic, gothique.\\ngovern, gouverner.\\ngovernment, gouvernement, m.\\ngown, robe,/\\ngr\u00c3\u00a2ce, gr\u00c3\u00a2ce,/\\ngraceful, gracieux, irr.\\ngracious, gracieux, irr.\\ngradually, peu peu.\\ngrand, grand.\\ngrandfather, grand-p\u00c3\u00a8re, m.\\ngrandmother, grand m\u00c3\u00a8re,/\\ngranit\u00c3\u00a9, granit, m.\\ngrate, grille,/\\ngrateful, reconnaissant (de).\\ngratitude, reconnaissance,// grati-\\ntude,/\\ngrave, grave.\\ngravely, s\u00c3\u00a9rieusement.\\ngray, gris.\\ngreat, grand.\\ngreatness, grandeur,/\\nGreece, Gr\u00c3\u00a8ce,/\\nGreek Grec, m.\\nGreek (ad].), grec, irr.\\ngreen, vert.\\ngroan, plainte, g\u00c3\u00a9missement, m.\\ngrotesque, grotesque.\\ngroup, groupe, m.\\ngruff, bourru.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "164\\nVOCABULARY.\\nguest, convive, m.\\nguidance, conduite,/.\\nguide (vb.), guider.\\nguide guide, m.\\nguilty, coupable.\\nhaberdasher, mercier, m.\\nhabit to be in the habit, avoir\\nl habitude, irr.\\nhabituai, habituel, irr.\\nhair, cheveux, m. pi., irr.\\nhalf (ad/.), demi,\\nhalf (n.), moiti\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nhall, salle,/\\nhand (vb.), remettre irr.\\nhand (n.), main,/\\nhandsome, beau, irr.\\nhang, pendre.\\nhappen, arriver happen, imper-\\nsonal, arriver; to happen to,\\nvenir irr.\\nhappily, heureusement.\\nhappiness, bonheur, m.\\nhappy, heureux, irr.\\nhard unfeeling), insensible; hard\\ndifficult), difficile [de]; dur\\n(of a substance) rude (of afighi).\\nhardly, peine.\\nharmless, inoffensif, irr.\\nharmonious, harmonieux, irr.\\nharmony, harmonie,/\\nharshly, durement; rudement.\\nharvest, r\u00c3\u00a9colte, moisson,\\nhaste in haste, la fh\u00c3\u00a2te.\\nhasten, se f h\u00c3\u00a2ter [de] s empresser\\n[de].\\nhat, chapeau, m., irr.\\nh\u00c3\u00a2te, d\u00c3\u00a9tester f ha\u00c3\u00afr, irr.\\nhatred, f haine,/\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve, avoir, irr. to h\u00c3\u00a2ve to to be\\nobligea to, devoir \\\\_no prep.~], irr.;\\nfalloir \\\\_noprep.~\\\\, irr., impersonal;\\nto have just, venir de, irr.\\nhazy, confus.\\nhead, t\u00c3\u00aate,/\\nhealth, sant\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nhear, entendre to hear from, avoir\\ndes nouvelles de, irr.\\nheart, c\u00c5\u0093ur, m.\\nheart-rending, d\u00c3\u00a9chirant.\\nheat, chaleur,/\\nheaven, ciel, m. cieux, m. pi.\\nheavenly, c\u00c3\u00a9leste.\\nheavy, pesant.\\nheight, f hauteur,/\\nheir, h\u00c3\u00a9ritier, m., ii r.\\nhelp (z/\u00c2\u00a3.), aider help to prevenl,\\ns emp\u00c3\u00aacher [de].\\nhelp (n.), aide,/\\nhelpful, secourable.\\nhem, bord, m.\\nhenceforth, d\u00c3\u00a9sormais.\\nHenry, Henri.\\nher, son, irr.\\nh\u00c3\u00a8re, ici h\u00c3\u00a8re is or h\u00c3\u00a8re are, voici,\\nhermit, ermite, m.\\nhero, f h\u00c3\u00a9ros, m.\\nheroine, h\u00c3\u00a9ro\u00c3\u00afne,/\\nhers, le sien, la sienne, les siens, les\\nsiennes,\\nhesitate, h\u00c3\u00a9siter\\nhide, cacher to hide one s self, se\\ncacher.\\nhigh, fhaut.\\nhire, louer.\\nhis (ad/.), son, irr.\\nhis (pron.), le sien, la sienne, les\\nsiens, les siennes.\\nhold, tenir, irr.\\nhole, trou, m.\\nholiday, cong\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nHolland, t Hollande,/:\\nhome, foyer, m. at home, la\\nmaison chez\\nhonest, honn\u00c3\u00aate.\\nhonor (vb.), honorer.", "height": "3436", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n165\\nhonor (n.), honneur, m.\\nhonorable, honorable.\\nhook, hame\u00c3\u00a7on, m.\\nhope (vb.), esp\u00c3\u00a9rer.\\nhope (n.), esp\u00c3\u00a9rance,/\\nhorizon, horizon, m.\\nhorrible, horrible.\\nhorror, horreur,/\\nhorse, cheval, m., irr. on horse-\\nback, cheval,\\nhorseman, cavalier, m.\\nhospital, h\u00c3\u00b4pital, m., irr.\\nhostess, h\u00c3\u00b4tesse,/\\nhour, heure,/\\nhouse, maison, at the house of\\nchez.\\nhousehold, m\u00c3\u00a9nage, m.\\nhover, flotter.\\nhow, comment.\\nhowever, pourtant cependant.\\nhowever (adv.), quelque.\\nhuman, humain human beings,\\nles humains, m. pi.\\nhumble, humble,\\nhumbly, humblement.\\nhumor, humeur,/\\nhundred, cent.\\nhunger, faim,/\\nhungry to be hungry, avoir faim,\\nirr.\\nhurry, se d\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00aacher [de].\\nhusband, mari, m.\\nhut, chaumi\u00c3\u00a8re,/\\nhypocrite, hypocrite, m.\\nhypocritical, hypocrite.\\nidea, id\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\nid\u00c3\u00a9al id\u00c3\u00a9al, ni.\\nid\u00c3\u00a9al (adj.), id\u00c3\u00a9ale.\\nidealize, id\u00c3\u00a9aliser,\\nidleness, oisivet\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nidol, idole,/\\nidyl, idylle,/\\nif, si.\\nignorant, ignorant.\\nill (ad/.), malade.\\nill (adv.), mal.\\nillness, maladie,/\\nills, maux, m. pi.\\nill-treated, malmen\u00c3\u00a9.\\nillusion, illusion,/\\nillustrious, illustre.\\nimagination, imagination,\\nimagine, imaginer, transitive; se\\nfigurer s imaginer.\\nimitate, imiter.\\nimmediately, imm\u00c3\u00a9diatement aus-\\nsit\u00c3\u00b4t.\\nimmense, immense.\\nimmortal, immortel, irr.\\nimpatient, impatient.\\nimperfection, imperfection,/\\nimplore, supplier [de].\\nimply, dire, irr.\\nimportance, importance,/\\nimportant, important to be impor-\\ntant, importer, impersonal sub-\\njunctive.\\nimpossible, impossible.\\nimpression, impression,/\\nimprovised (ad/.), improvis\u00c3\u00a9.\\nimprudent, imprudent.\\nin, dans en in before dates, en.\\nincident, incident, m.\\ninclude, compter.\\nincome, rente,/\\nincomparable, incomparable.\\nincontestable, incontestable.\\ninconvenience, inconv\u00c3\u00a9nient,\\nincrease, augmenter.\\nindeed, vraiment.\\nindemnity, indemnit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nIndian (adj.), indien, irr.\\nindigence, d\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00bbment, m.\\nindignation, soul\u00c3\u00a8vement,\\nindiscreetly, indiscr\u00c3\u00a8tement.", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "66\\nVOCABULARY.\\nindolence, indolence,\\ninduce, r\u00c3\u00a9duire irr.\\nindulgent, indulgent.\\nindustrious, industrieux, irr. labo-\\nrieux, irr.\\nindustry, industrie,/\\nineffaceable, ineffa\u00c3\u00a7able.\\ninexhaustible, in\u00c3\u00a9puisable.\\ninexpressible, inexprimable.\\ninfallible, infaillible.\\ninflexible, inflexible.\\ninfluence, influence,/.\\ninform, pr\u00c3\u00a9venir, irr.\\ninformed (adj.), inform\u00c3\u00a9.\\ningenious, ing\u00c3\u00a9nieux, irr.\\ningratitude, ingratitude,\\ninhabitant, habitant, m.\\ninherit, h\u00c3\u00a9riter (de).\\ninjustice, injustice,/\\nink, encre,/\\ninnkeeper, h\u00c3\u00b4telier, m.\\ninnocence, innocence,/\\ninnocent, innocent.\\ninquiry, recherche, many in-\\nquiries, maintes recherches.\\ninquisitor, inquisiteur, m.\\ninscrutableness, imp\u00c3\u00a9n\u00c3\u00a9trabilit\u00c3\u00a9,\\ninsect, insecte, m.\\ninsignificant, frivole.\\ninsipid, insipide. [sister, intrans.\\ninsist, soutenir, irr., transitive in-\\ninstead of, au lieu de.\\ninstitute, instituer.\\ninstruction, instruction,\\nintelligence, intelligence,/\\nintemp\u00c3\u00a9rance, intemp\u00c3\u00a9rance,/\\nintended futur, m.\\nintention, intention,\\ninterest int\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00aat, m.\\ninterest (vb.), int\u00c3\u00a9resser.\\ninteresting, int\u00c3\u00a9ressant.\\ninterpret, interpr\u00c3\u00a9ter.\\ninterrupt, interrompre.\\ninterval, intervalle, m.\\ninterview, entrevue,\\nintimate, intime.\\ninto, dans en.\\nintoxicated (ad/.), enivr\u00c3\u00a9 (de) to\\nbecome intoxicated, s enivrer.\\nintoxication, ivresse,/\\nintroduce, introduire, irr.\\nintruder, importun, m.\\ninvade, envahir,\\ninvent, inventer,\\ninvention, invention,/\\ninvitation, invitation,\\ninvite, inviter.\\niron, fer, m.\\nirresistibly, irr\u00c3\u00a9sistiblement,\\nirritate, f\u00c3\u00a2cher.\\nisland, \u00c3\u00aele,/\\nisle, \u00c3\u00aele,\\nit, ce (indef. pron. used as an expie-\\ntive); il (pers. pron.).\\nItalian (n.), Italien, m., irr.\\nItalian (adj.), italien, irr.\\nItaly, Italie,/\\nits, son, irr.\\nJanuary, janvier.\\njealous, jaloux, irr.\\njester, bouffon, m.\\nJew, juif, 77i., irr.\\njewel, bijou, 77i., irr.\\nJoan of Arc, Jeanne d Arc.\\njoin, rejoindre, irr.\\njoke, plaisanterie,/\\nJos\u00c3\u00a9phine, Jos\u00c3\u00a9phine.\\njourney, voyage, m.\\njoy,joie,/\\njoyously, joyeusement.\\njudge (vb.), juger.\\njudge (n.), juge, m.\\njudgment, jugement, m.\\nJuly, juillet.\\njust, juste.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n:6 7\\nkeen, vif, irr.\\nkeep, garder; to keep from, em-\\np\u00c3\u00aacher [de] to keep up, entre-\\ntenir, irr.\\nkill, tuer.\\nkind (n.), sorte,/. genre, m.\\nkind (adj.), bon, irr.\\nkindly, avec bont\u00c3\u00a9.\\nkindness, bienveillance,/\\nking, roi, m.\\nkingdom, royaume, m.\\nkiss, baiser.\\nkitchen, cuisine,/\\nknee, genou, m., irr.\\nkneel down, s agenouiller.\\nknife, couteau, irr.\\nknight, chevalier, m.\\nknighthood, chevalerie,\\nknock, frapper.\\nknow, savoir \\\\_no prep.~\\\\, irr.; to\\nknow to be acquainted with, con-\\nna\u00c3\u00aetre, irr.\\nknown {adj.), connu.\\nlabel, \u00c3\u00a9tiquette,/\\nlaboriously, p\u00c3\u00a9niblement.\\nlace, dentelle,/\\nlack, manquer (de).\\nlady, dame,/ young lady, demoi-\\nselle,/\\nlamb, brebis, irr. agneau, m.,\\nirr.\\nlamp, lampe,/\\nland, d\u00c3\u00a9poser, transitive; aborder,\\nintransitive.\\nlandau, landau, m.\\nlanguage, langue,// langage, m.\\nlanguish, languir.\\nlarge, gros, irr. grand.\\nlast (va.), durer.\\nlast (adj.), dernier, irr.; at last,\\nenfin; la fin.\\nlate, tard.\\nlately, derni\u00c3\u00a8rement.\\nLatin, latin, m.; Latin Quarter,\\nquartier Latin,\\nlatter, celui-ci, celle-ci, ceux-ci,\\ncelles-ci.\\nlaudable, louable.\\nlaugh, rire, irr.\\nlaughter, rire, m.\\nlaw, loi, law profession, le\\ndroit.\\nlawyer, avocat, m.\\nlay, poser.\\nlaziness, paresse,/\\nlazy, paresseux, irr.\\nlead (n.), plomb, m.\\nlead (vb.), mener; conduire, irr.;\\nlead back, ramener.\\nleader, chef, m.\\nleague, lieue,/\\nlearn, apprendre irr.\\nlearning (n.), instruction,// savoir,\\nm. (J\u00c3\u00afiiozvledge acquired).\\nleast (adj.), moindre; the least, le\\nmoins.\\nleave, laisser (a person or t/iing);\\nquitter (a perso7i or place); sor-\\ntir de, irr. (corne out of a place).\\nleg, jambe,/\\nlegacy, legs, m., sing.\\nlegitimate, l\u00c3\u00a9gitime.\\nlend, pr\u00c3\u00aater.\\nless, moins de; moins (adv.of degr\u00c3\u00a9 e).\\nlessen, diminuer.\\nlesson, le\u00c3\u00a7on,/\\nlest (conj.), que, subjunctive.\\nlet, laisser \\\\no prep.~\\\\.\\nletter, lettre,/\\nlettuce, laitue,/\\nliberality, lib\u00c3\u00a9ralit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nliberty, libert\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nlibrary, biblioth\u00c3\u00a8que,/\\nlie (n.), mensonge, m.\\nlie down, se coucher.", "height": "3436", "width": "2236", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\nlieutenant second lieutenant, lieu-\\ntenant en second, m.\\nlif e, vie,\\nlife-like, vivant.\\nlift, \u00c3\u00a9lever; to lift up, soulever.\\nlight {vb.), allumer.\\nlight {adj.), l\u00c3\u00a9ger, irr.\\nlight {n.), lumi\u00c3\u00a8re,/\\nlike {vb.), amier like wish,\\nvouloir \\\\_no prep.~], irr.; like\\nthink of, trouver like to\\ndelight in, se plaire irr.\\nlike {adv.), comme.\\nline, ligne,/.\\nlinen, toile,/\\nlink, anneau, irr.\\nlion-tamer, dompteur, m.\\nlip, l\u00c3\u00a8vre,\\nlisten, \u00c3\u00a9couter \\\\_no prep.~\\\\, transitive.\\nliteral, litt\u00c3\u00a9ral, irr.\\nliterary, litt\u00c3\u00a9raire; literary note,\\nnote litt\u00c3\u00a9raire,\\nliterature, litt\u00c3\u00a9rature,\\nlittle {adj.), petit; little notmuch,\\npeu de.\\nlittle {pron.), peu; a little, un peu\\n(de).\\nlittle {adv.), peu; little by little,\\npeu peu.\\nlive, vivre, irr. live r\u00c3\u00a9side, r\u00c3\u00a9-\\nsider, demeurer; to live in, ha-\\nbiter [no prep.~]y to live well,\\nfaire bonne ch\u00c3\u00a8re, irr. long\\nlive, Vive\\nlively, vif, irr.\\nlivre, livre,\\nlocality, local, m., irr.\\nlodge, loger.\\nloftiness, \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9vation,/\\nLondon, Londres.\\nlonesome: to be lonesome, s en-\\nnuyer.\\nlong {adj.), long, irr.\\nlong {adv.), longtemps; alongtime,\\nlongtemps; as long as, aussi long-\\ntemps que.\\nlong (vb.), aspirer\\nlonger {adv.), plus longtemps.\\nlook {vb.), regarder; to look at,\\nregarder; to.look for, chercher;\\nto look upon, regarder.\\nlook (n.), air, m.\\nlord, seigneur, m.; my lord, mon-\\nseigneur.\\nlose, perdre; to lose one s self or\\none s way, s \u00c3\u00a9garer.\\nlot, lot, m. sort, m.\\nloud, fhaut.\\nlouis, louis, m.\\nlove O.), amour, m. in love with,\\namoureux (de); \u00c3\u00a9pris (de).\\nlove {vb.), aimer; ch\u00c3\u00a9rir; to love to,\\naimer\\nlovely, charmant.\\nlover, amoureux, m., irr. amant, m.\\nloving, aimant.\\nlower, inf\u00c3\u00a9rieur.\\nloyal, constant.\\nluck bad luck, le guignon.\\nlucrative, lucratif, irr.\\nlull, bercer.\\nluminous, lumineux, irr.\\nlunch, d\u00c3\u00a9jeuner, m.\\nLyons, Lyon.\\nmachine, machine,/\\nmadam, madame.\\nmadrigal, madrigal, m., irr.\\nmagnificent, magnifique.\\nmajesty, majest\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nmake, faire \\\\_no prep.~], irr. to\\nmake fun of, se moquer (de)\\nse rire (de), irr.; to make happy,\\nrendre heureux; to make haste,\\nse d\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00aacher [de]; to make a\\ntrip, faire un voyage, irr.", "height": "3436", "width": "2260", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n169\\nmake (n.), mod\u00c3\u00a8le, m.\\nmalady, maladie,/\\nmamma, maman.\\nman, homme, m.\\nmanage, savoir \\\\no prep.~\\\\, irr.\\nmanly, m\u00c3\u00a2le.\\nmanner, mani\u00c3\u00a8re,/\\nmanners, fa\u00c3\u00a7ons, pi.\\nmanufacture, fabriquer.\\nmany, beaucoup (de); bien des;\\nmaintes; so many, tant (de); a\\ngreat many, beaucoup (de)\\nbeaucoup (without the noun)\\nhow many, combien (de).\\nmarble, marbre, m.\\nmarch, marche,/\\nmare, jument,/\\nmariner, marin, m.\\nMark Saint Mark, Saint-Marc.\\nmark, marquer.\\nmarriage, mariage, m.; love mar-\\nriage, mariage d amour, m.\\nmarry, marier \u00c3\u00a9pouser marry\\nagain, se remarier.\\nmarvel, merveille,/\\nMary, Marie.\\nMass, messe, Mass-book, livre\\nde messe, m.\\nmassacre (va.), massacrer.\\nmassacre (n.), massacre, m.\\nmaster, ma\u00c3\u00aetre, m.\\nmasterpiece, chef-d \u00c5\u0093uvre, m.\\nmatch, parti,\\nmatter, affaire,/\\nmatters in matters, en mati\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nmature, m\u00c3\u00bbr.\\nmaxim, maxime,/\\nmay be able), pouvoir \\\\_noprep.~],\\nirr.\\nmean (va.), vouloir dire, irr.\\nmean (adj.), m\u00c3\u00a9chant.\\nmeans (n.), moyen, m.\\nmeanwhile, cependant.\\nmediator, m\u00c3\u00a9diateur, m., irr.\\nmeet, rencontrer; rejoindre, irr. (by\\nappointment) se r\u00c3\u00a9unir (of a So-\\nciety)\\nmeeting (n.), r\u00c3\u00a9union,/\\nmelancholy, m\u00c3\u00a9lancolie,\\nmemory, m\u00c3\u00a9moire, memory\\nremembrance, souvenir, m.\\nmen young men, jeunes gens, i?i.\\npi. old men, vieillards, m. pi.\\nmen of letters, hommes de\\nlettres, m. pi.\\nmerchant, n\u00c3\u00a9gociant, m. mar-\\nchand, m.\\nm\u00c3\u00a8re, simple.\\nmerit, m\u00c3\u00a9rite, m.\\nmethod, proc\u00c3\u00a9d\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nm\u00c3\u00a8tre, m\u00c3\u00a8tre, m.\\nmiddle, milieu, m.\\nmidst in the midst, au milieu.\\nmidwinter in midwinter, en plein\\nhiver.\\nmild, doux, irr.\\nmilitary, militaire.\\nmilk, lait, m.\\nmind, esprit, m.\\nmine, le mien, la mienne, les miens,\\nles miennes.\\nminerai, min\u00c3\u00a9ral, m., irr.\\nmingled with, m\u00c3\u00aal\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\nminister, ministre, m. prime min-\\nister, premier ministre, m.\\nminority, minorit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nminute, minute,/\\nmiracle, miracle, ni.\\nmirror, glace,/\\nmischievous, malicieux, irr..\\nmiser, avare,\\nmisery, mis\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nmisfortune, malheur, m.\\nmiss, manquer [de]; to miss the\\nroad, se tromper de route.\\nmist, brume,/", "height": "3436", "width": "2252", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "170\\nVOCABULARY.\\nmistake, faute,/\\nmistaken to be mistaken, se\\ntromper.\\nmix, m\u00c3\u00aaler (de).\\nmodel, mod\u00c3\u00a8le, m.\\nmod\u00c3\u00a9ra, moderne.\\nmodest, modeste.\\nmodestly, modestement.\\nmoment, moment, ni.; but a mo-\\nment since, tout l heure; from\\nthat moment, partir de ce\\nmoment.\\nmoney, argent, m.\\nmonotonous, monotone.\\nmonth, mois, m.\\nmonument, monument, m.\\nmoon, lune,/\\nmoral, moral, irr.\\nmorally, moralement.\\nmorals, m\u00c5\u0093urs,\\nmore {adv. ofdegree), plus; not any\\nmore, ne plus.\\nmore {pron. and adj.), plus (de);\\ndavantage; not any more, no\\nmore, ne plus (de).\\nmoreover, du reste.\\nmorning, matin, {considered as a\\nunit) matin\u00c3\u00a9e, {considered in\\nd\u00c3\u00a9tail).\\nmortal, mortel, irr.\\nmosaic, mosa\u00c3\u00afque,/\\nMoses, Mo\u00c3\u00afse.\\nmoss, mousse,/\\nmost {pron. and adj.), le plus (de)\\nla plupart (de or du, de la, des).\\nmost {adv.), plus.\\nmother, m\u00c3\u00a8re,/\\nmother-in-law, belle-m\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nmotionless, immobile.\\nmotive, motif, m.\\nmould, fa\u00c3\u00a7onner.\\nmount, monter.\\nmountain, montagne,/\\nmountainous, montagneux, irr.\\nmourn, pleurer, transitive.\\nmouse, souris,/\\nmouth, bouche,\\nmove, se mouvoir, irr.\\nmovement, mouvement, m.\\nmuch, beaucoup (de); as much,\\nautant (de) as much as, autant\\nque; how much, combien (de);\\ntoo much, trop (de); so much,\\ntant (de) very much, beau-\\ncoup.\\nmuch {adv. of degree), beaucoup.\\nmus\u00c3\u00a9um, mus\u00c3\u00a9e, m.\\nmusic, musique,/\\nmusician, musicien, m., irr.\\nmust, devoir [no prep.\\\\ irr. fal-\\nloir [no prep.~\\\\, irr.; impersonal.\\nmutually, mutuellement.\\nmy, mon, irr.\\nmystery, myst\u00c3\u00a8re, m.\\nnail, ongle, m.\\nname, nom, m.\\nnamed, nomm\u00c3\u00a9.\\nNapol\u00c3\u00a9on, Napol\u00c3\u00a9on.\\nnation, nation,/\\nnational, national, irr.\\nnative, natal.\\nnatural, naturel, irr.\\nnaturally, naturellement.\\nnaturalness, naturel, m.\\nnature, nature,/\\nnavy, marine,/\\nnear, pr\u00c3\u00a8s de; quite near, tout pr\u00c3\u00a8s\\nde.\\nneat, net, irr.\\nnecessary, n\u00c3\u00a9cessaire; to be neces-\\nsary, falloir [no prep.~\\\\, irr.; im-\\npersonal.\\nnecessity, n\u00c3\u00a9cessit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nneck, cou, m.\\nnecklace, collier, m.", "height": "3436", "width": "2260", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n171\\nneed (vb.~), avoir besoin [de], irr.\\nfalloir \\\\_noprep.~\\\\,irr. impersonal.\\nneed (n.) y besoin, m.\\nneglect (vb.), n\u00c3\u00a9gliger.\\nn\u00c3\u00a9gligence, n\u00c3\u00a9gligence,\\nnegro, n\u00c3\u00a8gre, m., irr.\\nneighbor, voisin, ni.\\nneither, ne ni; neither\\nnor, ne ni ni.\\nnever, ne jamais; without verb,\\njamais.\\nnevertheless, cependant.\\nnew, nouveau, irr.\\nnews, nouvelles, f. pi. nouvelle,/\\nsing.\\nnewspaper, journal, m., irr.\\nnext, prochain.\\nni\u00c3\u00a8ce, ni\u00c3\u00a8ce,/\\nnight, nuit,// last night, hier au\\nsoir.\\nnightingale, rossignol, m.\\nnightmare, cauchemar, m.\\nnine, neuf.\\nno (adj.), ne aucun; ne pas\\nde; nul ne; pas un; no One,\\nne personne, m.; nul ne,\\nm.; no more, ne plus (de).\\nno (adv.), non.\\nnoble (ad/.), noble.\\nnoble noble, m.\\nnobleman, gentilhomme, m. sing.;\\ngentilshommes, ni.pl.\\nnobleness, noblesse,/.\\nnobody, ne personne, ni.\\nnoise, bruit,\\nnonchalance, nonchalance,/\\nnone, aucun ne.\\nnor, ni.\\nNormandy, Normandie,\\nnose, nez,\\nnot, ne pas; ne point.\\nnot that (conj.), non pas que, sub-\\njunctive.\\nnote, billet, m.\\nnothing, ne rien, ni. without\\nverb, rien; nothing but, rien que.\\nnotice, remarquer; s apercevoir, irr.\\nnovel, roman, m.\\nnow, maintenant; pr\u00c3\u00a9sent; until\\nnow, jusque-l\u00c3\u00a0.\\nnumber, nombre, ni.\\nnumerous, nombreux, irr.\\nnut, amande,/\\n0,\\noak, ch\u00c3\u00aane, ?n.\\nobedient, ob\u00c3\u00a9issant.\\nobey, ob\u00c3\u00a9ir\\nObject, objet, m. object ai ni,\\nbut, ni.\\noblige, obliger.\\nobscure, obscure.\\nobscurity, obscurit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nobserve, observer.\\nObserver, observateur, irr.\\nobstacle, obstacle, m.\\nObtain, obtenir, irr.\\noccasion, occasion,/\\noccupation, occupation,/\\nOCCupy, occuper; habiter (a house)\\nto occupy one s self, s occuper,\\noc\u00c3\u00a9an, oc\u00c3\u00a9an, ni.\\nOctober, octobre.\\nodious, odieux, irr.\\nof, de.\\noffer, offrir [de], irr.\\noffend, offenser,\\noffence, offense,/\\noffice, charge,/\\noften, souvent.\\noh, oh.\\noil, huile,/\\nold, vieux, irr. \u00c3\u00a2g\u00c3\u00a9.\\nold: to be years old, avoir\\nans, irr.\\nomelet, omelette,/", "height": "3436", "width": "2244", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "172\\nVOCABULARY.\\non, sur.\\nonce, une fois; ail at once, tout\\ncoup at once, la fois at once\\nimmediately, aussit\u00c3\u00b4t sur-le-\\nchamp.\\nOne {num\u00c3\u00a9ral}, un, une.\\none (pron.), on; the one (distin-\\nguished front the ot/ter l un,\\nl une; the one (dem.), celui, celle,\\nceux, celles; this one, that one,\\ncelui-ci, celui-l\u00c3\u00a0, celle-ci, celle-l\u00c3\u00a0;\\nwhich one or ones, lequel, la-\\nquelle, lesquels, lesquelles one\\nanother, les uns, les autres, les\\nunes, les autres; se.\\nonly (adv.), ne que; seulement;\\nnot only, non seulement.\\nonly (adj.), seul.\\nopen, ouvrir, irr.\\nop\u00c3\u00a9ra, op\u00c3\u00a9ra, m.\\nop\u00c3\u00a9ration, op\u00c3\u00a9ration,\\nopinion, opinion,/\\nopportunity, occasion,/.\\noppose, opposer.\\nor, ou.\\norator, orateur, m.\\nordain, ordonner.\\norder, ordre, m. in order that, afin\\nque, subjunctive in order to, afin\\nde, before infinitive.\\norigin, origine,/\\noriginality, originalit\u00c3\u00a9,\\nOrl\u00c3\u00a9ans, Orl\u00c3\u00a9ans.\\nornament, ornement, m.\\norphan, orphelin, m.\\nother {a\u00c3\u00a2\u00c3\u00a0. and pron?), autre.\\nOthers, auyui,,^. sing., indefinite.\\nOUght, devpir \\\\_no prep.\\\\ irr.\\nour, notre, Yrr.\\nours, le n\u00c3\u00b4tre, la n\u00c3\u00b4tre, les n\u00c3\u00b4tres,\\nm. and fXpl.\\nout of doorsi dehors.\\novercome, surmonter.\\noverwhelm witk a favorable\\nmeaning), combler (de); over-\\nwhelm wi\u00c3\u00aeh an unfavorable\\nmeaning), accabler (de).\\nowe, devoir irr.\\nowl, f hibou, m., irr.\\nown, propre.\\npackage, paquet, m.\\npage, page,/ page boy, page, m.\\npain, causer du chagrin.\\npaint, peindre, irr.\\npainting, peinture,/\\npainter, peintre, m.\\npalace, palais, m.\\npamphlet, brochure,/\\nPanth\u00c3\u00a9on, Panth\u00c3\u00a9on, m.\\npaper, papier, ?n.\\nParadise Lost, Paradis perdu, m.\\nparent, parent,\\npark, parc, m.\\npart (n.), partie, the greater\\npart, la plus grande partie; for\\nthe most part, pour la plupart;\\nto make part of, faire partie de,\\nirr.; on the part of, de la part de.\\npart from, se s\u00c3\u00a9parer de.\\npartridge, perdrix,/\\nparvenu, parvenu,\\npass, passer; pass to occur, se\\npasser.\\npassion, passion,/\\npassionate, passionn\u00c3\u00a9.\\npath, chemin, m.\\npathetic touchant, m.\\npathetic (adj.), path\u00c3\u00a9tique.\\npatience, patience,/\\npatient (n.), malade, m.\\npatiently, patiemment.\\npay solde,/\\npay Qvb.), payer.\\npeace, paix,/\\npeacefully, tranquillement.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n173\\npear, poire,/.\\npeasant, paysan, m., irr.\\npebble, caillou, m., irr.\\npeculiar, original, irr.\\npeculiarity, ridicule, m.\\npecuniary, p\u00c3\u00a9cuniaire,\\npen, plume,/\\npension, pension,/\\npeople, on, m. sing. (always used\\nnominatively, and standing for\\npeople in a vague, g\u00c3\u00aanerai sens\u00c3\u00a9\\nrequires singular verb) gens, m.\\nand f. pi. {translates people, when\\ntins word stands for a number,\\nclass or group of individuals for\\nagreement of adjectives, see gram-\\nmar) people nation or popu-\\nlace, peuple, m. sing. country\\npeople, gens du pays, m. pi.\\npeople of society, gens du monde,\\nm pi.\\nperceive, apercevoir, irr. s aperce-\\nvoir, irr.\\nperfect (vb.), perfectionner.\\nperfect (ad/.), parfait.\\nperfection, perfection,/\\nperfectly, parfaitement.\\nperfidious, perfide.\\nperform, remplir.\\nperformance, repr\u00c3\u00a9sentation,/\\nperformer, ex\u00c3\u00a9cutant, m.\\nperfume (vb.), embaumer.\\nperfume parfum, m.\\nperhaps, peut-\u00c3\u00aatre.\\nperish, p\u00c3\u00a9rir.\\npermanent, durable.\\npermission, permission,\\npermit, permettre [de], irr.\\npers\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9rance, pers\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9rance,/\\npersistent, persistant.\\nperson, personne,/\\npersonage, personnage,\\npersonal, personnel, irr.\\npersuade, persuader\\npersuasive, persuasif, irr.\\nPeter the Cruel, Pierre le Cruel.\\nPeter the Great, Pierre le Grand.\\nphase, phase,/\\nphilosophy, philosophie,/\\nphysiognomy, physionomie,/\\nphysiologist, physiologiste, m.\\npiano, piano, m.\\npick, cueillir, irr. to pick out,\\nchoisir; to pick up, ramasser;\\nto pick up save or rescue, re-\\ncueillir, irr.\\npicture, tableau, ??i., irr.\\npicturesque, pittoresque.\\npi\u00c3\u00a8ce, morceau, m., irr.; pi\u00c3\u00a8ce\\nplay, pi\u00c3\u00a8ce,\\npious, pieux, irr.\\npiqued, piqu\u00c3\u00a9.\\npistole, pistole,/\\npitiless, impitoyable (pour).\\npity, piti\u00c3\u00a9,/ it is a pity, c est dom-\\nmage, subjunctive.\\nplace, place,// endroit, m.\\nplain, plaine,/\\nplan, plan, m.\\nplanet, plan\u00c3\u00a8te,/\\nplant, plante,/\\nplay (vb.), jouer.\\nplay (7/.), pi\u00c3\u00a8ce,/\\nplaything, joujou, m., irr.\\nplease (vb.), plaire irr.; if you\\nplease, veuillez (before the verb).\\npleased with, content (de).\\npleasure, plaisir, m.\\nploughman, laboureur, m.^\\nPlutarch, Plutarque..\\npoet, po\u00c3\u00a8te, m.\\npoetic, po\u00c3\u00a9tique.\\npoetry, po\u00c3\u00a9sie,/\\npoint, point, m.\\npoint Out, d\u00c3\u00a9signer.\\npoison, poison, m.", "height": "3436", "width": "2284", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "174\\nARY.\\nI\\npolite, poE.\\npolitely, poliment\\npolitical, politique.\\np;;r. :e.\\npoorly, maL\\nPope, pape, w.\\npopular, populaire.\\npopularized, popularis\u00c3\u00a9.\\npopulated, peupl\u00c3\u00a9.\\nporter, huissier,\\nportrait, portrait,\\nP0;*:. T.\\nposition, position,/\\npOSSeSS. .V^\\np;ss:r.le T.\\nP;st Off .e. y. f.\\ny.yr-.y w f.\\npowder, poudre,\\npower, pouvoir, w.\\npowerful, puissant\\nprairie, prairie,/\\npraise (\u00c2\u00abfi.), vanter; louer.\\npraise\\npr\u00c3\u00a2y.\\nprayer, pri\u00c3\u00a8re,/; Evening Prayer,\\n?r:\\npr\u00c3\u00a9caution, pr\u00c3\u00a9caution,\\nprevede :.:v.;-.-:r.\\nprecions, pr\u00c3\u00a9cieux, \u00c2\u00a3/r.\\npreciously, pr\u00c3\u00a9cieusement.\\nprecisely, pr\u00c3\u00a9cis\u00c3\u00a9ment.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9cision, pr\u00c3\u00a9cision,/\\nprecocions, pr\u00c3\u00a9coce.\\nprefer, aimer mieux; pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rer.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rence, pr\u00c3\u00a9f\u00c3\u00a9rence,\\npr\u00c3\u00a9pare, pr\u00c3\u00a9parer; to pr\u00c3\u00a9pare doc i\\nself, se pr\u00c3\u00a9parer\\npr\u00c3\u00a9serve r.-\u00c3\u00a9 pr\u00c3\u00a9serve\\nmind, sang-froid, w.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent pr\u00c3\u00a9sent; cadeau,\\nzVr.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sent pr\u00c3\u00a9senter; to pr\u00c3\u00a9-\\nsent one s self,\\nto pr\u00c3\u00a9sent with,\\nse pr\u00c3\u00a9senter\\nremettre\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sentation, repr\u00c3\u00a9sentation,\\npr\u00c3\u00a9sentaient, pressentiment,\\npr\u00c3\u00a9serve, conserver; pr\u00c3\u00a9server.\\n1 pr\u00c3\u00a9sident, pr\u00c3\u00a9sident, wz.\\n-\u00c2\u00bbpress. presser.\\npr\u00c3\u00a9tend, pr\u00c3\u00a9tendre; to pr\u00c3\u00a9tend to,\\nfaire semblant de, v.\\npretension, pr\u00c3\u00a9tention,/\\npretentious, pr\u00c3\u00a9tentieux, z r.\\npretezt, pr\u00c3\u00a9texte, w.\\npretty, joli.\\nprevent, emp\u00c3\u00aacher [de].\\nprey, proie,/\\nprice, prix,\\np -A orgueil,\\npriest, pr\u00c3\u00aatre,\\nprince, prince, Prince of Wales,\\nprince de Galles,\\nprincess, princesse,\\nprincipal principal, w., ?Vr.\\nprincipal (adj.), principal, z r.\\nprison, prison,/\\nprisoner, prisonnier, z\\nprivate, particulier, z r. in private,\\nen particulier; private life, vie pri-\\nv\u00c3\u00a9e,\\nprivation, privation,/\\nprize, estimer.\\nprobable, probable.\\nproclaim, proclamer.\\nprocure, procurer.\\nprodigality, prodigalit\u00c3\u00a9,\\nprodigious, prodigieux, z r.\\nproduce, produire, z r.\\nproduction, production,/\\nprofess, professer.\\nprofession, profession,\\nprof essor, professeur, z?z.\\nprofit, profiter (de).\\nprofound, profond.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "YO C ABU LARY\\n175\\nprogress. progr\u00c3\u00a8s, m. pi.\\nprogressive, progressif, irr.\\nproject, projet, m.\\nprolong, prolonger.\\npromise (r/\\\\), promettre [de], irr.\\npromise promesse,/\\npromptly. promptement.\\npronounce. prononcer.\\nproof, preuve,/!\\nproperly, proprement.\\nproperty, biens, m. pi.\\nprophet, proph\u00c3\u00a8te,\\nproportion, proportion,/\\npropose, proposer [de].\\nproposition, proposition,/\\nprose, prose,/\\nprosperity, prosp\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nprotect, prot\u00c3\u00a9ger.\\nprotection, protection,/\\nprotector, protecteur, m., irr.\\nprot\u00c3\u00a9g\u00c3\u00a9, prot\u00c3\u00a9g\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nProtestant, protestant, m.\\nproud, fier, irr.\\nprove, prouver; to prove one s self,\\nse montrer.\\nProvence, Provence,/\\nprovide, pourvoir ^de), irr.\\nprovided (aw/), pourvu que, su\u00c3\u00b4-\\njunctii t moyennant que, su\u00c3\u00a0-\\njunctive.\\nprovided (adj.), pourvu (de),\\nprovidence, providence,/\\nprovince, province,/\\nprovision, provision,/\\nprovost. pr\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00b4t, m.\\nprudence, prudence,/;\\npsychologist, psychologue, m.\\npublic public, m.\\npublic (ad;.), public, irr.\\npublication, publication,/:\\npublish, publier,\\npublisher, libraire,\\npug, camus.\\npunish, punir.\\npupil, \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8ve, m. \u00c3\u00a9colier, w., irr.\\nprunelle,/ (pftkeey\u00c3\u00a9).\\npure, pur.\\npurify, purifier.\\npurity, puret\u00c3\u00a9,/\\npurse, bourse,/\\npursue, poursuivre, irr.\\nput, mettre, irr. to put back, re-\\nmettre, irr.\\nquality, qualit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nquantity, quantit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nquarrel, se brouiller.\\nquarter, quartier, m.\\nqueen, reine,/\\nquestion (vl interroger.\\nquestion it is a question of, il\\ns agit de.\\nquickly, vite,\\nquiet, apaiser.\\nquietly, tranquillement.\\nquite (adv.) t tout fait.\\nquite ail), tout, toute, toutes.\\nquote, citer.\\nrace, race,/\\nrain (r pleuvoir, irr. imper-\\nsonal.\\nrain pluie,/\\nraise, lever; to raise to bring\\nup, \u00c3\u00a9lever; to raise to \u00c3\u00a9leva ts,\\n\u00c3\u00a9lever to raise one s self,\\ns \u00c3\u00a9lever.\\nrank, rang, m. rank military\\nrank, grade,\\nransom one s self, se racheter.\\nransom ran\u00c3\u00a7on,/\\nrapid, rapide.\\nrapidly, rapidement.\\nrare, rare.\\nrarely, rarement,\\nrat, rat,", "height": "3436", "width": "2288", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "176\\nVOCABULARY.\\nrather, plut\u00c3\u00b4t; rather somewhat,\\nassez,\\nravishing, ravissant.\\nraw, naturel, irr.\\nreach (vb.), atteindre irr.\\nparvenir irr.\\nread, lire, irr. to read over, relire,\\nirr.\\nreading, lecture,/\\nready, pr\u00c3\u00aat.\\nreal (n.), r\u00c3\u00a9el, m.\\nreal (adj.), vrai; v\u00c3\u00a9ritable.\\nreality, r\u00c3\u00a9alit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nrealize, r\u00c3\u00a9aliser,\\nreally, v\u00c3\u00a9ritablement.\\nreap, recueillir, irr.\\nreappear, repara\u00c3\u00aetre, irr.\\nreascend, remonter.\\nreason, raison,/\\nreasonable, raisonnable.\\nreassure, rassurer.\\nrecall, rappeler.\\nreceive, recevoir, irr.\\nrecite, r\u00c3\u00a9citer.\\nrecognrze, reconna\u00c3\u00aetre, irr.\\nrecommend, recommander.\\nrecommendation, recommandation,\\nreconcile, r\u00c3\u00a9concilier,\\nr\u00c3\u00a9cr\u00c3\u00a9ation, r\u00c3\u00a9cr\u00c3\u00a9ation,/\\nred, rouge.\\nredeem one-s self, se racheter.\\nredouble, redoubler.\\nreduce, r\u00c3\u00a9duire, irr.\\nreflect, refl\u00c3\u00a9ter; reflect think, r\u00c3\u00a9-\\nfl\u00c3\u00a9chir,\\nreflection, r\u00c3\u00a9flexion,\\nrefuse, refuser [de].\\nregard, regarder.\\nr\u00c3\u00a9giment, r\u00c3\u00a9giment, m.\\nregret {vb.), regretter [de],\\nregret (n.), regret, m.\\nregular, r\u00c3\u00a9gulier, irr.\\nreign (vb.), r\u00c3\u00a9gner.\\nreign (n.), r\u00c3\u00a8gne, m.\\nrejoice, se r\u00c3\u00a9jouir [de].\\nrelate, raconter.\\nrelative, parent, m.\\nrelie, relique,/\\nrelieve, soulager.\\nreligion, religion,/\\nremain, rester.\\nremains, restes, m. pi.\\nremark (vb.), remarquer.\\nremark (n.), r\u00c3\u00a9flexion,/\\nremember, se rappeler; se souvenir\\n(de), irr.\\nremind, faire l effet de, irr.\\nremorse, remords, m.\\nrender, rendre.\\nrepaid, rembours\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\nrepair, r\u00c3\u00a9parer repair go, se\\nrendre.\\nrepast, repas, m.\\nrepeat, r\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9ter.\\nrepelled (adj.), repouss\u00c3\u00a9.\\nrepent, se repentir (de), irr.\\nreplace, remplacer.\\nreply, r\u00c3\u00a9pondre; r\u00c3\u00a9pliquer.\\nrepose, reposer,\\nrepresent, repr\u00c3\u00a9senter.\\nreproduce, reproduire, irr.\\nreprove, reprendre (sur), irr.\\nrepublic, r\u00c3\u00a9publique,/\\nr\u00c3\u00a9putation, r\u00c3\u00a9putation,/\\nrequest, demande,\\nrequire, exiger.\\nrereadj relire, irr.\\nresemble, ressembler\\nresentment, ressentiment, m.\\nr\u00c3\u00a9signation, r\u00c3\u00a9signation,/\\nresist, r\u00c3\u00a9sister\\nresolute, r\u00c3\u00a9solu.\\nr\u00c3\u00a9solve, r\u00c3\u00a9soudre [de], irr.\\nresource, ressource,/\\nrespect (vb.), respecter.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n177\\nrespect (ni), respect, m.\\nrest (yb.), se reposer.\\nrest {n.), repos, m.\\nretain, retenir, irr.\\nretire, se retirer.\\nretreat, retraite,/\\nreturn give back), rendre; re-\\nturn go back, retourner re-\\nturn corne back, revenir, irr.\\nreveal, r\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a9ler; livrer (a secref).\\nrevery, r\u00c3\u00aaverie,/\\nrevive, ranimer.\\nR\u00c3\u00a9volution, R\u00c3\u00a9volution,\\nreward, r\u00c3\u00a9compenser.\\nrhetoric, rh\u00c3\u00a9torique,\\nrhyme, rime,/\\nrich, riche.\\nriches, richesses,///.\\nrichness, richesse,/\\nrid: to get rid of or to rid one s\\nself of, se d\u00c3\u00a9barasser (de).\\nride, monter.\\nrider, cavalier, m.\\nridicule, ridicule, m.\\nridiculous, ridicule.\\nright droit, m.; to be right,\\navoir raison, irr.; right away,\\ntout de suite.\\nring, bague,/\\nripen, m\u00c3\u00bbrir.\\nrise, se lever; s \u00c3\u00a9lever (ascend).\\nrisk, risque, m.\\nrival (n.), rival, m., irr.\\nrival (ad/.), rival, irr.\\nriver, fleuve, m.\\nroad, chemin, m.\\nroam, r\u00c3\u00b4der.\\nrob, voler.\\nrobust, robuste.\\nrock, rocher, m.\\nr\u00c3\u00b4le, r\u00c3\u00b4le, m.\\nroll, rouler.\\nrolling (n.), roulement, m.\\nRoman {n.), Romain, m.\\nRoman (ad/.), romain.\\nroof, toit, m.\\nroom, salle,// chambre,/\\nroot, racine,/\\nrose, rose, wild rose, rose de\\nbuisson, rose leaf feuille de\\nrose,\\nrosy, vermeil, irr.\\nroyal, royal, irr.\\nrudeness, impolitesse,/\\nrugged, rugueux, irr.\\nruin (vb.), perdre.\\nruin (n.), ruine,/\\nrule, r\u00c3\u00a8gle,\\nrun, courir, irr..; to run away, se\\nsauver.\\nRussia, Russie,/\\nsacrifice (vb.), sacrifier.\\nsacrifice sacrifice, m.\\nsad, triste.\\nsadden, attrister.\\nsadness, tristesse,/\\nsaint, saint, m.; Saint Bartholo-\\nmew, Saint- Barth\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9my.\\nsalient, saillant.\\nsalon, salon, m.\\nsalutary, salutaire.\\nsame, m\u00c3\u00aame (before the noun).\\nsanction, sanctionner.\\nsatisfaction, satisfaction,/\\nsatisfied (adj.), satisfait (de).\\nsatisfy, contenter.\\nSaturday, samedi.\\nsavage, sauvage, m.\\nsavant, savant, m.\\nsave, sauver.\\nsavings, \u00c3\u00a9pargnes,///.\\nsay, dire, irr.; that is to say, c est-\\n\u00c3\u00a0-dire.\\nscaffold, \u00c3\u00a9chafaud, m.\\nscale, escalader.", "height": "3436", "width": "2236", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "i;8\\nVOCABULARY.\\nscandai, scandale, m.\\nscandalous, scandaleux, irr.\\nscarcely, peine.\\nsc\u00c3\u00a8ne, sc\u00c3\u00a8ne,/\\nscholar, savant, m.\\nschool, \u00c3\u00a9cole,/.\\nscience, science,/\\nscold, gronder.\\nScotch, \u00c3\u0089cossais, m*\\nscullion, marmiton, m.\\nsearch in search of la recherche\\nde.\\nseason, saison,/\\nseat, place,/\\nseated, assis.\\nsecond, second.\\nsecret secret, m.\\nsecret (ad/.), secret, irr.\\nsee, voir [no prep.~\\\\, irr.; to see\\nagain, revoir, irr.; to see once\\nmore, revoir, irr.\\nseek, chercher arrive to seek,\\narriver chercher.\\nseem, sembler [no prep.~\\\\ para\u00c3\u00aetre\\n{no prep.~\\\\, irr.\\nseize, saisir.\\nseldom, rare.\\ns\u00c3\u00a9lect, choisir.\\nself, soi-m\u00c3\u00aame.\\nselfish, \u00c3\u00a9go\u00c3\u00afste.\\nselfishness, \u00c3\u00a9go\u00c3\u00afsme, m.\\nsell, vendre.\\nsend, envoyer, irr. to send for,\\nfaire venir, irr. faire appeler,\\nirr. to send away renvoyer, irr.\\nsens\u00c3\u00a9, sens, m.\\nsensibility, sensibilit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nsensible, sens\u00c3\u00a9.\\nsensitive, sensible.\\nsentiment, sentiment, m.\\ns\u00c3\u00a9paration, s\u00c3\u00a9paration,/\\ns\u00c3\u00a9ries, suite, sing.\\nserious, grave; s\u00c3\u00a9rieux, irr.\\nseriously, s\u00c3\u00a9rieusement; gravement.\\nserpent, serpent, m.\\nservant, serviteur, m. domestique,\\nm.\\nserve, servir, irr.\\nservice, service, m.\\nset foot in, mettre les pieds au, irr.\\nset off {adj?), soutenu.\\nsettle, r\u00c3\u00a9gler (a MIT) to settle\\ndown, s \u00c3\u00a9tablir\\nseven, sept.\\nseventeenth, dix-septi\u00c3\u00a8me.\\nseventy-eight, soixante-dix-huit,\\nseventy-five, soixante-quinze.\\nseveral, plusieurs,\\nsevere, s\u00c3\u00a9v\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nshade, nuance,/ (ofco/or); ombre,/\\nshadow, ombre,/\\nshame, f honte,/\\nshameful, f honteux, irr.\\nshape, faire \\\\jw prep.~], irr.\\nshare, partager.\\nsheet, drap, m.\\nshell, noyau, m., irr.\\nshelter, abri,\\nshepherd, berger, m.; pasteur, m.\\nshepherdess, berg\u00c3\u00a8re,/\\nshoe, soulier, m.\\nshop, boutique,/\\nshort, bref, irr.\\nshoulder, \u00c3\u00a9paule,/\\nshow, montrer.\\nshut up, enfermer; to shut one s\\nself up, s enfermer.\\nshy, faire un \u00c3\u00a9cart, irr.\\nside by the side of, c\u00c3\u00b4t\u00c3\u00a9 de; by\\nthe fireside, au coin du feu.\\nsi\u00c3\u00a8ge, si\u00c3\u00a8ge, m.\\nsilence, silence, m.\\nsilent, silencieux, irr.\\nsilk, soie,/\\nsimilar, semblable.\\nsimple, simple.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n1/9\\nsimpleton, sot, m., irr.\\nsimplicity, simplicit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nBill, p\u00c3\u00a9ch\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nfinir .depuis; but a moment\\nsince, tout l heure.\\nsin\u00c5\u0093 \u00c3\u0087conJ. puisque, depuis que.\\nsince {prep.} y depuis.\\nsinc\u00c3\u00a8re, sinc\u00c3\u00a8re.\\nsincerity, sinc\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nsing, chanter.\\nsingle, seul: a single one, un seul.\\nsingular, singulier, irr.\\nsir, monsieur.\\nSire. Sire.\\nsister. \u00c3\u00ae:eur. sister mtn, reli-\\ngieuse or sceur. f.\\nsit down at, se mettre irr.; to\\nsit up. veiller.\\nsite, emplacement, m.\\nsitnated (ad/.), situ\u00c3\u00a9.\\nsituation, situation,/\\nsix.\\nsixteen. seize.\\nsketch, \u00c3\u00a9bauche,/\\nsky. ::el, m., irr.\\nslave, esclave, m.\\nsleer simmeil,\\nsleep dormir, irr.\\nsleepy to be sleepy. avoir sommeil.\\nsmall. petit.\\nsmallest. moindre.\\nsmile sourire, irr. to smile\\nupon, sourire irr.\\nsmile sourire, ni.\\nsmoke. fumer,\\nsnow. neige,/\\nSO (ad: si; SO that. de sorte que,\\nafin que, subju\\npour que,\\nsoap. savon,\\nsociety. socif\\nSocrates, Socrate.\\nsoil, sol, m.\\nsojourn, s\u00c3\u00a9jour, m.\\nsoldier, soldat, m.\\nSOlicitor, sollicite ur, m., irr.\\nsolitary, solitaire.\\nsolitude, solitude,/\\nSolomon, Salomon.\\nsomber, sombre.\\nsome (adj.~), de -f def. art.; quelque\\n(empkatic)\\nsome (pron.), en quelques-uns,\\nquelques-unes (emphatic)\\nsomebody, on; quelqu un,///.\\nsome one, quelqu un, m.\\nsomething, quelque chose, m.\\nsometimes, quelquefois.\\nson, fils,\\nson-in-law, gendre, m.\\nsoon, bient\u00c3\u00b4t vite as soon as, aus-\\nsit\u00c3\u00b4t que; d\u00c3\u00a8s que; sit\u00c3\u00b4t que;\\nsoon after, peu apr\u00c3\u00a8s; as soon as\\npossible, au plus t\u00c3\u00b4t; so soon, si\\nt\u00c3\u00b4t.\\nsooner. plut\u00c3\u00b4t sooner earlier,\\nplus t\u00c3\u00b4t.\\nsorrow, douleur,/\\nsort, esp\u00c3\u00a8ce,/\\nsought after, recherch\u00c3\u00a9,\\nso\u00c3\u00bbl. Ame,/\\nsound, bruit, m.\\nsource, source,/\\n90W, semer.\\nSpain, Espagne,/\\nSpanish. Espagnol, m.\\nspare, \u00c3\u00a9pargner\\nspeak, parler.\\nsp\u00c3\u00a9cial, sp\u00c3\u00a9cial, irr.\\nspectacles, lunettes./,\\nspectator. spectateur, m., irr.\\nspeech, compliment, m.\\nspell. sort, m.\\nspend, d\u00c3\u00a9penser; passe.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "i8o\\nVOCABULARY.\\nspin, filer.\\nspinner, fileuse,/\\nspirit, esprit, m.\\nsplendor, splendeur,/.\\nspoil, g\u00c3\u00a2ter.\\nspring, ressort, m. source, f. (of\\nwater) source, (figuratively)\\nsprite, lutin, m.\\nstage, th\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tre, m.\\nstain, tache,/\\nstairs, escalier, m. sing.\\nstand endure), supporter.\\nstand around, entourer,\\nstar, \u00c3\u00a9toile, astre, m.\\nstart, partir, irr.\\nstate (va.), rapporter.\\nstate (71.), \u00c3\u00a9tat, m.; the State,\\nl Etat, m.\\nstatute, statut, m.\\nstay, rester; demeurer.\\nsteeple, clocher, m.\\nstep, pas, m.\\nstick (vb.), appliquer,\\nstick (n.), b\u00c3\u00a2ton, m.\\nstifle, \u00c3\u00a9touffer.\\nstill (adv.), encore; toujours.\\nstone, pierre,/\\nstop, arr\u00c3\u00aater, transitive s arr\u00c3\u00aater,\\nintransitive.\\nstorm, orage, m.\\nstormy, orageux, irr.\\nstory, histoire,// \u00c3\u00a9tage, m. (of a\\nhouse)\\nstraight (adv.), tout droit,\\nstrange, \u00c3\u00a9trange.\\nstratagem, stratag\u00c3\u00a8me, m.\\nstraw, paille,\\nstray from, s \u00c3\u00a9loigner (de).\\nstream, ruisseau, m., irr.\\nstreet, rue,/\\nstrength, force,/\\nstrewn (adj.), sem\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\nstrike, frapper.\\nstriking (adj.), frappant.\\nstripped (adj.), d\u00c3\u00a9pouill\u00c3\u00a9.\\nstrong, fort.\\nstudious, studieux, irr.\\nstudy (vb.), \u00c3\u00a9tudier.\\nstudy (11.), \u00c3\u00a9tude,/\\nstupid, b\u00c3\u00aate.\\nstupidity, b\u00c3\u00aatise,/\\nstyle, style, m. given style, genre\\ndonn\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nsubject, sujet, m.\\nsublime (adj.), sublime.\\nsublime sublime, m.\\nsublimity, \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9vation,/\\nsubsistence, subsistance,/\\nsubtle, subtil.\\nsucceed, r\u00c3\u00a9ussir; to succeed corne\\na/ter, succ\u00c3\u00a9der to succeed in,\\nparvenir irr.; r\u00c3\u00a9ussir\\nsuccess, succ\u00c3\u00a8s, m.\\nsuccessive, successif, irr.\\nsuccessively, successivement.\\nsuch, tel, irr. pareil, irr. such\\nbefore adj. or adv., si; such a be-\\nfore a noun, un tel, une telle;\\nSUCh a before adj. or adv., un si,\\nune si; such as, tel que, irr.\\nsuddenly, tout coup.\\nsuffice, suffire, irr.\\nsufficient, suffisant.\\nsuit, convenir irr.\\nsuitor, pr\u00c3\u00a9tendu, m.\\nsulky, boudeur, irr.\\nsum, somme,/\\nsummit, sommet, m.\\nsumptuous, fastueux, irr.\\nsun, soleil, m.\\nsup, souper.\\nsuperb, superbe.\\nsuperfluous, superflu.\\nsuperior, sup\u00c3\u00a9rieur.\\nsupernumerary, surnum\u00c3\u00a9raire.\\nsuperstition, superstition,/", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\nliSi\\nsupper, souper, m.\\nsuppose (conj.), suppos\u00c3\u00a9 que, sub-\\njunctive.\\nsure, s\u00c3\u00bbr.\\nsurely, certes.\\nsurface, surface, f.\\nsurmount, surmonter.\\nsurpass, surpasser.\\nsurprise (n.), \u00c3\u00a9tonnement, m.\\nsurprised, \u00c3\u00a9tonn\u00c3\u00a9 [de] to be sur-\\nprised, s \u00c3\u00a9tonner [de].\\nsurround, entourer (de).\\nsurrounded by, entour\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\nsurvive, survivre irr.\\nsuspect, se douter; soup\u00c3\u00a7onner.\\nsuspend, suspendre.\\nsuspicion, soup\u00c3\u00a7on, m.\\nsustain, soutenir, irr.\\nswallow, avaler.\\nswear, jurer [de].\\nsweet, doux, irr.\\nsweets, g\u00c3\u00a2teaux, m. pi.\\nSwiss Suisse, m.\\nSwitzerland, Suisse,/.\\nsword, \u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\nsymbol, image,/\\nsymbolical, embl\u00c3\u00a9matique.\\nsyntax, syntaxe,/\\nSystem, m\u00c3\u00a9thode,/\\ntable, table,/\\ntact, bonne gr\u00c3\u00a2ce,/\\ntake, prendre, irr. conduire, irr.\\nmener (condact) porter (carry)\\nit takes, falloir \\\\_no prep.], irr.,\\nimper sonal to take back, rame-\\nner (persons) to take along, to\\ntake with or to take to, emmener\\n(persons) to take possession of\\ns emparer de se saisir de to take\\na walk, se promener; to take\\npart in, prendre part irr. to\\ntake place, avoir lieu, irr. to\\ntake care not to, se bien garder\\nde; to take communion, com-\\nmunier; to take the trip, faire\\nla route, irr.; to take a journey,\\nfaire un voyage, irr. to take up\\none s r\u00c3\u00a9sidence, se fixer to\\ntake refuge, se r\u00c3\u00a9fugier.\\ntalent, talent, m.\\ntalk, parler; causer.\\ntalker, causeur, m., irr.\\ntall, grand.\\ntame, apprivoiser.\\ntaste (vb.), go\u00c3\u00bbter\\ntaste (n.), go\u00c3\u00bbt, m.\\ntavern, auberge,/\\nteach, apprendre irr.\\nteacher, ma\u00c3\u00aetre, m., irr.\\nteaching, enseignement, m.\\ntear larme,/\\ntear away from, arracher to\\ntear into shreds, mettre en lam-\\nbeaux, irr.\\ntelegram, d\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00aache,/\\ntell, dire [de], irr.\\ntemperate, mod\u00c3\u00a9r\u00c3\u00a9; sobre (of per-\\nsons).\\ntemple, temple, m.; tower of the\\nTemple, tour du Temple,\\ntempt, tenter [de].\\nten, dix.\\ntender, tendre.\\ntenderly, tendrement.\\ntenderness, tendresse,/\\nTerence, T\u00c3\u00a9rence.\\nterm, terme, m.\\nterrible, terrible.\\nterror, effroi, m.\\ntestament, testament, m.\\nthan, que; before numerals, de.\\nthank, remercier.\\nthanks to, gr\u00c3\u00a2ce\\nthat n/j.), ce, irr.\\nthat (conj.), que.", "height": "3436", "width": "2280", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "182\\nVOCABULARY.\\nthat {dem. pron.), def., celui, celle,\\nceux, celles; indef., cela; that\\nit, ce.\\nthat {rel. pron.), qui, que; ail that\\nor everything that, tout ce qui,\\ntout ce que.\\nthe, le, la, les.\\nth\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tre, th\u00c3\u00a9\u00c3\u00a2tre, m.\\ntheir, leur, irr.\\ntheirs, le leur, la leur, les leurs {m.\\nand f. pi.).\\nthen, alors {at that time) puis Cafter\\nthat) ensuite {next) donc {so,\\ntherefor\u00c3\u00a9)\\nthere, y; l\u00c3\u00a0 {emphatic) il {exple-\\ntiv\u00c3\u00a8) there is, there are, il y a\\nvoil\u00c3\u00a0 {emphatic) down there, l\u00c3\u00a0-\\nbas.\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se {adj.), ces (m. and f. pi.).\\nth\u00c3\u00a8se {dem. pron.), ceux, celles\\nceux-ci, celles-ci {emphatic).\\nThibet, Thibet, m.\\nthick, \u00c3\u00a9pais, irr.\\nthing, chose,/\\nthink, penser to think believe,\\ncroire \\\\_no prep.~\\\\, irr.; to think\\nof, penser\\nthird, troisi\u00c3\u00a8me.\\nthird (n.), tiers, m.\\nthirteen, treize.\\nthirteenth, treizi\u00c3\u00a8me.\\nthirty, trente.\\nthis {adj.), ce, irr.\\nthis {pron.), ceci.\\nthoroughly: so thoroughly, telle-\\nment.\\nthose {adj.), ces {ni. and f. pi.).\\nthose {pron.), ceux, celles; ceux-l\u00c3\u00a0,\\ncelles-l\u00c3\u00a0 {emphatic).\\nthough even though, m\u00c3\u00aame.\\nthought, pens\u00c3\u00a9e,/\\nthousand {adj.), mille {invariable).\\nthreaten, menacer [de].\\nthree, trois.\\nthreshold, seuil, m.\\nthrough, travers.\\nthrow, jeter; to throw one s self\\nback, se rejeter.\\nthus, ainsi.\\nthy, ton, irr.\\ntie, attacher.\\ntime, temps, m. fois, {r\u00c3\u00a9p\u00c3\u00a9tition\\nor occasion) a short time, peu de\\ntemps; at a time, de suite; from\\nthis time on, d\u00c3\u00a8s lors from time\\nto time, de temps en temps; to\\nh\u00c3\u00a2ve time to, avoir le temps [de],\\nirr.\\ntimes those times, ces temps-l\u00c3\u00a0.\\ntire one s self, se fatiguer.\\ntitle, titre, m.\\nto, {signifying direction) pour\\n{purpose); de {loose connective).\\nto-day, aujourd hui.\\ntogether, ensemble.\\ntol\u00c3\u00a9rant, tol\u00c3\u00a9rant.\\ntolerate, supporter.\\ntomb, tombeau, ?n., irr.\\nto-morrow, demain.\\ntongue, langue,/\\ntoo, aussi {also).\\ntoo {adv. ofdegree), trop; too much\\nor too many, trop (de).\\ntorment, tourmenter.\\ntorrid, br\u00c3\u00bblant.\\ntorturer, bourreau, m., irr.\\ntotally, absolument.\\ntouch, toucher.\\ntouching, touchant.\\ntoward or towards, vers {in the di-\\nrection of); envers {with regard\\nto).\\ntradition, tradition,/\\ntragedy, trag\u00c3\u00a9die,/\\ntrain {vb.), former.\\ntrain {n.) train, m.", "height": "3436", "width": "2244", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n83\\ntraitor, tra\u00c3\u00aetre, m., irr.\\ntrample upon, pi\u00c3\u00a9tiner, transitive.\\ntranslation, traduction,/\\ntrap-door, trappe,/.\\ntravel, voyager.\\ntraveller, voyageur, m., irr.\\ntreacherous, perfide.\\ntreasure, tr\u00c3\u00a9sor, m.\\ntreat, traiter.\\ntree, arbre, m.\\ntremble, trembler.\\ntribe, tribu,/\\ntriumph (vb.), triompher (de).\\ntriumph triomphe, m.\\ntroop or troupe, troupe,\\ntrouble (vb.), inqui\u00c3\u00a9ter.\\ntrouble (n.), peine, f.; to h\u00c3\u00a2ve\\ntrouble in, avoir de la peine\\nirr.\\ntrue, vrai.\\ntruly, en v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9.\\ntrunk, tronc, (of trees) trompe,\\n(0/ \u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a9phants).\\ntrust, se fier\\ntruth, v\u00c3\u00a9rit\u00c3\u00a9, in truth, en v\u00c3\u00a9-\\nrit\u00c3\u00a9.\\ntry, s efforcer [de]; essayer [de].\\ntry on, essayer.\\ntube, tuyau, m., irr.\\ntulip, tulipe,/\\nturn (7^.), tourner; se tourner, in-\\ntransitive.\\nturn tournure,/\\ntutor, pr\u00c3\u00a9cepteur, m.\\ntwelve, douze.\\ntwenty, vingt.\\ntwo, deux.\\ntwofold, deux fois.\\ntype, type, ni.\\nugliness, laideur,/\\nugly, laid.\\nunceasingly, sans cesse.\\nuncertain, incertain.\\nuncle, oncle, m.\\nunconquerable, invincible,\\nunder, sous,\\nundergo, subir.\\nunderstand, comprendre, irr.\\nundertake, se livrer\\nuneasy, inquiet, irr.\\nunexpected, inattendu.\\nunfavorably, d\u00c3\u00a9favorablement.\\nunfortunate (aa) f\u00c3\u00a2cheux, irr.\\nunfortunate malheureux, m.,\\nirr.\\nungrateful, ingrat.\\nunhappy, malheureux, irr.\\nunhealthy, malsain.\\nunimportant, indiff\u00c3\u00a9rent.\\nunion, union,/\\nunique, unique.\\nunity, union,/\\nuniversal, universel, irr.\\nuniverse, univers, m.\\nunjust, injuste.\\nunjustly, injustement.\\nunless, moins que, subjunctive.\\nuntil (co?ij.), jusqu ce que, sub-\\njunctive en attendant que, sub-\\njunctive.\\nuntil (prep.), jusque; until now,\\njusque-l\u00c3\u00a0.\\nupon, sur.\\nupright, droit.\\nuse, se servir (de), irr.; employer.\\nuseful, utile.\\nuseless, inutile,\\nuselessly, inutilement,\\nuselessness, d\u00c3\u00a9s\u00c5\u0093uvrement, ni.\\nusual, habituel, irr.\\nusually, ordinairement.\\nutter, prof\u00c3\u00a9rer.\\nvague, vague.\\nvaguely, vaguement.", "height": "3436", "width": "2228", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\nvain, vain; in vain, vainement.\\nvalet, valet de chambre, m.; valet,\\nm.\\nvaliant, vaillant.\\nvalise, valise,\\nvanish, s \u00c3\u00a9vanouir.\\nvanity, vanit\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nvanquish, vaincre, irr.\\nvariety, vari\u00c3\u00a9t\u00c3\u00a9,/\\nvarious, divers.\\nvary, varier,\\nvast, vaste,\\nvegetable, v\u00c3\u00a9g\u00c3\u00a9tal, irr.; l\u00c3\u00a9gume,\\nm. {plants used as food).\\nVenetian, V\u00c3\u00a9nitien, m., irr.\\nVenice, Venise,/.\\nvenomous, venimeux, irr.\\nverdure, verdure,/.\\nv\u00c3\u00a9ritable, v\u00c3\u00a9ritable,\\nverse, vers, pi\u00c3\u00a8ce of verse, pi\u00c3\u00a8ce\\nde vers,/\\nversification, versification,/\\nversifier, versificateur, m.\\nvery (ad/.), m\u00c3\u00aame Cafter the noun).\\nvery (adv.), tr\u00c3\u00a8s; bien; fort.\\nvicar, cur\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nvice, vice, m.\\nvictim, victime,// victim of or to,\\nen proie\\nvictorious, vainqueur.\\nvictory, victoire,/\\nVienna, Vienne.\\nview, vue, with a view to, en\\nvue de.\\nvigor, vigueur,/\\nvillage, village, m.\\nviolet, violette,/\\nviolin, violon, m.\\nviolinist, violiniste, m.\\nVirgin, vierge,/\\nvirtue, vertu,/\\nvirtuoso, virtuose, m.\\nvirtuous, vertueux, irr.\\nvisit (vb.), visiter,\\nvisit visite\u00c2\u00bb/\\nvisitor, visiteur, m., irr.\\nvocabulary, vocabulaire, m.\\nvoice, voix,/\\nvolcano, volcan,\\nVOWel, voyelle,\\nvoyage, voyage,. m.\\nwages, gages, m. pi.\\nwait for, attendre.\\nwake up, se r\u00c3\u00a9veiller.\\nwalk (vb.), marcher.\\nwalk (n.), promenade,/\\nwall, mur, m.\\nwant, vouloir \\\\_no prep.~], irr.\\nwar, guerre,/\\nwarm, chaud.\\nwash, laver.\\nwaste, perdre.\\nwatch, montre,/\\nwater (vb.), arroser.\\nwater (n.), eau,/, irr.\\nwave, flot, m.\\nway, chemin, m.; route,/ on the\\nway, en route or en chemin; in\\nsuch a way, de telle sorte; ail\\nthe way, tout la route.\\nweak, faible.\\nweakness, faiblesse,/\\nwealth, richesse,/\\nwear, porter; to wear a way, user.\\nweary, se lasser (de), intransitive\\nfatiguer, transitive.\\nweather, temps,\\nwed, \u00c3\u00a9pouser.\\nweek, semaine,/\\nweep, pleurer.\\nweigh, peser.\\nwell (adv.), bien; as well as, aussi\\nbien que.\\nwell {interjection*), eh bien.\\nwhat (adj. int.), quel, irr.", "height": "3420", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY.\\n185\\nwhat (ad/. indef), quel, irr.\\nwhat (pron. int.), qu est-ce qui\\n(subj.); que or qu est-ce que\\n(dir. obj.) quoi (obj. of prep.)\\nce qui, ce que (in indirect ques-\\ntions).\\nwhat (prou. rel.), ce qui, ce que.\\nwhat (interjection), eh quoi.\\nwhatever (adj.), quel que,\\nquelle que, quels que,\\nquelles que.\\nwhatever (pron.), quoi que.\\nwheat, bl\u00c3\u00a9, m.\\nwheel, rouage, ni.\\nwhen, quand; lorsque (not used in\\ndirect qitestions)\\nwhence, d o\u00c3\u00b9.\\nwhether, que que; whether\\nif, si.\\nwhich (adj. int.), quel.\\nwhich (pron. int.), lequel, laquelle,\\nlesquels, lesquelles.\\nwhich (pron.: rel.), qui (subj.);\\nque (obj. ofverb) lequel, laquelle,\\nlesquels, lesquelles (obj. of prep?)\\nof which, dont; after which,\\napr\u00c3\u00a8s quoi.\\nwhile, pendant que; before pr\u00c3\u00a9sent\\nparticipa, en; a little while, un\\npeu.\\nwhilst, tandis que.\\nwhirlwind, temp\u00c3\u00aate,\\nwhite, blanc, irr.\\nwho (int.), qui or qui est-ce qui.\\nWho (rel.), qui.\\nwhoever, quiconque.\\nwhole (adj.), tout, toute; the whole,\\ntout le, toute la.\\nwhole (n.), le tout.\\nwholly, tout fait.\\nwhom (int.), qui or qui est-ce que.\\nwhom (rel.), que (obj. ofverb);\\nqui (obj. of verb, ant\u00c3\u00a9c\u00c3\u00a9dent un-\\nexpressed) qui (obj. of prep.)\\nlequel, laquelle, lesquels, les-\\nquelles.\\nwhose, dont; de qui; duquel, de\\nlaquelle, desquels, desquelles.\\nwhy, pourquoi.\\nwicked, m\u00c3\u00a9chant.\\nwidow, veuve,/;\\nwidower, veuf, m.\\nwife, femme,/\\nwild, f\u00c3\u00a9roce wild skittish, ombra-\\ngeux, irr.\\nwill zvish, want, be willing), vou-\\nloir \\\\jio prep.\\\\ irr.\\nwilling to be willing, vouloir bien\\n[110 prep. irr.\\nwind, vent, m.\\nwindo w, fen\u00c3\u00aatre, window g\u00c3\u00aeass,\\nvitres,///.\\nwine, vin, m.; wine cellar, cave,/.\\nwinter, hiver, m.\\nwise, sage.\\nwish (vb.), vouloir {no prep. irr.\\nsouhaiter \\\\_no prep.~\\\\.\\nwish (n.), v\u00c5\u0093u, m.\\nwit (n.), esprit, a wit, bel\\nesprit, 711., irr.; homme d esprit,\\nm.\\nwith, avec.\\nwithdraw, se retirer.\\nwithin, en.\\nwithout (prep.), sans.\\nwithout (conj.), sans que.\\nwitty, spirituel, irr.\\nWOlf, loup, m.\\nwoman, femme,/\\nwonder, merveille, to do won-\\nders, faire merveille, irr.\\nwonderful, admirable.\\nWOOd, bois, m.; WOOds, bois, m. pi.\\nWOOl, laine,/\\nword, mot, m. parole, in a\\nword, en somme.", "height": "3436", "width": "2276", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "i86\\nVOCABULARY.\\nwords beyond words, au-dessus\\ndes paroles.\\nwork (va.), travailler.\\nWOrk (n.), travail, m., irr.; ouvrage,\\nm. work literary production,\\nouvrage, m., or \u00c5\u0093uvre, f. at\\nwork, l \u00c5\u0093uvre.\\nworld, monde, m. the New World,\\nle nouveau Monde,\\nworldly, mondain.\\nworn out, ext\u00c3\u00a9nu\u00c3\u00a9 (de).\\nworry, s inqui\u00c3\u00a9ter (de).\\nworship, culte, m.\\nworst, pire,\\nworth. (n.), valeur,\\nworth to be worth, valoir {no\\nprep.~\\\\, irr.\\nworthy, digne.\\nwound, blesser.\\nwounded (ad;.), bless\u00c3\u00a9.\\nwretchedness, mis\u00c3\u00a8re,\\nwring from, arracher\\nwrinkled, rid\u00c3\u00a9.\\nWrite, \u00c3\u00a9crire, irr.\\nwriter, \u00c3\u00a9crivain, m.; prose writer,\\nprosateur, m. a writer of com-\\nedy, auteur comique, m.\\nwriting, \u00c3\u00a9criture,/.\\nwrong, tort, m. to be wrong, avoir\\ntort, irr.\\nyear, an, m. (coitsidered as a unit);\\nann\u00c3\u00a9e, f. (considered in ail its\\nparts)\\nyellow, jaune.\\nyes, oui.\\nyesterday, hier.\\nyet, encore; yet nevertheless, pour-\\ntant; cependant.\\nyield, c\u00c3\u00a9der.\\nyonder, l\u00c3\u00a0-bas.\\nyoung, jeune.\\nyour, votre, irr.\\nyours, le v\u00c3\u00b4tre, la v\u00c3\u00b4tre, les v\u00c3\u00b4tres\\n(m. andf.pl.).\\nyouth, jeunesse,// youth young\\nman, jeune homme, m.\\nzeal, ardeur,/", "height": "3440", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "ADVERTISEMENTS.", "height": "3428", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3432", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "Ibea\u00c3\u00aeb s flfcobern Xanguage S\u00c3\u00a9ries\u00c2\u00bb\\nFRENCH GRAMMARS AND READERS.\\nEdgren s Compendious French Grammar. Adapted to the needs of the\\nbeginner and the advanced student. $1.12.\\nEdgren s French Grammar, Part I. For those who wish to learn quickly\\nto read French. 35 cts.\\nFraser and Squair s French Grammar. Compl\u00c3\u00a8te and practical. For be-\\nginners and advanced students. $1.12.\\nGrandgent s Essentials of French Grammar. With numerous exercises\\nand illustrative sentences. $1.00.\\nGrandgent s Short French Grammar. Phonetic help in pronunciation.\\nExercises, see below. 60 cts.\\nGrandgent s French Lessons and Exercises. Necessarily used with the\\nShort French Grammar. First Year s Course for High\\nSchools, No 1 First Year s Course for Coll\u00c3\u00a8ges, No. 1. 15 cts. each.\\nGrandgent s French Lessons and Exercises. First Year s Course for\\nGrammar Schools. 25 cts. Second Year s Course for Grammar\\nSchools. 30 cts.\\nGrandgent s Materials for French Composition. Five pamphlets based on\\nLa Pipe de fean Bart, La derni\u00c3\u00a8re classe, Le Si\u00c3\u00a8ge de Berlin,\\nPeppino, L Abb\u00c3\u00a9 Constantin, respectively. Each, 12 cts.\\nGrandgent s French Composition. \u00c3\u0089lementary, progressive and varied\\ns\u00c3\u00a9lections, with full notes and vocabulary. 50 cts.\\nBouvet s Exercises in Syntax and Composition. With notes and vocab-\\nulary. 75 cts.\\nClarke s French Subjunctive Mood. An inductive treatise, with exer-\\ncises. 50 cts.\\nHennequin s French Modal Auxiliaries. With exercises in composition\\nand conversation. 50 cts.\\nKimball s Materials for French Composition. Based on Colomba, for\\nsecond year s work on La Belle-Nivernaise, and also one on La\\nTulipe Noire, for third year s work. Each 12 cts.\\nStorr s Hints on French Syntax. With exercises. 30 cts.\\nMarcou s French Review Exercises. With notes and vocabulary. 20 cts.\\nHoughton s French by Reading. Begins with interlinear, and gives in the\\ncourse of the book the whole of \u00c3\u00a9lementary grammar, with reading\\nmatter, notes, and vocabulary. $1.12.\\nHotchkiss s Le Premier Livre de Fran\u00c3\u00a7ais. C\u00c3\u00b4nversational introduction to\\nFrench, for youngpupils. Boards. Illustrated. 79 pages. 35 cts.\\nFontaine s Livre de Lecture et de Conversation. Combines Reading,\\nConversation, and Grammar, with vocabulary. 90 cts.\\nFontaine s Lectures Courantes. Can followtheabove. Contains Reading,\\nConversation, and Ensrlish Exercises based on the text. \u00c2\u00a31.00.\\nLyon and Larpent s Primary French Translation Book. An easy begin-\\nning reader, with very full notes, vocabulary, and English exer-\\ncises based on the latter part of the text. 60 cts.\\nSuper s Preparatory French Reader. Compl\u00c3\u00a8te and graded s\u00c3\u00a9lections of\\ninteresting French. with notes and vocabulary. 70 cts.\\nFrench Fairy Taies (Joynes). With notes, vocabulary, and English exer-\\ncises based on the text. 35 cts.\\nDavies s Elementary Scientific French Reader. Confined to Scientif\u00c3\u00afc\\nFrench. With notes and vocabulary. 40 cts.\\nHeath s French-English and English-French Dictionary. Fully ad\u00c3\u00a9quate\\nfor the ordinary wants of students. Retail price, \u00c2\u00a31.50.", "height": "3436", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s /iDofcern Xanauaae S\u00c3\u00a9ries*\\nELEMENTARY FRENCH TEXTS.\\nMair\u00c3\u00aat s La T\u00c3\u00a2che du Petit Pierre. Notes, vocabulary, and English\\nexercises by Professor Super, Dickinson Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 35 cts.\\nBruno s Tour de la France par deux Enfants. Notes and vocabulary by\\nC. Fontaine, High Schools, Washington, D.C. 45 cts.\\nJules Verne s L Exp\u00c3\u00a9dition de la Jeune Hardie. With notes, vocabulary,\\nand appendixes by W. S. Lyon. 25 cts.\\nGervais s Un Cas de Conscience. With notes, vocabulary, and appendixes\\nby R. P. Horsley. 25 cts.\\nG\u00c3\u00a9nin s Le Petit Tailleur Bouton. With notes, vocabulary, and appendixes\\nby W. S. Lyon. 25 cts.\\nAssolant s Une Aventure du C\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8bre Pierrot. With notes, vocabulary,\\nand appendixes by R. E. Pain. 25 cts.\\nMuller s Les Grandes D\u00c3\u00a9couvertes Modernes. Photography and Teleg-\\nraphy. With notes, vocabulary, and appendixes by F. E. B.\\nWale. 25 cts.\\nR\u00c3\u00a9cits de Guerre et de R\u00c3\u00a9volution. Selected and edited, with notes, vocab-\\nulary, and appendixes by B. Minssen. 25 cts.\\nBruno s Les Enfants Patriotes. With notes, vocabulary, and appendixes\\nby W. S. Lyon. 25 cts.\\nBedolli\u00c3\u00a8re s La M\u00c3\u00a8re Michel et son Chat. With notes, vocabulary, and\\nappendixes by W. S. Lyon. 25 cts.\\nLegouv\u00c3\u00a9 and Labiche s La Cigale chez les Fourmis. A comedy in one\\nact, with notes by W. H. Witherby. 20 cts.\\nLabiche and Martin s Le Voyage de M. Perrichon. A comedy notes and vo-\\ncabulary by Professor Wells of the University of the South. 30 cts.\\nLabiche and Martin s La Poudre aux Yeux. Comedy notes and vocabu-\\nlary by Professor Wells of the University of the South. 30 cts.\\nDumas s L Evasion du Duc de Beaufort. Notes by D. B. Kitchen. 215 cts.\\nDumas s Monte-Cristo. With notes by I. H. B. Spiers, Wm. Penn Char-\\nter School, Philadelphia. 30 cts.\\nAssollant s R\u00c3\u00a9cits de la Vieille France. With notes by E. B. Wauton.\\n25 cts.\\nBerthet s Le Pacte de Famine. With notes by B. B. Dickinson. 25 cts.\\nErckmann-Chatrian s L Histoire d un Paysan. With notes by W. S.\\nLyon. 25 cts.\\nFrance s Abeille. With notes by C. P. Lebon of the Boston English High\\nSchool. 25 cts.\\nLa Main Malheureuse. With compl\u00c3\u00a8te and detailed vocabulary, by H. A.\\nGuerber, Nyack, N. Y. 25 cts.\\nEnault s Le Chien du Capitaine. Notes and vocabulary, by C. Fontaine,\\nDirector of French, High Schools, Washington, D. C. 3^ cts.\\nTrois Contes Choisis par Daudet. {Le Si\u00c3\u00a8ge de Berlin, La derni\u00c3\u00a8re Classe,\\nLa Mule du Pape.) With notes by Professor Sanderson. 15 cts.\\nErckmann-Chatrian s Le Conscrit de 1813. Notes and vocabulary, by Pro-\\nfessor Super, Dickinson Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 45 cts.\\nS\u00c3\u00a9lections for Sight Translation. Fifty f\u00c3\u00aefteen-line extracts compiled by\\nMiss Bruce of the High School, Newton, Mass. 15 cts\\nLaboulaye s Contes Bleus. With notes and vocabulary by C. Fontaine,\\nCentral High School, Washington, D. C. 35 cts.\\nMalot s Sans Famille. With notes and vocabulary by I. H. B. Spiers of\\nthe Wm. Penn Charter School, Philadelphia. 40 cts.", "height": "3420", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s /iDoDetn Xanguage S\u00c3\u00a9ries\u00c2\u00bb\\nINTERMEDIATE FRENCH TEXTS. (Partial List.)\\nLamartine s Sc\u00c3\u00a8nes de la R\u00c3\u00a9volution Fran\u00c3\u00a7aise. With Notes by Professor\\nSuper of Dickinson Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 35 cts.\\nLamartine s Graziella. With introduction and notes by Professor F. M.\\nWarren of Adelbert Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 35 cts.\\nLamartine s Jeanne d Arc. Edited by Professor Barr\u00c3\u00a8re, Royal Military\\nAcademy, Wooiwich, England. 30 cts.\\nMichelet s S\u00c3\u00a9lections. With notes by Dr. C. H. C. Wright, Harvard\\nUniversity. co cts.\\nVictor Hugo s La Chute. From Les Mis\u00c3\u00a9rables. Edited with notes by\\nProfessor Huss of Princeton. 25 cts.\\nVictor Hugo s Bug Jargal. With notes by Professor Bo\u00c3\u00afelle of Dulwich\\nColl\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 40 cts.\\nChampfleury s Le Violon de Faience. With notes by Professor Clovis\\nB\u00c3\u00a9venot, Mason Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 25 cts.\\nGautier s Voyage en Espagne. With notes by II. C. Steel. 25 cts.\\nBalzac s Le Cur\u00c3\u00a9 de Tours. With notes by Professor C. R. Carter, Welling-\\nton Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 2 cts.\\nBalzac s Cinq Sc\u00c3\u00a8nes de la Com\u00c3\u00a9die Humaine. With notes by Professor\\nB. W. Wells. 40 cts.\\nDaudet s La Belle-Nivernaise. With notes by Professor Bo\u00c3\u00afelle of Dulwich\\nColl\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 25 cts.\\nTheuriet s Bigarreau. With notes by C. Fontaine, Washington, D. C.\\n25 cts.\\nMaupassant s Huit Contes Choisis. With notes by E. M. White, High\\nSchool, Worcester, Mass. 25 cts.\\nAdvanced S\u00c3\u00a9lections for Sight Translation. Extracts, twenty to fifty lines\\nlong, compiled by Mme. T. F. Colin of Miss Baldwin s School,\\nBryn Mawr, Pa. 15 cts.\\nDumas s La Question d Argent. Comedy edited by G. N. Henning,\\nAssistant in French, Harvard University. 30 cts.\\nLesage s Gil Blas. Abbreviated and edited. with introduction and notes,\\nby Professor Cohn of Columbia University, and Professor San-\\nderson of Yale University. 40 cts.\\nSarcey s Le Si\u00c3\u00a8ge de Paris. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nI. H. B. Spiers of William Penn Charter School, Philadelphie\\n35 cts.\\nLoti s P\u00c3\u00aacheur d Islande. With notes by R. J. Morich. 30 cts.\\nBeaumarchais s Le Barbier de S\u00c3\u00a9ville. Comedy with introduction and\\nnotes by Professor Spiers of William Penn Charter School. 25 cts.\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re s Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme. With introduction and notes by\\nProfessor Warren of Adelbert Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 30 cts.\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re s L Avare. With introduction and notes by Professor Levi of the\\nUniversity of Michigan. 35 cts.\\nRacine s Esther. With introduction, notes, and appendixes by Professor\\nI. H. B. Spiers of William Penn Charter School. 25 cts.\\nRacine s Athalie. With introduction and notes by Professor Eggert of\\nYnnderbilt Universitv. 30 cts.\\nRacine s Andromaque. With introduction and notes by Professor B. W.\\nWells of the University of the South. 30 cts.", "height": "3436", "width": "2332", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s f\u00c3\u00af ofcetn Xanguage S\u00c3\u00a9ries*\\nINTERMEDIATE FRENCH TEXTS. (Partial List.)\\nDumas s La Tulipe Noire. With notes by Professor C. Fontaine, Central\\nHigh School, Washington, D. C. 40 cts. With vocabulary,\\nSocts.\\nErckmann-Chatrian s Waterloo. Abridged and annotated by Professor\\nO. B. Super of Dickinson Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 35 cts.\\nAbout s Le Roi des Montagnes. Edited by Professor Thomas Logie. 40 cts.\\nPailleron s Le Monde o\u00c3\u00b9 l on s ennuie. A comedy with notes by Professor\\nPendleton of Bethany Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, W. Va. 30 cts.\\nSouvestre s Le Mari de Mme de Solange. With notes by Professor Super\\nof Dickinson Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 20 cts.\\nHistoriettes Modernes, Vol. I. Short modem stories, selected and edited,\\nwith notes, by C. Fontaine, Director of French in the High\\nSchools of Washington, D. C. 60 cts.\\nHistoriettes Modernes, Vol. II. Short stories as above. 60 cts.\\nFleurs de France. A collection of short and choice French stories of r\u00c3\u00a9cent\\ndate with notes by C. Fontaine, Washington. D. C. 60 cts.\\nSandeau s Mlle de la Seigli\u00c3\u00a8re. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nWarren of Adelbert Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 30 cts.\\nSouvestre s Un Philosophe sous les Toits. With notes, by Professor\\nFraser of the University of Toronto, ko cts. With vocabulary.\\n80 cts.\\nSouvestre s Les Confessions d un Ouvrier. With notes by Professor Super\\nof Dickinson Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 30 cts.\\nAugier s Le Gendre de M. Poirier. One of the masterpieces of modem\\ncomedy. Edited by Professor Wells of the University of the\\nSouth. 25 cts.\\nScribe s Bataille de Dames Edited by Professor B. W. Wells. 30 cts.\\nScribe s Le Verre d eau. Edited by Professor C. A. Eggert. 30 cts.\\nM\u00c3\u00a9rim\u00c3\u00a9e s Colomba. With notes by Professor J. A. Fontaine of Bryn\\nMawr Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 35 cts. With vocabulary, 45 cts.\\nM\u00c3\u00a9rim\u00c3\u00a9e s Chronique du R\u00c3\u00a8gne de Charles IX. With notes by Professor\\nP. Desages, Cheltenham Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 25 cts.\\nMusset s Pierre et Camille. Edited by Professor O. B. Super. 20 cts.\\nJules Verne s Tour du Monde en quatre vingts jours. Notes by Professor\\nEdgren, University of Nebraska. 35 cts.\\nJules Verne s Vingt mille lieues sous la mer. Notes by C. Fontaine,\\nHigh School, Washington, D.C. 00 cts.\\nSand s La Mare au Diable. With notes by Professor F. C. de Sumichrast\\nof Harvard. 25 cts.\\nSand s La Petite-Fadette. With notes by F. Aston-Binns, Balliol Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge,\\nOxford, England. 30 cts.\\nDe Vigny s Le Cachet Rouge. With notes by Professor Fortier of Tulane\\nUniversity. 20 cts.\\nDe Vigny s Le Canne de Jonc. Edited by Professor Spiers, with Introduc-\\ntion by Professor Cohn of Columbia University. 40 cts.\\nHal\u00c3\u00a9vy s L Abb\u00c3\u00a9 Constantin. Edited with notes, by Professor Thomas\\nLogie. 30 cts. With vocabulary, 40 cts.\\nThiers s Exp\u00c3\u00a9dition de Bonaparte en Egypte. With notes by Professor\\nC. Fabregou, Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge of the City of New York. 25 cts.\\nGautier s Jettatura. With introduction and notes by A. Schinz, Ph.D.\\nof Bryn Mawr Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 30 cts.\\nGuerber s Marie-Louise With vocabulary. 00 cts.", "height": "3416", "width": "2292", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s flDofcern Xanguage S\u00c3\u00a9ries\u00c2\u00bb\\nIntroduction pri\u00c3\u00a9es are quoted tinless otherwise stated.\\nADVANCED FRENCH TEXTS.\\nDe Vigny s Cinq Mars. An abbreviated \u00c3\u00a9dition with introduction and notes\\nby Prof essor Sankey of Harrow School, England. 70 cts.\\nZola s La D\u00c3\u00a9b\u00c3\u00a2cle. Abbreviated and annotated by Professer Wells, of the\\nUniversity of the South. 70 cts.\\nChoix d Extraits de Daudet. Selected and edited with notes by William\\nPrice, Instructor in Yale University. 20 cts.\\nSept Grands Auteurs du XIXe Si\u00c3\u00a8cle. Lectures in easy French on Lamar-\\ntine, Hugo, de Vigny, de Musset, Gautier, M\u00c3\u00a9rim\u00c3\u00a9e, Copp\u00c3\u00a9e, by\\nProfessor Fortier of Tulane University. 60 cts.\\nFrench Lyrics. Selected and edited with notes by Professor Bowen of the\\nUniversity of Ohio. 60 cts.\\nLamartine s M\u00c3\u00a9ditations. Selected and edited by Professor Curme of\\nNorthwestern University. 75 cts.\\nVictor Hugo s Hernani. With introduction and notes by Professor Matzke\\nof Leland Stanford University. 60 cts.\\nVictor Hugo s Ruy Blas. With introduction and notes by Professor Gar-\\nner of the U. S. Naval Academy, Annapolis. 65 cts.\\nCorneille s Le Cid. With introduction and notes by Professor Warren of\\nAdelbert Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 164 pages. 30 cts.\\nCorneille s Polyeucte. With introduction and notes by Professor Fortier\\nof Tulane University. 30 cts.\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re s Le Misanthrope. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nC. A. Eggert. 30 cts.\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re s Les Femmes Savantes. With introduction and notes by Pro-\\nfessor Fortier of Tulane University. 30 cts.\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re s Le Tartuffe. With foot-notes by Professor Gasc, England. 25 cts.\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re s Le M\u00c3\u00a9decin Malgr\u00c3\u00a9 Lui. With foot-notes by Professor Gasc,\\nEngland. 15 cts.\\nMoli\u00c3\u00a8re s Les Pr\u00c3\u00a9cieuses Ridicules. With introduction and notes by\\nProfessor Toy of the University of North Carolina. 25 cts.\\nPiron s La M\u00c3\u00a9tromanie. Comedy in verse, with notes by Professor Delbos,\\nEngland. 40 cts.\\nWarren s Primer of French Literature. An historical handbook. 75 cts.\\nTaine s Introduction l Histoire de la Litt\u00c3\u00a9rature Anglaise. With essay\\non Taine by Irving Babbitt, Harvard University. 20 cts.\\nDuval s Histoire de la Litt\u00c3\u00a9rature Fran\u00c3\u00a7aise. In easy French. From\\nearliest times to the pr\u00c3\u00a9sent. $i .oo.\\nVOltaire s Prose. Selected and edited by Professors Cohn and Woodward\\nof Columbia University. $1.00.\\nFrench Prose of the XVHth Century. Selected and edited by Professor\\nWarren of Adelbert Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. $1.00.\\nLa Triade Fran\u00c3\u00a7aise. Poems of Lamartine, Musset, and Hugo, with in-\\ntroductions and notes by L. Both-Hendriksen. 75 cts.\\nCompl\u00c3\u00a8te Catalogue of Modem Language Tcxts sent on reauest.", "height": "3436", "width": "2332", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s flDofcern Xanguage S\u00c3\u00a9ries\u00c2\u00bb\\nGERMAN GRAMMARS AND READERS.\\nNix S Erstes deutsches SchulbUCh. For primary classes. Boards. Illustrated.\\n202 pages. 35 cts.\\nJoynes-Meissner Germaa Grammar. A working Grammar, elementary,\\nyet compl\u00c3\u00a8te. Half leather. #1.12.\\nAlternative Exercises. Can be used, for the sake of change, instead of those in\\nthe Joynes-Meissner itself. 54 pages. 15 cts.\\nJoynes s Shorter Germaa Grammar. Part I of the above. Half leather. 80 cts.\\nHarriS S Germail Lessons. Elementary Grammar and Exercises for a short\\ncourse, or as introductoxy to advanced grammar. Cloth. 60 cts.\\nSheldOIl S Short German Grammar. For those who want to begin reading as\\nsoon as possible, and h\u00c3\u00a2ve had traming in some other languages. Cloth. 60 cts.\\nfiabbitt s German at Sight. A syllabus of elementary grammar, with sugges-\\ntions and practice work for reading at sight. Paper. 10 cts.\\nFaulnaber s One Year Course in German. A brief synopsis of elementary\\ngrammar, with exercises for translation. Cloth. 60 cts.\\nMeiSSner S German Conversation. Not a phrase book nor a method book, but\\na scheme of rational conversation. Cloth. 65 cts.\\nHarriS S German Composition. Elementary, progressive, and varied s\u00c3\u00a9lections,\\nwith f ull notes and vocabulary. Cloth. 50 cts.\\nEatfield s Materials for German Composition, Based on Immensee and on\\nH\u00c3\u00a0her alsdie Kirche. Paper. 33 pages. Each 12 cts.\\nHorning s Materials for German Composition. Based on Der Schwiegersohn.\\n32 pages. 15 cents.\\nStUven S Praktische Anf angSgriinde. A conversational beginning book with\\nvocabulary and grammatical appendix. Cloth. 203 pages. 70 cts.\\nFoster sGeschichtenundM\u00c3\u00a2rchen. The easiest reading for young children.\\nCloth. 40 cts.\\nGnerber sM\u00c3\u00a2rchenundErz\u00c3\u00a2nlungren, I. With vocabulary and questions in\\nGerman on the text. Cloth. 162 pages. 60 cts.\\nGuerber s Marchen nnd ErzShlungen, H. With vocabulary. Follows the\\nabove or serves as independent reader. Cloth. 202 pages. 65 cts.\\nJoynes s German Reader. Progressive, both in text and notes, has a compl\u00c3\u00a8te\\nvocabulary, also Enghsh Exercises. Half leather, 90 cts. Cloth, 75 cts.\\nDetttsch S Colloquial German Reader. Anecdotes, tables of phrases and idioms,\\nand s\u00c3\u00a9lections in prose and verse, with notes and vocabulary. Cloth. 90 cts.\\nBoisen s German Prose Reader. Easy and interesting s\u00c3\u00a9lections of graded prose,\\nwith notes, and an Index which serves as a voca bulary. Cloth. 90 cts.\\nHUSS S German Reader. Easy and s\u00c3\u00aeowly progressive s\u00c3\u00a9lections in prose and\\nverse. With especial attention to cogn\u00c3\u00a2tes. Cloth. 233 pages. 70 cents.\\nSpanhoof d s Lehrtmch der deutschen Sprache. Grammar, conversation and\\nexercises, with vocabulary for beginners. Cloth. 312 pages. #1.00.\\nEeatn s German-English and English-German Dictionary. Fully ad\u00c3\u00a9quate\\nfor the ordinary wants of the student. Cloth. Retail price, $1.50.\\nCompl\u00c3\u00a8te Catalogue of Modem Language Texts sent on request.", "height": "3416", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "Deatb s /IDofcern Xanguage S\u00c3\u00a9ries,\\nELEMENTARY GERMAN TEXTS.\\nGrimm s M\u00c3\u00a0rchen and Schiller s Der Taucher (van der Smissen). Notes\\nand vocabulary. M\u00c3\u00a0rchen in Roman type. 6s cts.\\nAndersen s M\u00c3\u00a0rchen (Super). Easy German, iree from antiquated and\\ndialectical expressions. With notes and vocabulary. 70 cts.\\nAndersen s Bilderbuch ohne Bilder. With notes and vocabulary by Dr.\\nWilhehn Bernhardt, Washington, D. C. 30 cts.\\nLeander s Tr\u00c3\u00a0umereien. Fairy taies with notes and vocabulary by Professor\\nvan der Smissen, of the University of Toronto. 40 cts.\\nVolkmann s (Leander s) Kleine Geschichten. Four very easy taies, with\\nnotes and vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 30 cts.\\nEasy S\u00c3\u00a9lections for Sight Translation. (Deering.) 15 cts.\\nStorm s Immensee. With notes and vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt,\\nWashington, D. C. 30 cts.\\nHeyse s L Arrabbiata. With notes and vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bern-\\nhardt, Washington, D. C. 25 cts.\\nVon Hillern s Hoher als die Kirche. With notes by S. W. Clary, and with\\na vocabulary. 25 cts.\\nHauff s Der Zwerg Nase. With introduction by Professor Grandgent of\\nHarvard University. No notes. 15 cts.\\nHauff s Das kalte Herz. Notes and vocabulary by Professor van der\\nSmissen, University of Toronto. (Roman type.) 40 cts.\\nAli Baba and the Forty Thieves. W 7 ith introduction by Professor Grand-\\ngent of Harvard University. No notes. 20 cts.\\nSchiller s Der Taucher. With notes and vocabulary by Professor Van der\\nSmissen of the University of Toronto. 12 cts.\\nSchiller s Der Neffe als Onkel. Notes and vocabulary by Professor Beres-\\nford-Webb, Wellington Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 30 cts.\\nBaumbach s Waldnovellen. Six little stories, with notes and vocabulary\\nby Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 35 cts.\\nSpyri S Rosenresli. With notes and vocabulary for beginners, by H\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8ne H.\\nBoll, of the High School, New Haven, Conn. 25 cts.\\nSpyri S Moni der Geissbub. With vocabulary by H. A. Guerber. 25 cts.\\nZschokke s Der zerbrochene Krug. With notes, vocabulary and English\\nexercises by Professor E. S. Joynes. 25 cts.\\nBaumbach s Nicotiana und andere Erzahlungen. Five stories with notes\\nand vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 30 cts.\\nElz s Er ist nient eifersuchtig. With vocabulary by Professor B. W.\\nWells. 25 cts.\\nCarmen Sylva s Aus meinem KSnigreich. Five short stories, with notes\\nand vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 35 cts.\\nGerstacker s Germelshausen. With notes by Professor Osthaus of Indiana\\nUniversity, and with vocabulary. 25 cts.\\nBenedix s Nein. With notes, vocabulary, and English exercises by A. W.\\nSpanhoofd. 25 cts.\\nBenedix s Der Prozess. With notes, vocabulary, and list of irregular\\nveros bv Professor R. W. Wells. 20 cts.\\nZschokke s Das Wirtshaus zu Cransac. With introduction, notes and\\nEnglish exercises by Prof. E. S. Joynes, So. Carolina Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge.\\n30 cts.", "height": "3436", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s fl ofcern Xanauage S\u00c3\u00a9ries,\\nINTERMEDIATE GERMAN TEXTS. (Partial List.)\\nArnold s Fritz auf Ferien. With notes by A. W. Spanhoofd, Director of\\nGerman in the High Schools of Washington, D.C. 20 cts.\\nHeyse s Das Madchen von Treppi. With introduction, notes, and Eng-\\nlish exercises by Professor Joynes. 30 cts.\\notille Wasser. \u00c3\u00afhree taies by Cr\u00c3\u00a2ne, Hoffmann, and Wildenbruch, with\\nnotes and vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 35 cts.\\nSeidel s Leberecht Huhnchen. With notes and vocabulary by Professor\\nSpanhoofd, High School, Washington, D.C. 30 cts.-\\nAuf der Sonnenseite. Humorous stories by Seidel, Sudermann, and others,\\nwith notes and vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 35 cts.\\nFrommel s Eingeschneit. With notes and vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm\\nBernhardt. 30 cts.\\nKeller s Kleider machen Leute. With notes and vocabulary by M. B.\\nLambert, Brooklyn High School. 35 cts.\\nBaumbach s Die Nonna. With notes and vocabulary by Dr. Wilhelm Bern-\\nhardt, Washington, D. C. 30 cts.\\nRiehl s Culturgesclrichtliche Novellen. See two following texts.\\nRiehl s Der Fluch der Schdnheit. With notes by Professor Thomas,\\nColumbia University. 25 cts.\\nRiehPs Das Spielrnannskind Der stumme Ratsherr. Two stories with\\nnotes by A. F. Eaton, Colorado Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 25 cts.\\nEbner-Eschenbach s Die Freiherren von Gemperlein. Edited by Professor\\nHohlfeld, Vanderbilt University. 30 cts.\\nFreytag s Die Journalisten. With notes by Professor Toy 01 the Uni-\\nversity of North Carolina. 30 cts.\\nSchiller s Das Lied von der Glocke. With notes and vocabulary by Pro-\\nfessor Chamberlin of Denison University. 20 cts.\\nSchiller s Jungfrau von Orl\u00c3\u00a9ans. With introduction and notes by Pro-\\nfessor Wells of the University of the South, lllustrated. 60 cts.\\nSchiller s Maria Stuart. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nRhoades, University of Illinois, lllustrated. 60 cts.\\nSchiller s Wilhelm Tell. With introduction and notes by Prof. Deering,\\nof Western Reserve Univ. lllus. 50 cts. With vocab., 75 cts.\\nSchiller s Ballads. With introduction and notes by Professor Johnson of\\nBowdoin Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, 60 cts.\\nBaumbach s Der Schwiegersohn. With notes by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt.\\n30 cts. with vocabulary, 40 cts.\\nOnkel und Nichte. Story by Oscar Faulhaber. No notes. 20 cts.\\nBenedix s Plautus und Terenz Die Sonntagsj\u00c3\u00a2ger. Com\u00c3\u00a9dies edited by\\nProfessor Wells of the University of the South. 25 cts.\\nFran\u00c3\u00a7ois s Phosphorus Hollunder. With notes by Oscar Faulhaber. 20 cts.\\nMoser s Kopnickerstrasse 120. A comedy with introduction and notes by\\nProfessor Wells of the University of the South. 30 cts.\\nMoser s Der Bibliothekar. Comedy with introduction and notes by Pro-\\nfessor Wells of the University of the South. 30 cts.\\nDrei kleine Lustspiele. Gi\u00c3\u00afnstige Vorzeichen, Der Prozess, Einer muss hei~\\nraten. Edited with notes by Professor Wells of the University\\nof the South. 30 cts.\\nHelbig s Kombdie auf der Hochschule. With introduction and notes by\\nProfessor Wells of the University of the South. 30 cts.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "Ibea\u00c3\u00aeb s /ifcofcern Xangua^e S\u00c3\u00a9ries,\\nINTERMEDIATE GERMAN TEXTS. (Partial List.)\\nSchiller S Der Geisterseher. Part I. With notes and vocabulary by Pro-\\nfessor Joynes, So. Carolina Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 30 cts.\\nS\u00c3\u00a9lections for Sight Translation. Fifty fifteen-line extracts compil\u00c3\u00a9e! by\\nMme. G. F. Mondan, High School, Bridgeport, Conn. 15 cts.\\nS\u00c3\u00a9lections for Advanced Sight Translation. Compiled by Rose Chamber-\\nlin, Bryn Mawr Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 15 cts.\\nBenedix s Die Hochzeitsreise. With notes by Natalie Schiefferdecker, of\\nAbbott Academy. 25 cts.\\nAus Herz und Welt. Two stories, with notes by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt.\\n25 cts.\\nNovelletten-Bibliothek. Vol. I. Six stories, selected and edited with notes\\nby Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 60 cts.\\nNovelletten-Bibliothek. Vol II. Six stories selected and edited as above.\\n60 cts.\\nUnter dem Christbaum. Five Christmas Stories by H\u00c3\u00a9l\u00c3\u00a8ne St\u00c3\u00b4kl, with\\nnotes by Dr. Wilhelm Bernhardt. 60 cts.\\nHoffman S Historische Erz\u00c3\u00a0hlungen. Four important periods of German\\nhistory, with notes by Professor Beresford-Webb of Wellington\\nColl\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 25 cts.\\nWildenbruch s Das edle Blut. Edited with notes by Professor F. G. G.\\nSchmidt, University of Oregon. 20 cts.\\nWildenbruch s Der Letzte. With notes by Professor F. G. G. Schmidt, of\\nthe University of Oregon. 215 cts.\\nWildenbruch s Harold. With introduction and notes by Professor Eggert.\\n35 cts\\nStifter s Das Haidedorf. A little prose idyl, with notes by Professor\\nHeller of Washington University, St. Louis. 20 cts.\\nChamisso s Peter Schlemihl. With notes by Professor Primer of the Uni-\\nversity of Texas. 25 cts.\\nEichendorff s Aus dem Leben eines Taugenichts. With notes by Pro-\\nfessor Osthaus of Indiana University. 35 cts.\\nHeine s Die Harzreise. With notes by Professor Van Daell of the Massa-\\nchusetts Institute of Technology. 25 cents.\\nJensen s Die braune Erica. With notes by Professor Joynes of South\\nCarolina Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 25 cts.\\nHolberg s Niels Klim. S\u00c3\u00a9lections edited by E. H. Babbitt of Columbia\\nColl\u00c3\u00a8ge. 20 cts.\\nLyrics and Ballads. Selected and edited with notes by Professor Hatfield,\\nNorthwestern University. 75 cts.\\nMeyer s Gustav Adolfs Page. With full notes by Professor Heller of\\nWashington University. 2c cts.\\nSudermann s Der Katzensteg. Abridged and edited by Professor Wells\\nof the Universitv of the South. 40 cts.\\nDahn s Sigwalt und Sigridh. With notes by Professor Schmidt of the\\nUniversity of Oregon. 25 cts.\\nKeller s Romeo und Julia auf dem Dorfe. With introduction and notes\\nbv Professor W. A. Adams of Dartmouth Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 30 cts.\\nHauff s Lichtenstein. Abridged. With notes by Professor Vogel, Mass.\\nInst. of Technology. 00 cts.", "height": "3436", "width": "2340", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "Ibeatb s /IDofcern XanGuage S\u00c3\u00a9ries\u00c2\u00bb\\nADVANCED GERMAN TEXTS.\\nScheffel s Trompeter von S\u00c3\u00a0kkingen. Abridged and edited by Professor\\nWenckebach of Wellesley Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, lllustrated. 65 cts.\\nScheffel s Ekkehard. Abridged and edited by Professor Carl\u00c3\u00a2 Wenckebach\\nof Wellesley Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, lllustrated. 70 cts.\\nFreytag s Soll und Haben. Abridged. With notes by Professor Files of\\nBowdoin Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 65 cts.\\nFreytag s Aus den Kreuzugen. With notes by Professor Shumway,\\nUniversity of Pennsylvania. 00 cents.\\nFreytag s Aus dem Staat Friedrichs des Grossen. With notes by Pro-\\nfessor Hagar of Owens Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, England. 25 cts.\\nFreytag s Aus dem Jahrhundert des grossen Krieges. Edited by Pro-\\nfessor Rhoades, of the University of Illinois. 35 cts.\\nFreytag s Rittmeister von Alt-Rosen. With introduction and notes by\\nProfessor Hatfield of Northwestern University. 60 cts.\\nLessing s Minna von Barnhelm. With notes and introduction by Pro-\\nfessor Primer of the University of Texas. 60 cts.\\nLessing s Nathan der Weise. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nPrimer of the University of Texas. 90 cts.\\nLessing s Emilia Galotti. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nWinkler of the University of Michigan. 60 cts.\\nGoethe s Sesenheim. From Dichtung und Wahrheit. With notes by\\nProfessor Huss of Princeton. 25 cts.\\nGoethe s Meisterwerke. S\u00c3\u00a9lections in prose and verse, with copious notes\\nby Dr. Bernhardt of Washington. #1.25.\\nGoethe s Dichtung und Wahrheit. (1-IV.) Edited by Professor C. A.\\nBuchheim of King s Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge, London. 90 cts.\\nGoethe s Hermann und Dorothea. With notes and introduction by Pro-\\nfessor Hewett of Cornell University. 75 cts.\\nGoethe s Iphigenie. With introduction and notes by Professor L. A.\\nRhoades of the University of Illinois. 65 cts.\\nGoethe s Torquato Tasso. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nThomas of Columbia University. 75 cts.\\nGoethe s Faust. Part I. With introduction and notes by Professor Thomas\\nof Columbia University. $1.12.\\nGoethe s Faust. Part II. With introduction and notes by Professor\\nThomas of Columbia University. $1.50.\\nHeine S Poems. Selected and edited with notes by Professor White of\\nCornell University. 75 cts.\\nWalther s Meereskunde. (Scientific German.) Notes and vocabulary\\nby S. A. Sterling of the University of Wisconsin. 75 cts.\\nGore s German Science Reader. Introductory reader in Scientific German,\\nwith notes and vocabulary. 75 cts.\\nHodge s Scientific German. Selected and edited by Professor Hodges,\\nformerly of Harvard University. 75 cts.\\nWenckebach s Deutsche Literaturgeschichte. Vol. I (to 1100 a.d) with\\nMusterstiicke. 50 cts.\\nWenckebach s Meisterwerke des Mittelalters. S\u00c3\u00a9lections from German\\ntranslations of the masterpieces of the Middle Ages. $1.26.\\nDahn s Ein Kampf um Rom. Abridged and edited with notes by Professor\\nWenckebach of Wellesley Coll\u00c3\u00a8ge. 70 cts.\\nGoethe s Poems. Selected and edited by Professor Harris of Adelbert\\nColl\u00c3\u00a8ge. 90 cts.", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00c2\u00b1Pr-26 \u00c3\u008f0O1", "height": "3436", "width": "2320", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3436", "width": "2268", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3428", "width": "2264", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "", "height": "3558", "width": "2344", "jp2-path": "exercisesinfrenc00bouv_0216.jp2"}}